WO2020050286A1 - Composite particles and resin composition - Google Patents

Composite particles and resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020050286A1
WO2020050286A1 PCT/JP2019/034666 JP2019034666W WO2020050286A1 WO 2020050286 A1 WO2020050286 A1 WO 2020050286A1 JP 2019034666 W JP2019034666 W JP 2019034666W WO 2020050286 A1 WO2020050286 A1 WO 2020050286A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin
cellulose
fine cellulose
mass
composite particles
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/034666
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
博文 小野
一文 河原
洋文 内村
三好 貴章
正広 大賀
Original Assignee
旭化成株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 旭化成株式会社 filed Critical 旭化成株式会社
Priority to JP2020541249A priority Critical patent/JP6896946B2/en
Publication of WO2020050286A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020050286A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/02Cellulose; Modified cellulose
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds

Definitions

  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin, a resin composition containing the same, and a method for producing these.
  • cellulose is known to have a high modulus of elasticity comparable to aramid fibers and a lower coefficient of linear expansion than glass fibers.
  • the true density is as low as 1.56 g / cm 3 , which is lower than that of glass (density 2.4 to 2.6 g / cm 3 ) and talc (density 2.7 g / cm 3 ) which are used as general fillers. It is an overwhelmingly light material. It is present on Earth in large quantities as a natural resource, is regarded as an environmentally friendly material from the viewpoint of carbon neutrality, and is expected as a filler for thermoplastic resins.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 4 disclose techniques for dispersing fine cellulose having a high degree of fineness and a nanometer-sized fiber in a thermoplastic resin.
  • Patent Document 5 discloses a technique in which powdery cellulose is subjected to lipophilic treatment to obtain a mixture uniformly dispersed in a plasticizer, and then melt-kneaded with polyolefin. The technology to do this is described.
  • Patent Literature 6 describes a technique of mixing a resin, a vegetable fiber swollen in a special liquid, and an organic liquid.
  • Patent Document 7 discloses a technique in which water is separated from a mixed dispersion obtained by previously mixing a cellulose dispersion with a resin powder having a specific particle size to obtain a cellulose / resin mixture, and then the mixture is melt-kneaded. Has been described.
  • the mechanical properties and the thermal dimensional stability are inferior to the resin composition in which an equivalent amount of the fine cellulose is completely dispersed. Become. Therefore, in order to develop the same mechanical properties and thermal dimensional stability, the amount of fine cellulose added is undesirably increased.
  • a molded article formed from such a resin composition is likely to be broken starting from the aggregates. That is, since the aggregates cause a difference in mechanical strength depending on the portion of the molded body, the mechanical properties of the molded body including the aggregates vary greatly. In this case, the molded article partially has a strength defect, and significantly impairs the reliability as an actual product. For this reason, while fine cellulose has its excellent properties, it is not actually used in practice.
  • impurities such as hemicellulose and lignin remain in the cellulosic material, and these may be altered by heat received during processing in an extruder, which is a general resin processing method, and may cause coloring.
  • an extruder which is a general resin processing method
  • coloring may be altered by heat received during processing in an extruder, which is a general resin processing method, and may cause coloring.
  • Cellulose itself induces various side reactions such as hydrolysis with heat during extrusion processing and moisture in the system to induce a saccharification reaction and the like, which promotes thermal deterioration due to heat in the extruder and becomes a coloring factor.
  • the extruded pellets and the molded product gave a sweet smell of burnt sugar.
  • cellulose is expected to be used as a resin reinforcing material particularly in automotive applications because of its light weight.
  • the fine cellulose becomes a strong aggregate due to hydrogen bonding due to surface hydroxyl groups. At this time, the fine cellulose is hardly dispersed in the resin, and a part thereof is non-uniformly present as an aggregate.
  • one embodiment of the present disclosure provides a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a resin composition containing the composite particle, which impart sufficient mechanical properties to a molded article while providing sufficient physical property stability for practical use.
  • the purpose is to provide.
  • one embodiment of the present disclosure is a method in which a cellulose reinforced resin composition having excellent redispersibility even when a fine cellulose is in a dry state, and having very little coloring and having a suppressed odor can be used for general purposes. It is an object of the present invention to provide a manufacturing method for manufacturing with.
  • the present invention includes the following embodiments.
  • the viscosity ⁇ 10 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 of a dispersion obtained by dispersing the composite particles in dimethyl sulfoxide so that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass is 10 mPa ⁇ s. s or more.
  • the thixotropic index (TI) which is the ratio of the viscosity ⁇ 10 at a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 to the viscosity ⁇ 100 at a shear rate of 100 s ⁇ 1 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C., ⁇ 10 / ⁇ 100 , is obtained.
  • the composite particle according to the above aspect 1 which is 2 or more.
  • the composite particles according to the above aspect 1 or 2 wherein the median particle diameter is 1 ⁇ m or more and 5000 ⁇ m or less.
  • thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative.
  • weight average molecular weight Mw of the cellulose derivative is 100,000 or less.
  • An aqueous dispersion of the fine cellulose is Fibrillation step of performing a fibrillation treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and a purification step of substituting water for the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion,
  • a resin composition comprising the composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 14 and a base resin.
  • a thermoplastic resin 0.1 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose fibers having a fiber diameter of 2 nm to less than 1000 nm, and 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers.
  • a resin composition comprising: [24] The above-mentioned aspect 23, wherein the fine cellulose fiber has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. Resin composition. [25] The resin composition according to the above aspect 23 or 24, wherein the fine cellulose fibers have an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more. [26] The resin composition according to the above aspect 22, wherein the base resin is a thermoplastic resin.
  • the thermoplastic resin is selected from the group consisting of a polyolefin resin, a polyamide resin, a polyester resin, a polyacetal resin, a polyphenylene ether resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, and a mixture of any two or more thereof.
  • the thermoplastic resin is polypropylene, and a melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the polypropylene measured at 230 ° C in accordance with ISO1133 is 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less. 28.
  • MFR melt mass flow rate
  • the thermoplastic resin is a polyamide resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyamide resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28.
  • the thermoplastic resin is a polyester resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyester resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28.
  • thermoplastic resin is a polyacetal resin
  • polyacetal resin is a copolyacetal containing 0.01 to 4 mol% of a comonomer-derived structure.
  • thermoplastic resin is a crystalline thermoplastic resin having a melting point of 140 ° C. or higher.
  • base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin.
  • base resin is a rubber.
  • a method comprising kneading the composite particles according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 12 in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin in a melt-kneading molding machine, and then molding.
  • a thermoplastic resin Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative
  • a method for producing a resin composition comprising: A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder; A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step; Including, methods.
  • the above-mentioned aspect 36 wherein the fine cellulose has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less.
  • Method. [38] The method according to Aspect 36 or 37, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
  • the method comprises: A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder; A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step; 36.
  • the method according to aspect 35 comprising: [40] The first step is performed in a melt-kneading zone in a cylinder provided in the extruder, 40.
  • the addition port is disposed downstream of the melt-kneading zone.
  • the composite particles and the resin composition containing the composite particles according to one embodiment of the present disclosure can impart sufficient mechanical properties to a molded article, and further, can impart sufficient physical property stability to withstand practical use.
  • cellulose reinforced resin having excellent redispersibility even when the fine cellulose is in a dry state, and having extremely little coloring and suppressed odor
  • the composition can be manufactured in a generally applicable manner.
  • FIG. 1 is a microscope image showing an example of fine cellulose fibers.
  • FIG. 2A is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker.
  • FIG. 2B is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker.
  • FIG. 3A is an explanatory diagram of a method for measuring the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ) and the 1% weight loss temperature.
  • FIG. 3B is an explanatory diagram of a method for measuring the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ) and the 1% weight loss temperature.
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of a method of measuring the weight loss rate at 250 ° C.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a method of calculating an IR index.
  • FIG. 1 is a microscope image showing an example of fine cellulose fibers.
  • FIG. 2A is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker.
  • FIG. 2B is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic view showing the shape of a fender manufactured for evaluation of the defect rate of the fender in the example and the comparative example.
  • FIG. 7 is a view of a fender showing a position where a test piece is taken out in order to measure a coefficient of variation of a linear expansion coefficient of an actual molded body in Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • One embodiment of the present invention provides a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin.
  • the proportion of fine cellulose in the composite particles is from 10% by mass to 95% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the proportion of fine cellulose in the composite particles is 10% by mass or more, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and the upper limit is 95% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably Is 80% by mass or less.
  • the ratio of the fine cellulose is 10% by mass or more, in the production of the resin composition using the composite particles, the amount of the thermoplastic resin of the composite particles contained in the resin composition when the predetermined fine cellulose is added becomes too large.
  • the dispersion is obtained by dispersing the composite particles in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO in the present disclosure) so that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass.
  • the viscosity ⁇ 10 at a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 (also simply referred to as “viscosity ⁇ 10 ” in the present disclosure) is 10 mPa ⁇ s or more, preferably 15 mPa ⁇ s or more, more preferably 20 mPa ⁇ s or more, and still more preferably. Is 25 mPa ⁇ s or more.
  • the dispersibility of fine cellulose in the resin composition is good, and the mechanical strength and dimensional stability can be improved, which is advantageous. It is.
  • the upper limit of the viscosity eta 10 for the higher viscosity eta 10 excellent dispersibility in DMSO rises no particular. The higher the viscosity eta 10 improves the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the resin composition can achieve good improvement in mechanical strength and dimensional stability improvement.
  • the upper limit of the eta 10 is, 2000 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 1800 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 1500 mPa ⁇ s may be less.
  • the viscosity ⁇ 100 of a dispersion obtained by dispersing the composite particles in DMSO such that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 100 s ⁇ 1 is obtained.
  • the thixotropy index (TI) which is the ratio of the viscosity ⁇ 10 at a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 to ⁇ 10 / ⁇ 100 , is 2 or more.
  • a dispersion in which fine cellulose is sufficiently dispersed has a structural viscosity that decreases as the shear rate increases. When the TI is 2 or more, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composite particles is good.
  • TI is more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more.
  • the TI is preferably large from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose, but may be, for example, 50 or less, or 40 or less, or 30 or less from the viewpoint of ease of production of the composite particles.
  • a predetermined amount of composite particles is added to DMSO so that the fine cellulose is 1% by mass, and 100 ml of a DMSO dispersion liquid containing the composite particles is prepared.
  • the dispersion conditions are set so that the composite particles are dispersed in DMSO by stirring the dispersion liquid or the like. For example, stirring is performed with a magnetic stirrer at a rotation speed of 300 rpm or more for 1 minute or more (more specifically, with a magnetic stirrer at 1200 rpm. , Stirring for 1 hour).
  • the median particle size of the composite particles is a value measured by a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device or an image analysis type particle size distribution measuring device.
  • the numerical value of the median particle size of the present disclosure is intended to be a numerical value obtained from at least one of these devices.
  • the lower limit of the median particle size is preferably at least 1 ⁇ m, more preferably at least 3 ⁇ m, further preferably at least 5 ⁇ m, particularly preferably at least 10 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit is preferably 5000 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 3000 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1000 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the median particle diameter is 1 ⁇ m or more, it is not necessary to use a special technique in production in order to prevent secondary aggregation of the primary particles, which is preferable from the viewpoint of the production process and cost.
  • the median particle diameter is 5000 ⁇ m or less, kneading of the composite particles and the base resin is stabilized in the production of the resin composition using an extruder or the like, and as a result, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is good. It is preferable.
  • Fine cellulose of the present disclosure means cellulose having a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and includes cellulose fibers and cellulose whiskers.
  • the “length” (L) and the “diameter” (D) of the fine cellulose are, for example, the fiber length and the fiber diameter in a cellulose fiber (also referred to as a fine cellulose fiber in the present disclosure).
  • cellulose whiskers they correspond to the major axis and minor axis, respectively.
  • the number average diameter of the fine cellulose is, in one embodiment, 4 nm or more, 10 nm or more, or 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, and in one embodiment, 500 nm or less, or 500 nm. Or less than 450 nm, or 400 nm or less, or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm.
  • the number average diameter of the fine cellulose is less than 2 nm, the crystallinity is extremely low and the dispersibility in the resin composition is poor, so that the desired tensile breaking strength and thermal stability of the resin composition (specifically, Does not provide a low coefficient of linear thermal expansion and elastic retention at high temperatures).
  • the number average diameter of the fine cellulose is 1000 nm or more, the number of entangled points of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is small, and the desired tensile strength at break and thermal stability of the resin composition cannot be obtained.
  • Making the diameter of the fine cellulose within the above-mentioned range is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the slidability of the molded article formed using the resin composition.
  • the fiber diameter of the cellulose fiber is preferably 4 nm or more, or 10 nm or more, or 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, preferably 500 nm or less, or less than 500 nm, or 450 nm or less, or 400 nm or less. , Or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm.
  • the minor axis of the cellulose whisker is preferably 4 nm or more, or 10 nm or more, 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, preferably 500 nm or less, or less than 500 nm, or 450 nm or less, or 400 nm or less, Or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm.
  • the ratio (L / D) of the fiber length (L) / fiber diameter (D) of the cellulose fiber is 30 or more, preferably 50 or more, more preferably 80 or more, more preferably 100 or more, more preferably. Is 120 or more, more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, even more preferably 300 or more, and most preferably 500 or more, and also preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, and still more preferably 3000 or less. Preferably it is 1000 or less. It is advantageous that the L / D of the cellulose fiber is in the above-mentioned range in terms of improving the tensile strength at break and the thermal stability of the resin composition. In one embodiment, the L / D of the cellulose fiber of 1000 or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of not increasing the melt viscosity of the resin composition too much.
  • the ratio (L / D) of the major axis (L) / minor axis (D) of the cellulose whisker is less than 30, preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, more preferably. It is 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • the L / D of the cellulose whisker is 1 or more, preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more, and further preferably 1.5 or more. Having the L / D ratio of the cellulose whiskers within the above-described range is advantageous in one aspect in that a suitable fluidity can be imparted to the resin composition.
  • the fine cellulose is a cellulose fiber, a cellulose whisker, or a mixture thereof.
  • the fine cellulose is a cellulose fiber or a mixture of cellulose fibers and cellulose whiskers in that the advantages of the composite particles of the present disclosure are significant.
  • the cellulose fiber / cellulose whisker ratio (by mass) of the above mixture is preferably 90/10 to 10/90, more preferably 80/20 to 20/80, and further preferably 70/30 to 30/70.
  • the cellulose whiskers can improve the dispersibility of the cellulose fibers by being mixed with the cellulose fibers, and as a result, can improve the mechanical properties of the resin composition.
  • the cellulose whisker may be chemically modified, and the aspect of the chemical modification may be the same as that of the cellulose fiber.
  • the amount of cellulose whiskers is preferably from 10 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably from 20 to 300 parts by mass, even more preferably from 30 to 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose fibers. . From the viewpoint of the balance between processability and mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of cellulose whisker be within the above range.
  • the number average diameter, number average length, and L / D of fine cellulose can be determined by using an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose in a water-soluble solvent (eg, water, ethanol, tert-butanol, etc.). And then diluted with a high shear homogenizer (eg, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name “Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7”, manufactured by IKA, trade name “Ultra Turrax T18”).
  • a high shear homogenizer eg, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name “Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7”, manufactured by IKA, trade name “Ultra Turrax T18”.
  • the cellulose whiskers and the cellulose fibers may be distinguished from each other by classifying cellulose whiskers having a ratio (L / D) of less than 30 as cellulose whiskers and those having a ratio (L / D) of 30 or more as cellulose fibers.
  • a ratio (L / D) of less than 30 when the fine cellulose is a mixture of cellulose whiskers and cellulose fibers, a total of 200 cellulose fibers of 100 or more cellulose fibers having an L / D of 30 or more and 100 or more cellulose whiskers having an L / D of less than 30 are used. The above measurement is performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a microscope image showing an example of fine cellulose as a cellulose fiber. It can be seen that any cellulose has a fibrous structure and has a high L / D of 30 or more.
  • 2A and 2B are microscopic images showing examples of cellulose whiskers.
  • FIG. 2B is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 2A. It can be seen that all celluloses have a needle-like crystal particle structure and have a low L / D of less than 30.
  • the length, diameter, and L / D ratio of fine cellulose (for example, each of cellulose whiskers and cellulose fibers) in the resin composition or the composite particles are determined using the solid resin composition or the composite particles as a measurement sample. It may be confirmed by measuring according to the measurement method described above.
  • a solvent in which the thermoplastic resin is dissolved for example, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene or 1,2-dichlorobenzene for polyolefin,
  • 1,2-dichlorobenzene for polyolefin
  • the resin dissolving agent is not limited to these.
  • aqueous dispersion can be taken out by dispersing at a processing condition of 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes.
  • the number average diameter of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment may be a specific surface area equivalent diameter calculated from the specific surface area. That is, in one embodiment, the equivalent diameter of the specific surface area of the fine cellulose may be in the range of the present disclosure.
  • the specific surface area equivalent diameter is a diameter calculated from the specific surface area obtained by the BET method using nitrogen adsorption.
  • the specific surface area equivalent diameter is obtained by preparing a porous sheet by replacing the aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose with tBuOH and then drying it, and measuring the specific surface area of the porous sheet using the BET method by nitrogen adsorption. Value.
  • the fine cellulose has a crystalline structure of cellulose type I and / or II.
  • crystalline forms of cellulose type I, type II, type III, type IV and the like are known. While type I and type II celluloses are commonly used, type III and type IV celluloses are obtained on a laboratory scale but not on an industrial scale.
  • a fine cellulose a resin composition having relatively high structural mobility, dispersing the fine cellulose into a resin, having a lower coefficient of linear thermal expansion, and having higher strength and elongation at the time of tensile and bending deformation. From the viewpoint of obtaining a product, fine cellulose containing cellulose type I crystal or cellulose type II crystal is preferable.
  • the crystallinity of the fine cellulose (particularly, each of cellulose fiber and cellulose whisker) of the present embodiment is preferably 50% or more.
  • the mechanical properties (particularly strength and dimensional stability) of the fine cellulose (for example, cellulose fiber) itself increase, so that the strength and dimensional stability of the resin composition obtained by dispersing the fine cellulose in the resin are increased.
  • the crystallinity of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment is more preferably 55% or more, or 60% or more, or 65% or more, or 70% or more, or 80% or more. Since the higher the degree of crystallinity of the fine cellulose, the more preferable it is. Therefore, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 99% is a preferable upper limit from the viewpoint of production.
  • Crystallinity (%) h1 / h0 ⁇ 100
  • the degree of polymerization (DP) of the fine cellulose is preferably 100 or more and 12,000 or less.
  • the degree of polymerization is the number of repetitions of an anhydrous glucose unit forming a cellulose molecular chain.
  • the degree of polymerization of the fine cellulose is 100 or more, the tensile strength at break and the elastic modulus of the fine cellulose itself are improved, and the high tensile strength at break and the thermal stability of the resin composition are preferably exhibited.
  • cellulose having a degree of polymerization exceeding 12,000 is practically difficult to obtain and tends to be difficult to use industrially.
  • the degree of polymerization of the fine cellulose is preferably from 150 to 8000.
  • the intrinsic viscosity (JIS P 8215: 1998) of a dilute cellulose solution using a copper ethylenediamine solution is determined, and then the intrinsic viscosity of the cellulose and the polymerization degree DP have a relationship represented by the following formula (1).
  • Intrinsic viscosity [ ⁇ ] K x DPa (1)
  • K and a are constants determined by the type of polymer. In the case of cellulose, K is 5.7 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 and a is 1.
  • the degree of polymerization of the cellulose whiskers is preferably 600 or less, more preferably 300 or less, and preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 150 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fine cellulose is 100,000 or more, more preferably 200,000 or more.
  • the ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight (Mn) is 6 or less, preferably 5.4 or less. The higher the weight average molecular weight, the smaller the number of terminal groups of the cellulose molecule. Further, since the ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight indicates the width of the molecular weight distribution, the smaller the Mw / Mn, the smaller the number of the terminal of the cellulose molecule.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fibrous cellulose may be, for example, 600,000 or less or 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of availability of the cellulose raw material.
  • the ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight (Mn) may be, for example, 1.5 or more, or 2 or more, from the viewpoint of easy production of fibrous cellulose.
  • Mw can be controlled in the above range by selecting a cellulose raw material having Mw according to the purpose, appropriately performing physical treatment and / or chemical treatment on the cellulose raw material within an appropriate range, and the like.
  • Mw / Mn is also in the above range by selecting a cellulose raw material having Mw / Mn according to the purpose, appropriately performing physical treatment and / or chemical treatment on the cellulose raw material in an appropriate range, and the like.
  • the physical treatment includes dry or wet pulverization using a microfluidizer, a ball mill, a disk mill, etc., a crusher, a homomixer, a high-pressure homogenizer, and an ultrasonic device. And the like.
  • Examples of the physical treatment for applying a mechanical force such as impact, shear, shear, friction and the like due to the above-mentioned chemical treatment include digestion, bleaching, acid treatment, regenerated cellulose and the like.
  • the weight-average molecular weight and number-average molecular weight of the cellulose used herein are defined as the values obtained by dissolving cellulose in N, N-dimethylacetamide to which lithium chloride has been added and then performing gel permeation chromatography using N, N-dimethylacetamide as a solvent. This is the calculated value.
  • the fine cellulose of the present embodiment may be chemically modified (in the present disclosure, chemically modified fine cellulose is also referred to as chemically modified fine cellulose).
  • the chemical modification is performed on the hydroxyl groups of the cellulose molecules inside and / or on the surface of the fine cellulose, and the hydroxyl groups are replaced with desired functional groups by the cellulose modifying agent.
  • hydroxyl groups present on the surface of fine cellulose are esterified to acetate, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, etc. (esterified fine cellulose), alkyl ethers such as methyl ether, and carboxymethyl ether.
  • Such chemical modification is preferably esterification, more preferably acetylation, from the viewpoint of simplifying the reaction process and improving the heat resistance of the fine cellulose itself.
  • Chemical modification may occur on a portion (eg, inside or on the surface) of the microcellulose or on all (eg, both inside and on the surface).
  • the cellulose skeleton can be left in the fine cellulose. For example, it is possible to chemically modify only the surface of the fine cellulose and leave a cellulose skeleton (particularly, a cellulose I-type or II-type crystal structure) in the center.
  • the microcellulose When a part of the microcellulose is chemically modified and the microcellulose has a crystal structure (typically type I and / or type II, preferably type I), high tensile breaking strength and size derived from cellulose It is more preferable because the stability can be maintained, the heat resistance can be improved by chemical modification, the affinity with the resin at the time of resin composite can be improved, and the dimensional stability of the resin composition can be improved.
  • the presence of a chemically modified group in the chemically modified fine cellulose can be confirmed by 1 HNMR.
  • the thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td) of the fine cellulose is not particularly limited, but when discoloration or thermal degradation of the fine cellulose by heating becomes a problem, the higher the thermal decomposition onset temperature, the more preferable.
  • the thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td) is preferably at least 270 ° C, more preferably at least 275 ° C, further preferably at least 280 ° C, particularly preferably at least 285 ° C.
  • the thermal decomposition onset temperature is, as shown in the explanatory diagrams of FIGS. 3A and 3B, a thermogravimetric (TG) analysis from a graph in which the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents weight retention%. This is the calculated value (FIG. 3B is an enlarged view of FIG. 3A).
  • TG thermogravimetric
  • the temperature at the point where this straight line intersects with the horizontal line (base line) passing through the starting point of the weight loss of 0 wt% is defined as the thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td).
  • the TG analysis is composed of two steps: (1) a sample drying step and (2) a measurement step that follows the drying step.
  • (1) the sample is heated from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, kept at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to 30 ° C. Cooling.
  • the measurement step (2) the temperature is increased from 30 ° C. to 450 ° C.
  • a circularly cut-out piece of the above-mentioned porous sheet of chemically modified fine cellulose is used, and 10 mg of the sample is placed in an aluminum sample pan and measured.
  • the 1% weight loss temperature is the temperature at the time of 1% weight loss starting from the weight of 150 ° C. when the temperature is raised by the method of the above-mentioned thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td).
  • the weight reduction rate of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment at 250 ° C. was determined by thermogravimetric (TG) analysis when the fine cellulose was kept at 250 ° C. under a nitrogen flow for 2 hours. Rate.
  • the TG analysis is composed of two steps: (1) a sample drying step and (2) a measurement step that follows the drying step. (1) In the sample drying step, the temperature is raised from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, and maintained at 150 ° C. for 1 hour. Subsequently, in the measurement step (2), the temperature is increased from 150 ° C. to 250 ° C.
  • a circularly cut-out piece of the above-mentioned porous sheet of chemically modified fine cellulose is used, and 10 mg of the sample is placed in an aluminum sample pan and measured.
  • the zeta potential of the fine cellulose is preferably -5 mV or less.
  • the zeta potential is more preferably -10 mV or less, further preferably -20 mV or less, particularly preferably -25 mV or less, and most preferably -30 mV or less.
  • the zeta potential of the chemically modified fine cellulose may be outside the above range.
  • the zeta potential can be measured by the following method.
  • a suspension of pure water having a concentration of 1% by mass of fine cellulose was mixed with a high-shear homogenizer (for example, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name "Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7", IKA, trade name "Ultra Turrax T18”).
  • Processing conditions A water dispersion obtained by dispersing at 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes at a rotation speed was diluted with pure water to 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, and a zeta potentiometer (for example, an apparatus manufactured by Malvern Co., Ltd. It is measured at 25 ° C. and pH 7 using the name Zetasizer Nano ZS).
  • the fine cellulose of the present embodiment may contain an acid-insoluble component containing lignin and / or an alkali-soluble polysaccharide containing hemicellulose and the like.
  • the contents of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide affect the heat resistance of fine cellulose and the dispersibility in the resin composition, and may be adjusted according to the purpose. In general, when the content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide is large, the heat resistance of the fine cellulose is reduced, the discoloration accompanying the content is reduced, and the mechanical properties of the fine cellulose are reduced.
  • the average content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the cellulose raw material is preferably smaller. is there.
  • the average content of the acid-insoluble component in the fine cellulose is preferably less than 10% by mass, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 7% by mass or less, and still more preferably 6% by mass. %, Most preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the average content of the acid-insoluble component may be 0% by mass, but from the viewpoint of easy production of fine cellulose, for example, 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, or It may be 2% by mass or more, or 3% by mass or more.
  • the quantitative determination of the acid-insoluble component is performed as the quantitative determination of the acid-insoluble component using the Klason method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000).
  • This method is understood in the art as a method for measuring the amount of lignin.
  • the sample is stirred in a sulfuric acid solution to dissolve cellulose, hemicellulose, and the like, and then filtered through a glass fiber filter, and the obtained residue corresponds to the acid-insoluble component.
  • the content of the acid-insoluble component is calculated from the weight of the acid-insoluble component, and the number average of the content of the acid-insoluble component calculated for the three samples is defined as the average content of the acid-insoluble component.
  • the average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharides in fine cellulose is preferably 13% by mass or less, more preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less. % By mass or less.
  • the alkali-soluble polysaccharide average content may be 0% by mass, but from the viewpoint of easy production of fine cellulose, for example, may be 1% by mass or more, or 3% by mass or more, or 6% by mass or more. Good.
  • the fine cellulose has a value in the above range as the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide, and has a value in the range of the present disclosure (particularly preferably 60% or more) as the crystallinity.
  • the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the present disclosure includes ⁇ -cellulose and ⁇ -cellulose in addition to hemicellulose.
  • the alkali-soluble polysaccharide is a component obtained as an alkali-soluble polysaccharide from holocellulose obtained by subjecting a plant (eg, wood) to solvent extraction and chlorination (ie, a component obtained by removing ⁇ -cellulose from holocellulose).
  • a plant eg, wood
  • solvent extraction and chlorination ie, a component obtained by removing ⁇ -cellulose from holocellulose.
  • Alkali-soluble components are polysaccharides containing hydroxyl groups and have poor heat resistance, decompose when heated, cause yellowing during thermal aging, and cause inconvenience such as a decrease in the strength of cellulose fibers. It is preferable that the content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the fine cellulose is small, because it can cause the occurrence.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide can be determined by the method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000), and is calculated from the holocellulose content (Wise method). It is determined by subtracting the cellulose content. This method is understood in the art as a method for measuring the amount of hemicellulose.
  • the alkali-soluble polysaccharide content is calculated three times for one sample, and the number average of the calculated alkali-soluble polysaccharide content is defined as the alkali-soluble polysaccharide average content.
  • the average content of the acid-insoluble component and the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide of the fine cellulose in the present embodiment are calculated from the average content of the acid-insoluble component and the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide of the cellulose raw material used for the production of the fine cellulose. May be.
  • a method for producing fine cellulose will be exemplified.
  • a cellulose fiber also referred to as a cellulose raw material
  • natural cellulose wood pulp obtained from wood species (hardwood or conifer), non-wood pulp obtained from non-wood species (cotton, bamboo, hemp, bagasse, kenaf, cotton linter, sisal, straw, etc.), animals (for example, Cellulose fiber aggregates derived from sea squirts), algae, microorganisms (for example, acetic acid bacteria), and microbial products can be used.
  • regenerated cellulose examples include cut yarns of regenerated cellulose fibers (such as viscose, cupra, and Tencel), cut yarns of cellulose derivative fibers, and ultrafine yarns of regenerated cellulose or cellulose derivatives obtained by electrospinning. These raw materials may be used to adjust the fiber diameter, fiber length, degree of fibrillation, etc. by beating, fibrillation, or refining by mechanical force of a beater or refiner, etc., or bleaching, refining using chemicals, and lignin And the content of non-cellulose such as hemicellulose and the like can be adjusted.
  • cut yarns of regenerated cellulose fibers such as viscose, cupra, and Tencel
  • cut yarns of cellulose derivative fibers such as viscose, cupra, and Tencel
  • ultrafine yarns of regenerated cellulose or cellulose derivatives obtained by electrospinning These raw materials may be used to adjust the fiber diameter, fiber length, degree of fibrillation, etc. by beating, fibrillation, or
  • Acid-insoluble components and alkali-soluble polysaccharides can be mentioned as components other than cellulose remaining in the pulp, but in a usual embodiment, these components remain even after the production of fine cellulose.
  • the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide contained in the fine cellulose all affect the dispersibility, heat resistance and the like of the fine cellulose in the resin composition, and may be adjusted according to the purpose. As described above, when improvement in heat resistance or the like of fine cellulose is required, it is preferable that the content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the cellulose raw material is small and the cellulose purity ( ⁇ -cellulose content) is high. There are cases.
  • cellulose having a cellulose purity ( ⁇ -cellulose content) of 80% by mass or more to suppress the discoloration of the resin composition and maintain the properties of the composition.
  • cellulose purity is more preferably at least 85% by mass, still more preferably at least 90% by mass, particularly preferably at least 95% by mass.
  • the cellulose purity can be determined by the ⁇ -cellulose content measuring method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000).
  • the ⁇ -cellulose content measuring method is a raw material of the cellulose I crystal, such as wood.
  • the cellulose purity is originally high. Therefore, even if the cellulose purity is less than 85% by mass, it is preferable as the raw material of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment.
  • Fine cellulose is obtained by applying shear to the cellulose raw material to make it finer.
  • shearing in a liquid is preferable.
  • a method of performing fibrillation by a method other than strong mechanical fibrillation such as pulverization (TEMPO oxidation, chemical modification of cellulose hydroxyl group in an organic solvent, etc.).
  • the fibrillation solvent water, aprotic solvent and the like are useful.
  • a fibrillation solvent containing an aprotic solvent is impregnated into a cellulose raw material (preferably a cellulose raw material having a cellulose purity of 80% by mass or more), the cellulose swells in a short time. In this state, a finer treatment can be performed by applying shear energy.
  • refinement with aprotic solvent is simpler in process because it can be defibrated with low energy and chemical modification can be performed simultaneously with or after defibration. Is more preferable.
  • aprotic solvent examples include alkyl sulfoxides, alkyl amides, and pyrrolidones. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • alkyl sulfoxides examples include, for example, di C 1-4 alkyl sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), methyl ethyl sulfoxide, and diethyl sulfoxide.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • methyl ethyl sulfoxide methyl ethyl sulfoxide
  • diethyl sulfoxide diethyl sulfoxide
  • alkylamides examples include N, N-diC1-4alkylformamides such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and N, N-diethylformamide; N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), N, N N, N-diC1-4alkylacetamides such as -diethylacetamide and the like.
  • pyrrolidones include, for example, pyrrolidone such as 2-pyrrolidone and 3-pyrrolidone; and N-C1-4 alkylpyrrolidone such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).
  • pyrrolidone such as 2-pyrrolidone and 3-pyrrolidone
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • aprotic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the number in parentheses is the number of donors
  • DMSO dimethyl methacrylate
  • DMF dimethyl methacrylate
  • DMAc dimethyl methacrylate
  • NMP NMP
  • a method of applying agitation or shearing energy for example, a device to which impact shear is applied such as a planetary ball mill and a bead mill, a device to which a rotary shear field which induces fibrillation of cellulose such as a disc refiner and a grinder is added, or various kneaders and The kneading, stirring, and dispersing functions, such as a planetary mixer, can be obtained by using an apparatus capable of performing the functions with high efficiency.
  • a disintegrator a beater, a refiner, a low-pressure homogenizer, a high-pressure homogenizer, an ultra-high-pressure homogenizer, a homomixer, a grinder, a mass colloider, a cutter mill, a ball mill, a jet mill, a single-screw extruder, a twin-screw extruder, Examples thereof include an ultrasonic stirrer and a household juicer mixer.
  • Cellulose whiskers can be obtained with high efficiency by hydrolyzing cellulose raw materials and dissolving the amorphous part of cellulose.
  • the method of hydrolysis is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include acid hydrolysis, alkali oxidative decomposition, hydrothermal decomposition, steam explosion, and microwave decomposition. These methods may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • acid hydrolysis for example, a suitable amount of protonic acid, carboxylic acid, Lewis acid, heteropoly acid, etc. is added in a state where a cellulose raw material is dispersed in an aqueous medium, and the mixture is heated with stirring to easily perform average polymerization. You can control the degree.
  • the reaction conditions such as temperature, pressure, and time vary depending on the type of cellulose, the concentration of cellulose, the type of acid, and the concentration of acid, but are appropriately adjusted so as to achieve the desired average polymerization degree. For example, there is a condition that the cellulose is treated at 100 ° C. or more and under pressure for 10 minutes or more using a 2% by mass or less aqueous mineral acid solution. Under these conditions, a catalyst component such as an acid penetrates into the inside of the cellulose, hydrolysis is promoted, the amount of the catalyst component used is reduced, and subsequent purification is also facilitated.
  • the dispersion of the cellulose raw material at the time of hydrolysis may contain a small amount of an organic solvent in addition to water as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the method for chemically modifying the fine cellulose is not particularly limited.For example, a method of adding a chemical modifier at the same time as miniaturization, and performing a chemical modification at the same time as the miniaturization, or adding a chemical modifier after the miniaturization is performed. A method of separately performing chemical modification by a chemical method, or a method of performing fine modification after chemically modifying a cellulose raw material.
  • the solvent used in the chemical modification is not particularly limited. In particular, when an aprotic solvent is used, the cellulose quickly swells into the microfibril gap of cellulose, swells the cellulose, and the microfibrils enter a finely fibrillated state. By performing the chemical modification after creating this state, the chemical modification proceeds uniformly throughout the fine cellulose, and as a result, the variation in the degree of modification is reduced, and high heat resistance can be obtained.
  • a compound which reacts with the hydroxyl group of cellulose can be used, and examples thereof include an esterifying agent, an etherifying agent, and a silylating agent. Particularly, an esterifying agent is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • an esterifying agent an acid halide, an acid anhydride and a vinyl carboxylate are preferred.
  • the acid halide may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (1).
  • acid halides include acetyl chloride, acetyl bromide, acetyl iodide, propionyl chloride, propionyl bromide, propionyl iodide, butyryl chloride, butyryl bromide, butyryl iodide, benzoyl chloride, benzoyl bromide, iodine But not limited thereto.
  • one or more alkaline compounds may be added for the purpose of neutralizing the acidic substance which is a by-product while acting as a catalyst.
  • the alkaline compound include, but are not limited to, tertiary amine compounds such as triethylamine and trimethylamine; and nitrogen-containing aromatic compounds such as pyridine and dimethylaminopyridine.
  • any appropriate acid anhydrides can be used.
  • saturated aliphatic monocarboxylic anhydrides such as acetic acid, propionic acid, (iso) butyric acid, and valeric acid
  • unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic anhydrides such as (meth) acrylic acid and oleic acid
  • cyclohexanecarboxylic acid tetrahydro Alicyclic monocarboxylic acid anhydrides
  • aromatic monocarboxylic acid anhydrides such as benzoic acid and 4-methylbenzoic acid
  • dibasic carboxylic acid anhydrides such as succinic anhydride and adipic acid
  • Unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic anhydrides such as saturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid, maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride
  • 1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride
  • one or more acidic compounds such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, and phosphoric acid, or Lewis acids such as metal chlorides and metal triflates, or alkaline compounds such as triethylamine and pyridine are used as catalysts. It may be added.
  • R-COO-CH CH 2
  • R is an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • Vinyl carboxylate represented by ⁇ is preferred.
  • Vinyl carboxylate includes vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl caproate, vinyl cyclohexanecarboxylate, vinyl caprylate, vinyl caprate, vinyl laurate, vinyl myristate, vinyl palmitate, vinyl stearate, pivalin More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of vinyl acrylate, vinyl octylate divinyl adipate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl crotonate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl octylate, vinyl benzoate, and vinyl cinnamate. .
  • a catalyst such as an alkali metal hydroxide, an alkaline earth metal hydroxide, a primary to tertiary amine, a quaternary ammonium salt, imidazole and its derivatives, pyridine and its derivatives, and an alkoxide Or one or more selected from the group consisting of:
  • alkali metal hydroxide and alkaline earth metal hydroxide examples include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide and the like.
  • the primary to tertiary amines are primary amines, secondary amines, and tertiary amines, and specific examples include ethylenediamine, diethylamine, proline, N, N, N ', N'-tetramethylethylenediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,6-hexanediamine, tris (3-dimethylaminopropyl) amine, N, N-dimethylcyclohexylamine, triethylamine and the like can be mentioned.
  • imidazole and its derivatives examples include 1-methylimidazole, 3-aminopropylimidazole, carbonyldiimidazole and the like.
  • pyridine and derivatives thereof include N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, picoline and the like.
  • alkoxide examples include sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium-t-butoxide and the like.
  • esterifying agents in particular, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, and at least one selected from the group consisting of vinyl butyrate, among them, acetic anhydride and vinyl acetate, the reaction efficiency of Preferred from a viewpoint.
  • the peak position of the absorption band changes depending on the type of the chemically modified group. From the change in the peak position, it can be determined what absorption band the peak is based on, and the modifying group can be identified.
  • Ratio of peak intensity (peak height of C O absorption band based on acyl group) of peak intensity of absorption band based on chemical modifying group to peak intensity (height) of absorption band of CO based on cellulose backbone (chemical modification)
  • the degree of modification (modification ratio) (IR index 1030) defined by the peak height of the absorption band based on the group / the peak height of the absorption band of the cellulose backbone C—O) is preferably 0.0024 or more, and 0.1. 50 or less. When the IR index 1030 is 0.0024 or more, a resin composition containing chemically modified fine cellulose having a high thermal decomposition onset temperature can be obtained.
  • the IR index 1030 is more preferably 0.012 or more, further preferably 0.024 or more, still more preferably 0.048 or more, particularly preferably 0.72 or more, and most preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably It is 0.44 or less, more preferably 0.37 or less, particularly preferably 0.30 or less, and most preferably 0.25 or less.
  • Reading of the peak heights of 1730 cm -1 and 1030 cm -1 used to calculate the IR index 1730 and IR index 1030 is carried out as follows.
  • the peak intensity of 1730 cm -1, drawing a base line which connects a straight line other peak is not located near 1550 cm -1 and near 1850 cm -1, a peak of 1730 cm -1 to the height of the baseline in 1730 cm -1
  • the value subtracted from the height shall be read.
  • the peak intensity of 1030 cm -1, drawing a base line which connects a straight line other peaks is no position near 820 cm -1 and near 1530 cm -1, a peak of 1030 cm -1 to the height of the baseline in 1030 cm -1
  • the value subtracted from the height shall be read.
  • the unmodified cellulose skeleton remains in the chemically modified fine cellulose, and therefore, a chemical having both high tensile strength and dimensional stability derived from cellulose and high thermal decomposition initiation temperature derived from the chemical modification.
  • a resin composite containing the modified fine cellulose can be obtained.
  • DS is more preferably 0.05 or more, further preferably 0.1 or more, particularly preferably 0.2 or more, most preferably 0.3 or more, more preferably 1.8 or less, and still more preferably 1. 5 or less, particularly preferably 1.2 or less, most preferably 1.0 or less.
  • the fine cellulose or the chemically modified fine cellulose is washed and concentrated by filtration or centrifugation using water, and finally can be used as a water slurry or a dried product for producing composite particles.
  • thermoplastic resin that can be used for the composite particles of the present embodiment will be described in detail.
  • specific examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene and ethylene-propylene copolymer; vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and polyvinylidene chloride; polyvinyl acetate and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer.
  • a vinyl resin such as polyvinyl alcohol; a polyacetal resin; a fluororesin such as polyvinylidene fluoride; a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; polystyrene, styrene-butadiene block copolymer, styrene-isoprene Polystyrene resins such as block copolymers; Nitrile resins such as polyacrylonitrile, styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, ABS resin; polyphenylene ether resins; polyamides; Polyimide; Polyamide imide; Acrylic resin such as polymethacrylic acid and polyacrylic acid; Polycarbonate; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfone; Polyether sulfone; Polyether nitrile; Polyether ketone; Polyketone; Liquid crystal polymer; Silicone resin; Natural celluloses such as wood
  • the thermoplastic is soluble in DMSO.
  • being soluble in DMSO means that 0.1 g or more is dissolved in 100 g of DMSO at 25 ° C.
  • Thermoplastic resins that are soluble in DMSO contribute to increasing the viscosities ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 100 of the present disclosure.
  • the thermoplastic resin soluble in DMSO include a cellulose derivative (particularly, a cellulose ester), a polystyrene resin, and a vinyl chloride resin.
  • the thermoplastic resin dissolves more preferably in an amount of 0.5 g or more, further preferably 1.0 g or more, particularly preferably 2.0 g or more, in 100 g of DMSO at 25 ° C.
  • thermoplastic resin is 100 g or less of DMSO at 25 ° C., for example, 100 g or less, or 70 g or less, or Dissolve in an amount of 50 g or less.
  • the cellulose derivative has a high affinity for fine cellulose because it is a cellulosic material, and also because it is a thermoplastic resin, it can contribute to stabilizing the dispersion of fine cellulose in the resin composition. Therefore, it is more preferable as the thermoplastic resin used for the composite particles.
  • the mechanical properties of the resin composition are improved by improving and controlling the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the base resin in the resin composition due to the presence of the cellulose derivative.
  • the presence of the cellulose derivative can have a property that the fine cellulose is soluble and redispersible in the thermoplastic resin.
  • the composite particles as a filler are in a dry state.
  • fine cellulose having a nanometer size ie, less than 1 ⁇ m
  • the cellulose derivative interacts with the surface of the fine cellulose, and can also function as a binder showing an affinity for the base resin. Redistribution is feasible.
  • the fact that the surface of the fine cellulose is chemically modified is effective for strengthening the interaction between the cellulose derivative and the fine cellulose.
  • the cellulose derivative is bound to the surface of the fine cellulose.
  • Cellulose derivatives are preferably cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate butyrate, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, cellulose ethers such as cyanoethyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl.
  • Cellulose ether esters such as methylcellulose acetate and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (in the present disclosure, cellulose ether esters are intended to be included in the concept of both cellulose ethers and cellulose esters). At least one type. Among them, cellulose ester is excellent in terms of heat resistance and is preferred.
  • the cellulose derivative is preferably soluble in a solvent used for defibrating cellulose.
  • the cellulose derivative preferably has a melting point between 100 ° C. and 350 ° C. from the viewpoint of miscibility with the resin.
  • cellulose derivatives having two or more substituents in one derivative such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate, often have a melting point, and are more preferable.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose derivative is preferably 1,000 or more, or 5,000 or more, or 10,000 or more, or 20,000 or more, preferably 100,000 or less, or 80,000 or less, or 60,000 or less. is there. Mw is a value measured by a method of calculating in terms of standard polystyrene by size exclusion chromatography.
  • the alkyl substituent of the cellulose ether is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • One or more ether substituents per anhydroglucose unit ie, mixed esters
  • Preferred examples of the ether substituent are a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • the ether substituent is preferably an ethyl group in view of moldability, transparency and flexural modulus of the resin composition.
  • the total degree of substitution of the cellulose ether (the sum of the degree of methyl group substitution and the degree of ethyl group substitution in the case of a co-substituted product such as cellulose methyl ethyl ether) is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of compatibility between the resin and the fine cellulose. It is from 2.5 to 3.0, more preferably from 2.1 to 2.95, even more preferably from 2.6 to 2.90.
  • the degree of ether substitution is a value measured by 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus).
  • the viscosity of a solution obtained by dissolving 5 parts by mass of cellulose ether in a mixed solvent of 80 parts by mass of toluene and 20 parts by mass of ethanol has a lower limit of 1 mPa ⁇ s or more under a temperature condition of 25 ° C. It is preferably at least 3 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably at least 5 mPa ⁇ s, even more preferably at least 8 mPa ⁇ s, particularly preferably at least 12 mPa ⁇ s, most preferably at least 20 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the upper limit of the degree of polymerization is preferably 500 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 350 mPa ⁇ s or less, further preferably 250 mPa ⁇ s or less, further preferably 110 mPa ⁇ s or less, particularly preferably 70 mPa ⁇ s or less, and 55 mPa ⁇ s or less. s or less are most preferred.
  • the degree of polymerization of the cellulose ethers by inhibiting aggregation of the fine cellulose in the composite particles (which are reflected in the dispersion viscosity eta 10 of the composite particles is a high value), the fine cellulose in the resin composition
  • it is preferably not less than the lower limit, and the fineness is increased by increasing the binding point at the interface between the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative.
  • the content is preferably not more than the above upper limit.
  • the cellulose ether may be a commercially available product, or a product obtained by adjusting the degree of substitution of the commercially available product to a desired range.
  • Commercially available products include, for example, those available from The Dow Chemical Company under the name ETHOCEL TM. ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 4, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard # 7, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 10, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 20, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 45, or ETHOCyl @ Shd @ rd @ Shd. Have been.
  • the ester substituent of the cellulose ester is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • One or more ester substituents per anhydroglucose unit ie, mixed esters
  • Preferred examples of ester substituents are acetyl, propionyl, and butyryl.
  • the ester substituent is preferably an acetyl group from the viewpoint of moldability and flexural modulus of the resin composition.
  • the cellulose ester has a degree of polymerization of 50 to 1000, and preferably has a total degree of substitution (ester substitution of 1.5 to 2.6.
  • the average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be measured by the limiting viscosity method of Uda et al. (Kazuo Uda, Hideo Saito, Journal of the Fiber Society, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 105-120, 1962).
  • the total degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is preferably from the viewpoint of compatibility between the resin and the fine cellulose. Is from 1.5 to 3.0, more preferably from 2.1 to 2.95, even more preferably from 2.6 to 2.90.
  • the degree of ester substitution is a value measured by 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus).
  • the cellulose ester may be a commercially available product, or a product obtained by adjusting the total substitution degree of the commercially available product to a desired range.
  • Commercially available products include cellulose diacetate (manufactured by Daicel, product names: L-30 and L-70), cellulose triacetate (manufactured by Daicel, product name: LT-105), and cellulose acetate propionate (Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.) And product name: CAP504-2.0), cellulose acetate butyrate (manufactured by Eastman Chemical Company, product name: CAB321-0.1), and the like.
  • the combination of the cellulose derivative and the chemical modification in the fine cellulose is preferably a combination in which the cellulose derivative has at least an acetyl substituent and the chemical modification is acetylation, and more preferably, the cellulose derivative is a cellulose diacetate (DAC), cellulose triacetate (TAC), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), and cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), and the chemical modification is acetylation.
  • DAC cellulose diacetate
  • TAC cellulose triacetate
  • CAB cellulose acetate butyrate
  • CAP cellulose acetate propionate
  • the chemical modification is acetylation.
  • the hydrophobicity and affinity of the cellulose derivative and the fine cellulose tend to be good, and the fine dispersion of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is good. It is preferred in terms of.
  • the ratio of the fine cellulose to 100% by mass of the composite particles is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, particularly preferably 15% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a good effect as a filler. At least 20% by mass, most preferably at least 20% by mass, and preferably at most 90% by mass, more preferably at most 90% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining an excellent dispersion improving effect of fine cellulose by using a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative). It is at most 85% by mass, more preferably at most 80% by mass.
  • the lower limit of the ratio of the thermoplastic resin (in one aspect, a cellulose derivative) in the composite particles is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of obtaining a good dispersion improving effect of fine cellulose. Is not less than 20% by mass, and the upper limit is preferably not more than 90% by mass, more preferably not more than 85% by mass, and still more preferably not more than 80% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a good filler action by using fine cellulose.
  • the lower limit of the amount of the cellulose derivative per 100 parts by mass of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) is preferably 1 part by mass or more, or 5 parts by mass or more, or 10 parts by mass or more, or 20 parts by mass or more,
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, or 300 parts by mass or less, or 200 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of improving the tensile rupture strength and thermal stability of the resin composition and reducing the variation in performance, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fiber in one embodiment) be within the above range.
  • the ratio (by mass) of fine cellulose / cellulose derivative in the composite particles is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 15/85 to 85/15, and still more preferably 20/80 to 80/20. .
  • the method for producing the composite particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following methods. According to these methods, the composite particles can be collected as a slurry or a dried product.
  • An aqueous dispersion (slurry) of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) and thermoplastic resin particles (cellulose derivative powder in one embodiment) are mixed, and then optionally dried (ie, powdered), A method for recovering composite particles.
  • a thermoplastic resin is added to an organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fiber in one embodiment) to disperse the fine cellulose and dissolve the thermoplastic resin (cellulose derivative in one embodiment). Obtaining an organic solvent dispersion (fine cellulose / resin dispersion).
  • This organic solvent dispersion is mixed with a poor solvent for a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative) to precipitate the thermoplastic resin (that is, to deposit composite particles containing fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin), thereby dispersing the composite particles.
  • a thermoplastic resin in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative
  • a purification step of replacing the organic solvent of the composite particle dispersion with water and optionally, a step of separating and collecting the composite particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc., washing with pure water, and / or drying,
  • Fine cellulose can be preferably prepared by a defibration step of performing a defibration treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and optionally a purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion with water.
  • the addition of the thermoplastic resin in the method (3) may be performed before or during defibration.
  • the fine cellulose is chemically modified, it is preferable to provide a chemical modification step for chemically modifying the fine cellulose at the same time as or after the fibrillation step (preferably, before the purification step).
  • the organic solvent in which the thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative) dissolves is not particularly limited, but may be a halogenated hydrocarbon, an ester, a ketone, an ether, an alcohol, an alkylsulfoxide, an alkylamide, or a pyrrolidone.
  • the solvent may be a single type of compound or a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a plurality of compounds.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons eg, dichloromethane, etc.
  • esters eg, methyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.
  • ketones eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.
  • Ethers eg, dioxane, dioxolan, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, methyl-t-butyl ether, etc.
  • alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, hexafluoroisopropanol, resorcinol, etc.
  • aprotic solvents described above in the present disclosure Alkylsulfoxides, alkylamides, pyrrolidones
  • the above-mentioned aprotic solvents are also excellent in producing fine cellulose. It is preferable in terms of process efficiency to continuously perform the production of fine cellulose and the production of composite particles using an aprotic solvent.
  • the thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative
  • a poor solvent for a thermoplastic resin is a solvent that does not dissolve the thermoplastic resin. More preferably, it is a solvent that does not dissolve the thermoplastic resin and is miscible with the organic solvent in which the thermoplastic resin dissolves.
  • the poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative
  • examples of the poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin include water having a pH of 1 to 14, water containing an inorganic salt (eg, sodium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium silicate, etc.), and alcohol (eg, methanol, ethanol, and the like). Isopropanol, 1-hexanol, etc.), and a mixed solvent of water / alcohol.
  • the method of stirring or shearing necessary to promote the compositing of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative is not particularly limited, but, for example, a device to which collision shear is applied such as a planetary ball mill and a bead mill, a disc refiner
  • a device capable of performing kneading, stirring, and dispersing functions with high efficiency can be used, such as a device that adds a rotary shear field that induces fibrillation of cellulose, such as a grinder, and a grinder, or various kneaders and a planetary mixer. .
  • the proportion of water in the composite particles is preferably not more than 95% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 95% by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, particularly preferably 0 to 50% by mass, based on the total amount of the composite particles. It can be controlled to 1 to 20% by mass, most preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass.
  • the drying operation may be appropriately performed in a constant temperature chamber or the like so that the proportion of water in the composite particles falls within a desired range.
  • a resin composition including the above-described composite particles and a base resin.
  • a base resin a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, a photocurable resin, rubber, or the like can be used.
  • the thermoplastic resin derived from the composite particles forms a matrix together with the base resin (preferably by mixing the thermoplastic resin and the base resin) in the resin composition, and the fine cellulose is contained in the matrix.
  • the base resin is a thermoplastic resin
  • the base resin is a resin different from the thermoplastic resin contained in the composite particles.
  • “different resins” means resins having different component compositions and / or molecular structures (for example, molecular weights) of the resins.
  • One embodiment of the present invention also provides a resin composition containing a thermoplastic resin (as a base resin), fine cellulose having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and a cellulose derivative.
  • a thermoplastic resin as a base resin
  • fine cellulose having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm and a cellulose derivative.
  • Specific embodiments include a thermoplastic resin (as a base resin), 0.1 to 40 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and fine cellulose 100
  • a resin composition containing 1 to 900 parts by mass of a cellulose derivative with respect to parts by mass.
  • thermoplastic resin examples include, but are not particularly limited to, for example, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymer; polyvinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and polyvinylidene chloride; Vinyl resins such as polyvinyl acetate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer and polyvinyl alcohol; polyacetal resins; fluororesins such as polyvinylidene fluoride; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; Polystyrene resins such as styrene-butadiene block copolymer and styrene-isoprene block copolymer; nitrile resins such as polyacrylonitrile, styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer and ABS resin; polyphenylene-butadiene block copolymer and polyethylene
  • thermoplastic resins a crystalline resin having a melting point in the range of 100 ° C. to 350 ° C. or an amorphous resin having a glass transition temperature in the range of 100 to 250 ° C.
  • a polyolefin resin for example, a polyolefin resin, a polyamide resin , Polyester-based resin, polyacetal-based resin, polyphenylene ether-based resin, polyphenylene sulfide-based resin and a mixture of two or more thereof, preferably polyolefin-based resin, polyamide-based resin, polyester from the viewpoint of handleability and cost Resins, polyacetal resins and the like.
  • the melting point of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 140 ° C or higher, or 150 ° C or higher, or 160 ° C or higher, or 170 ° C or higher, or 180 ° C or higher. Or at least 190 ° C, or at least 200 ° C, or at least 210 ° C, at least 220 ° C, or at least 230 ° C, or at least 240 ° C, or at least 245 ° C, or at least 250 ° C.
  • the melting point of the crystalline resin as used herein refers to the peak top temperature of an endothermic peak that appears when the temperature is raised from 23 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the enthalpy of the endothermic peak is preferably at least 10 J / g, more preferably at least 20 J / g.
  • the glass transition temperature of the amorphous resin as used herein means that the temperature is measured at an applied frequency of 10 Hz using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus while increasing the temperature from 23 ° C. at a rate of 2 ° C./min.
  • the measurement frequency at this time is desirably at least once every 20 seconds in order to increase the measurement accuracy.
  • the method of preparing the measurement sample is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of eliminating the influence of molding distortion, it is preferable to use a cut piece of a hot press molded product, and the size (width and thickness) of the cut piece is as small as possible. Smaller is more desirable from the viewpoint of heat conduction.
  • thermoplastic resins that are preferable as thermoplastic resins are polymers obtained by polymerizing olefins (for example, ⁇ -olefins) or alkenes as a monomer unit.
  • polyolefin resin include ethylene (co) polymers exemplified by low-density polyethylene (for example, linear low-density polyethylene), high-density polyethylene, ultra-low-density polyethylene, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene.
  • -Polypropylene (co) polymers exemplified by ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer, etc., ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-methyl methacrylate copolymer, ethylene-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer Copolymers of ⁇ -olefins such as ethylene typified by coalescence are exemplified.
  • the most preferable polyolefin resin is polypropylene.
  • polypropylene having a melt mass flow rate (MFR) of 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less measured at 230 ° C. under a load of 21.2 N according to ISO 1133 is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the MFR is more preferably 5 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 6 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 8 g / 10 minutes.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 20 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 18 g / 10 minutes.
  • the MFR desirably does not exceed the above upper limit from the viewpoint of improving the toughness of the composition, and desirably does not exceed the above lower limit from the viewpoint of the fluidity of the composition.
  • an acid-modified polyolefin-based resin can be suitably used.
  • the acid at this time can be appropriately selected from maleic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, phthalic acid, anhydrides thereof, and polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid.
  • maleic acid or its anhydride is preferred because of its high modification rate.
  • the modification method is not particularly limited, but is generally a method of melting and kneading by heating to the melting point or higher in the presence or absence of a peroxide.
  • the polyolefin resin to be acid-modified all of the above-mentioned polyolefin resins can be used, but polypropylene is particularly preferably used.
  • the acid-modified polypropylene may be used alone, but it is more preferable to use it in combination with unmodified polypropylene in order to adjust the modification rate of the whole resin.
  • the ratio of the acid-modified polypropylene to all the polypropylenes is 0.5% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • a more preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, further preferably 2% by mass, still more preferably 3% by mass, particularly preferably 4% by mass, and most preferably 5% by mass.
  • a more preferable upper limit is 45% by mass, further preferably 40% by mass, still more preferably 35% by mass, particularly preferably 30% by mass, and most preferably 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably greater than or equal to the lower limit.
  • the upper limit is preferably equal to or less than the upper limit.
  • the melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the acid-modified polypropylene measured at 230 ° C. under a load of 21.2 N according to ISO 1133 is preferably 50 g / 10 min or more in order to increase the affinity with the cellulose interface. .
  • a more preferred lower limit is 100 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 150 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 200 g / 10 minutes.
  • aliphatic polyamides such as polyamide 6, polyamide 11, polyamide 12, polyamide 6,6, polyamide 6,10, polyamide 6,11 and polyamide 6,12, polyamide 6, C, polyamide 2M5, C
  • the alicyclic polyamide is more preferable.
  • the terminal carboxyl group concentration of the polyamide resin is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 20 ⁇ mol / g, and more preferably 30 ⁇ mol / g.
  • the upper limit of the terminal carboxyl group concentration is preferably 150 ⁇ mol / g, more preferably 100 ⁇ mol / g, and still more preferably 80 ⁇ mol / g.
  • the ratio of the carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups is more preferably 0.30 to 0.95.
  • the lower limit of the carboxyl end group ratio is more preferably 0.35, even more preferably 0.40, and most preferably 0.45.
  • the upper limit of the carboxyl terminal group ratio is more preferably 0.90, still more preferably 0.85, and most preferably 0.80.
  • the carboxyl terminal group ratio is desirably 0.30 or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composition, and desirably 0.95 or less from the viewpoint of the color tone of the obtained composition.
  • a known method can be used to adjust the terminal group concentration of the polyamide resin.
  • a diamine compound, a monoamine compound, a dicarboxylic acid compound, a monocarboxylic acid compound, an acid anhydride, a monoisocyanate, a monoacid halide, a monoester, a monoalcohol, etc. so as to have a predetermined terminal group concentration during polymerization of polyamide.
  • a method in which a terminal adjuster that reacts with a terminal group is added to the polymerization solution may be used.
  • Aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as cyclohexanecarboxylic acid; aromatic monocarboxylic acids such as benzoic acid, toluic acid, ⁇ -naphthalenecarboxylic acid, ⁇ -naphthalenecarboxylic acid, methylnaphthalenecarboxylic acid, and phenylacetic acid A carboxylic acid; and a plurality of mixtures arbitrarily selected from these.
  • at least one terminal adjuster selected from the group consisting of benzoic acid and benzoic acid, and acetic acid is most preferred.
  • Examples of a terminal adjuster that reacts with a terminal carboxyl group include aliphatic amines such as methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, butylamine, hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, stearylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, and dibutylamine. Monoamines; alicyclic monoamines such as cyclohexylamine and dicyclohexylamine; aromatic monoamines such as aniline, toluidine, diphenylamine, naphthylamine, and any mixtures thereof.
  • At least one terminal selected from the group consisting of butylamine, hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, stearylamine, cyclohexylamine and aniline from the viewpoints of reactivity, boiling point, stability of a sealed terminal, and price. Modifiers are preferred.
  • the concentration of these amino terminal groups and carboxyl terminal groups is preferably determined from the integrated value of the characteristic signal corresponding to each terminal group by 1 H-NMR from the viewpoint of accuracy and simplicity.
  • a method for determining the concentrations of these terminal groups a method described in JP-A-7-228775 is specifically recommended. When this method is used, deuterated trifluoroacetic acid is useful as a measuring solvent. Further, the number of times of integration of 1 H-NMR requires at least 300 scans even when measured by an instrument having a sufficient resolution.
  • the concentration of the terminal group can be measured by a titration measurement method as described in JP-A-2003-055549. However, in order to minimize the influence of mixed additives, lubricants, and the like, quantification by 1 H-NMR is more preferable.
  • the intrinsic viscosity [ ⁇ ] of the polyamide resin measured in concentrated sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. is preferably 0.6 to 2.0 dL / g, and 0.7 to 1.4 dL / g. Is more preferably 0.7 to 1.2 dL / g, and particularly preferably 0.7 to 1.0 dL / g.
  • Use of the polyamide having an intrinsic viscosity in a preferable range, and particularly preferable range among them, can significantly increase the fluidity in a mold at the time of injection molding of the resin composition, and give an effect of improving the appearance of a molded piece. it can.
  • intrinsic viscosity has the same meaning as viscosity generally called intrinsic viscosity.
  • a specific method for obtaining this viscosity is to measure ⁇ sp / c of several measuring solvents having different concentrations in 96% concentrated sulfuric acid under a temperature condition of 30 ° C., and to determine the respective ⁇ sp / c and the concentration (c ) And extrapolating the concentration to zero. The value extrapolated to zero is the intrinsic viscosity. Details of these are described, for example, in Polymer Process Engineering (Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1994), pages 291 to 294. At this time, it is desirable from the viewpoint of accuracy that the number of the measurement solvents having different concentrations be at least four.
  • the recommended concentrations of the different viscosity measurement solutions are preferably at least four points of 0.05 g / dL, 0.1 g / dL, 0.2 g / dL, and 0.4 g / dL.
  • polyester resins as thermoplastic resins include polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PET), polybutylene succinate (a polyester resin comprising an aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol (hereinafter referred to as PBS). ), Polybutylene succinate adipate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PBSA), polybutylene adipate terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PBAT), polyhydroxyalkanoic acid (3-hydroxyalkanoic acid).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PBS aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol
  • PBSA Polybutylene succinate adipate
  • PBAT polybutylene adipate terephthalate
  • polyhydroxyalkanoic acid (3-hydroxyalkanoic acid).
  • a polyester resin comprising: PHA; polylactic acid (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as PLA); polybutylene terephthalate (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as PBT); polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter, simply referred to as PBT) , May be referred to as PEN), polyarylate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PAR), polycarbonate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PC), or one or more kinds selected therefrom. .
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • PAR polyarylate
  • PC polycarbonate
  • polyester-based resins include PET, PBS, PBSA, PBT, and PEN, and more preferably, PBS, PBSA, and PBT.
  • the end groups of the polyester resin can be freely changed depending on the monomer ratio at the time of polymerization and the presence / absence of the terminal stabilizer, and the amount of the carboxyl end group relative to all end groups of the polyester resin.
  • the ratio ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) is more preferably 0.30 to 0.95.
  • the lower limit of the carboxyl end group ratio is more preferably 0.35, even more preferably 0.40, and most preferably 0.45.
  • the upper limit of the carboxyl terminal group ratio is more preferably 0.90, still more preferably 0.85, and most preferably 0.80.
  • the carboxyl terminal group ratio is desirably 0.30 or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composition, and desirably 0.95 or less from the viewpoint of the color tone of the obtained composition.
  • thermoplastic resins preferred as thermoplastic resins include homopolyacetals using formaldehyde as a raw material and copolyacetals containing trioxane as a main monomer and 1,3-dioxolane as a comonomer component, and both are usable.
  • copolyacetal can be preferably used.
  • the amount of the structure derived from a comonomer component is more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 4 mol%.
  • a preferred lower limit of the amount of the structure derived from the comonomer component is 0.05 mol%, more preferably 0.1 mol%, and even more preferably 0.2 mol%.
  • a preferred upper limit is 3.5 mol%, more preferably 3.0 mol%, still more preferably 2.5 mol%, and most preferably 2.3 mol%.
  • the lower limit is preferably within the above range
  • the upper limit is preferably within the above range from the viewpoint of mechanical strength.
  • thermosetting resin Specific examples of the thermosetting resin are not particularly limited.
  • the thermosetting resin are not particularly limited.
  • Phenol resin such as resol type phenol resin such as phenol resin, phenoxy resin, urea (urea) resin, triazine ring-containing resin such as melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, bismaleimide resin, diallyl phthalate resin, silicone resin, benzoxazine ring Resin, norbornene resin, cyanate resin, isocyanate resin, urethane resin, benzocyclobutene resin, maleimide resin, bismaleimide triazine resin, polyazomethine resin, thermosetting resin Imide and the like.
  • These thermosetting resins may be used alone or as a blend of two or more. The blending ratio when blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
  • Photocurable resin Specific examples of the photocurable resin include, but are not particularly limited to, known general (meth) acrylate resins, vinyl resins, and epoxy resins. These are roughly classified into a radical reaction type in which a monomer reacts by radicals generated by light and a cation reaction type in which a monomer cationically polymerizes, according to a reaction mechanism.
  • the radical reaction type monomers include (meth) acrylate compounds, vinyl compounds (for example, certain vinyl ethers), and the like. Epoxy compounds, certain vinyl ethers and the like correspond to the cation reaction type.
  • an epoxy compound that can be used as a cation reaction type can be a monomer of both a thermosetting resin and a photocurable resin.
  • (Meth) acrylate compound refers to a compound having one or more (meth) acrylate groups in a molecule.
  • Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate compound include monofunctional (meth) acrylate, polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, and urethane acrylate.
  • Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, styrene and styrene derivatives, and vinyl compounds.
  • Examples of the vinyl ether include ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, and ethylene glycol divinyl ether.
  • Examples of the styrene derivative include methyl styrene and ethyl styrene.
  • Examples of the vinyl compound include triallyl isocyanurate and trialmethallyl isocyanurate.
  • a so-called reactive oligomer may be used as a raw material of the photocurable resin.
  • the reactive oligomer an oligomer having any combination selected from a (meth) acrylate group, an epoxy group, a urethane bond, and an ester bond in the same molecule, for example, a (meth) acrylate group and a urethane bond in the same molecule Urethane acrylate, a polyester acrylate having a (meth) acrylate group and an ester bond in the same molecule, an epoxy acrylate derived from an epoxy resin and having an epoxy group and a (meth) acrylate group in the same molecule, and the like.
  • the photocurable resin may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used as a blend.
  • the blending ratio in the case of blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
  • elastomer that is, rubber
  • elastomer are not particularly limited, and include, for example, natural rubber (NR), butadiene rubber (BR), styrene-butadiene copolymer rubber (SBR), isoprene rubber (IR) Butyl rubber (IIR), acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber (NBR), acrylonitrile-styrene-butadiene copolymer rubber, chloroprene rubber, styrene-isoprene copolymer rubber, styrene-isoprene-butadiene copolymer rubber, isoprene-butadiene copolymer Combined rubber, chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber, modified natural rubber (epoxidized natural rubber (ENR), hydrogenated natural rubber, deproteinized natural rubber, etc.), ethylene-propylene copolymer rubber, acrylic rubber, epichlorohydrin rubber, polysulf
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment may further include an additive as needed in order to improve its performance.
  • the additive is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a dispersion stabilizer; a fine fiber filler component (eg, fibrillated fiber or fine fiber of aramid fiber) composed of a high heat-resistant organic polymer other than fine cellulose; Agents; polysaccharides such as starches and alginic acid; natural proteins such as gelatin, glue and casein; inorganic compounds such as zeolites, ceramics, talc, silica, metal oxides and metal powders; coloring agents; fragrances; pigments; Leveling agent; conductive agent; antistatic agent; ultraviolet absorber; ultraviolet dispersant;
  • the content ratio of the optional additive in the resin composition is appropriately selected within a range that does not impair the desired effect of the present invention, and is, for example, 0.01 to 50% by mass, or 0.1 to 30% by mass. May be.
  • a dispersion stabilizer having a function of stably dispersing fine cellulose in the resin composition may be used.
  • the dispersion stabilizer can improve the mechanical properties of the resin composition by improving and controlling the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the resin composition.
  • the dispersion stabilizer can be at least one selected from the group consisting of a surfactant, an organic compound having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, and a resin having a chemical structure capable of highly dispersing fine cellulose.
  • the lower limit of the mass ratio of the dispersion stabilizer to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, or 0%, from the viewpoint of favorably improving the mechanical properties and thermal stability of the resin composition. 0.5% by mass or more, or 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, and the upper limit is in terms of favorably maintaining the desired properties of the base resin in the resin composition. Therefore, it is preferably 20% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less, or 3% by mass or less.
  • the surfactant only needs to have a chemical structure in which a site having a hydrophilic substituent and a site having a hydrophobic substituent are covalently bonded.
  • the following can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • any of an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, and a cationic surfactant can be used.
  • an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant are preferable, and a nonionic surfactant is more preferable.
  • a surfactant having a polyoxyethylene chain as a hydrophilic group, a carboxylic acid group, or a hydroxyl group is preferable, and a polyoxyethylene-based surfactant having a polyoxyethylene chain as a hydrophilic group.
  • Agents are more preferred, and nonionic polyoxyethylene derivatives are even more preferred.
  • the polyoxyethylene chain length of the polyoxyethylene derivative is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 15 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 60 or less, more preferably 50 or less, still more preferably 40 or less, and particularly preferably 30 or less. Most preferred is 20 or less.
  • alkyl ether type alkyl phenyl ether type, rosin ester type, bisphenol A type, ⁇ naphthyl type, styrenated phenyl type, and hardened castor oil type
  • the preferred alkyl chain length is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 16 or more.
  • the base resin is a polyolefin
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 25 or less.
  • hydrophobic groups those having a cyclic structure or those having a bulky and multifunctional structure are preferable.
  • Those having a cyclic structure are preferably alkylphenyl ether type, rosin ester type, bisphenol A type, ⁇ -naphthyl type, and styrenated phenyl type, and those having a polyfunctional structure are preferably hardened castor oil type.
  • the rosin ester type and the hardened castor oil type are particularly preferable.
  • an organic compound having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher may be effective as a non-surfactant-based dispersion medium in some cases.
  • a high-boiling organic solvent such as liquid paraffin or decalin is effective.
  • the base resin is a polar resin such as a nylon-based resin and a polyacetate-based resin, it is effective to use a solvent similar to an aprotic solvent that can be used in producing fine cellulose, for example, DMSO. It may be.
  • the lower limit of the amount of the composite particles relative to 100 parts by mass of the base resin is at least 0.1 part by mass, preferably at least 1 part by mass, more preferably at least 2 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 3 parts by mass, and the upper limit is 100 parts by mass. Parts by mass, preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 50 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of the balance between the fluidity of the resin composition at the time of melting and the mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose be within the above range.
  • the lower limit of the mass ratio of the fine cellulose to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, or 0. 0 mass% from the viewpoint of favorably improving the mechanical properties and thermal stability of the resin composition.
  • 1% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of favorably maintaining desired properties of the base resin in the resin composition. 30% by mass or less, or 20% by mass or less.
  • the mass ratio of the base resin (thermoplastic resin in one embodiment) to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 50 from the viewpoint of exhibiting thermal stability (reduction of linear thermal expansion coefficient and retention of elasticity at high temperatures). % By mass or more, or 60% by mass or more, or 70% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of imparting functions such as a high elastic modulus and a decrease in thermal expansion coefficient to the resin composition. Is 99.5% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less.
  • the amount of fine cellulose is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, or 1 part by mass or more, or 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the base resin (the thermoplastic resin in one embodiment). Or 3 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less, or 20 parts by mass or less, or 10 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of the balance between the fluidity of the resin composition at the time of melting and the mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose be within the above range.
  • the composite particles in a dry state are highly redispersed after being mixed into the base resin, sufficient mechanical properties can be realized even if the amount of fine cellulose relative to the resin is small.
  • the ratio of the fine cellulose can be preferably 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the base resin.
  • excellent mechanical properties can be realized even when the amount is 1 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the base resin, problems such as moisture absorption of the composition as well as coloring and odor are minimized. can do.
  • the content of the composite particles in the resin composition may be 0.5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 20% by mass.
  • a resin composition using the composite particles of the present disclosure is a comparative resin composition using fine cellulose alone (ie, not as composite particles) and having the same fine cellulose ratio in the resin composition.
  • the tensile breaking strength is preferably 1.03 or more, more preferably 1.05 or more, still more preferably 1.10 or more, and most preferably 1.15 or more, and / or the tensile breaking elongation is preferably 1 or more.
  • 05 or more more preferably 1.10 or more, most preferably 1.15 or more, and / or the coefficient of linear expansion is preferably 0.90 or less, more preferably 0.85 or less, and still more preferably 0.80 or less. Or less, most preferably 0.75 or less.
  • the change in storage modulus of the resin composition is preferably 0.98 or less, more preferably 0.95, even more preferably 0.90 or less, and most preferably 0.85 or less.
  • the change in storage modulus is calculated according to the following equation.
  • Change in storage modulus storage modulus at low temperature / storage modulus at high temperature
  • the low / high temperature is 0 ° C / 150 ° C
  • polypropylene is -50 ° C / 100 ° C.
  • the storage elastic modulus decreases as the temperature increases, so that the change in the storage elastic modulus becomes 1 or more. The closer this value is to 1, the smaller the change in storage modulus at high temperature and the higher the heat resistance (the higher the rigidity at high temperature).
  • the dispersibility of the fine cellulose is improved as compared with the resin composition in which fine cellulose is directly added to the base resin.
  • a state in which the dispersibility of the fine cellulose is poor means that the fine cellulose exists as a coarse aggregate. Since coarse aggregates serve as fracture starting points at the time of a tensile test, the presence of coarse aggregates is not preferable in the production of a resin composition because the tensile strength at break and elongation are reduced when compared with an ideal dispersion state.
  • the presence of coarse aggregates means a decrease in the amount of fine cellulose that effectively contributes as a filler, lowers the flexural modulus when compared to the ideal dispersion state, and changes the linear expansion coefficient and the storage modulus. It is not preferable in the production of the resin composition because it deteriorates.
  • the resin composition of the present disclosure can have improved dispersibility of fine cellulose, it can exhibit lower linear expansion than a conventional resin composition containing fine cellulose.
  • the linear expansion coefficient of the resin composition in a temperature range of 0 ° C. to 60 ° C. is preferably 80 ppm / k or less, more preferably 70 ppm / k or less, further preferably 60 ppm / k or less, and further preferably 55 ppm / k. Or less, particularly preferably 50 ppm / k or less, most preferably 45 ppm / k or less.
  • the linear expansion coefficient is preferably as low as possible, but may be, for example, 10 ppm / k or more, or 15 ppm / k or more from the viewpoint of ease of production of the resin composition.
  • the variation coefficient CV of tensile strength at break of the resin composition is preferably 15% or less.
  • the coefficient of variation referred to here is a value expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) by the arithmetic mean ( ⁇ ) and multiplying by 100, and is a number without a unit representing relative variation.
  • CV ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) ⁇ 100
  • ⁇ and ⁇ are given by the following equations.
  • xi is a single piece of data of the tensile breaking strength among the n pieces of data x1, x2, x3,... Xn.
  • the number of samples (n) for calculating the coefficient of variation CV of the tensile rupture strength is desirably at least 10 or more in order to easily find defects in the resin composition. More preferably, it is 15 or more.
  • the coefficient of variation in the above range can be realized by using a combination of fine cellulose (particularly fine cellulose fibers) and a cellulose derivative.
  • the fine cellulose fiber can be present in the resin composition at a higher dispersibility and a higher concentration than the fine cellulose fiber alone. This breakthrough eliminates the occurrence of partial strength defects found in resin molded products made of conventional resin compositions containing fine cellulose fibers, and significantly improves the reliability as actual products. Effects can be obtained.
  • the partial strength defect as described above of a conventional resin molded product is caused by the aggregation of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) in a base resin (thermoplastic resin in one embodiment), and the vicinity of the aggregate. It is considered that the formation of voids (voids) occurs.
  • voids voids
  • As an index for evaluating the easiness of formation of the strength defect there is a method in which a tensile test is performed on a plurality of test pieces and the presence / absence and the number of variations in the breaking strength are confirmed.
  • the material has a homogeneous internal structure and does not have voids and the like, even when a tensile break test of a plurality of samples is performed, the stress at the time of breakage is between the plurality of samples. The values are almost the same, and the coefficient of variation is very small. However, in a material having a non-uniform portion or a void inside, the stress leading to fracture in one sample has a great difference from the stress of another sample. Such a degree of the number of samples exhibiting stress different from the stress of other samples can be clarified by using a scale called a coefficient of variation.
  • a sample having an internal defect leads to fracture at a lower strength than other samples.
  • a material having a yield strength after the yield, it often breaks on the way to necking, and the sample having a defect inside has a higher strength than the other samples. The tendency to reach.
  • the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the composition greatly affects the coefficient of variation of the tensile strength at break.
  • various techniques for improving the dispersion state For example, a method for optimizing the ratio of fine cellulose to a cellulose derivative, a method for optimizing the diameter and / or L / D of fine cellulose, optimizing screw arrangement during melt kneading in an extruder, Method of giving sufficient shearing to fine cellulose by optimizing resin viscosity by control, method of strengthening interface between resin and fine cellulose by adding an optimal organic component (for example, surfactant) additionally,
  • an optimal organic component for example, surfactant
  • There are various approaches such as a method for forming some kind of chemical bond with cellulose, a method for chemically modifying the surface of fine cellulose, and a method for optimizing a method for preparing a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative.
  • the tensile yield strength tends to be dramatically improved as compared to the thermoplastic resin alone in the resin composition.
  • the ratio of the tensile yield strength of the resin composition when the tensile yield strength of the composition containing no fine cellulose or the thermoplastic resin alone is set to 1.0 is preferably 1.05 times or more, more preferably It is at least 1.10 times, still more preferably at least 1.15 times, particularly preferably at least 1.20 times, and most preferably at least 1.3 times.
  • the upper limit of the ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 5.0 times, and more preferably 4.0 times, from the viewpoint of ease of production.
  • the resin composition has excellent dispersion uniformity in the composition of fine cellulose, and thus also has a feature that the variation in linear expansion coefficient in a large molded product is small. Specifically, the characteristic is that the variation of the coefficient of linear expansion measured using the test pieces collected from different portions of the large molded body is extremely low.
  • the magnitude of the variation of the linear expansion coefficient can be expressed by using the variation coefficient of the linear expansion coefficient of the measurement sample obtained from a different portion of the site.
  • the coefficient of variation here is the same as that described in the section on the coefficient of variation of tensile strength at break.
  • the coefficient of variation of the linear expansion coefficient obtained from the resin composition is preferably 15% or less.
  • a more preferred upper limit of the variation coefficient is 13%, further preferably 11%, more preferably 10%, still more preferably 9%, and most preferably 8%.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0%, but is preferably 0.1% from the viewpoint of ease of production.
  • the number of samples (n) for calculating the coefficient of variation of the linear expansion coefficient is desirably at least 10 or more in order to reduce the influence of data errors and the like.
  • the resin composition can be produced by mixing the composite particles and the base resin, and performing hot-melt kneading, thermosetting, light curing, vulcanization, and the like. Further, a molded article can be produced by molding the resin composition.
  • the form in which the composite particles are added in the production of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and may be a slurry containing water as well as the dry powder.
  • the slurry containing water can be prepared by a method of stopping the drying in the course of the drying process of the above-described method for producing composite particles, a method of once drying, and a method of adding water.
  • the method for producing a resin composition comprises melt-kneading the composite particles in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin in the composite particles). Kneading inside a molding machine and then molding.
  • a method for producing a resin composition comprises mixing the composite particles with a thermosetting resin, then molding and then performing a thermosetting treatment, or mixing the composite particles with a photocurable resin, Molding and then photo-curing.
  • a method for producing a resin composition includes the steps of mixing the composite particles with a rubber, molding, and then vulcanizing.
  • the method for producing the resin composition when the base resin is a thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited, for example, 1.
  • a single-screw or twin-screw extruder after melt-kneading a mixture of composite particles (dry powder or aqueous dispersion) and a thermoplastic resin, (1) a method of extruding into a strand, cooling and solidifying in a water bath to obtain a pellet-shaped molded product of the resin composition, (2) a method of obtaining an extruded product of the resin composition by extruding and cooling into a rod or a tube, or (3) a method of extruding from a T-die to obtain a sheet or film of the resin composition, or 2 .
  • the composite particles (dry powder or aqueous dispersion) and a thermoplastic resin monomer are mixed, and a polymerization reaction (specifically, solid-phase polymerization, emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, or the like) is performed, and the obtained mixture is obtained.
  • a polymerization reaction specifically, solid-phase polymerization, emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, or the like
  • a more specific method for producing a resin composition can include the following. 1. After mixing the base resin, the dried fine cellulose, the cellulose derivative powder, and the dispersant in a desired ratio as needed, a method of collective melt kneading, 2. After mixing the base resin, the fine cellulose water slurry, the cellulose derivative powder, and the dispersant in a desired ratio as needed, a method of melt-kneading all at once, 3. After preparing a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative in advance, after mixing the base resin and the dispersant as required in a desired ratio, a method of melt-kneading all at once, 4.
  • melt-kneading the base resin and, if necessary, the dispersant After melt-kneading the base resin and, if necessary, the dispersant, adding a dried fine cellulose and cellulose derivative powder mixed in a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading, 5. After melt-kneading the base resin and the dispersant as necessary, adding a fine cellulose water slurry and cellulose derivative powder mixed in a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading, 6. After melt-kneading the base resin and the dispersant if necessary, adding a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative prepared in advance at a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading, And the like.
  • the heating temperature when melt-kneading the mixture of the composite particles and the base resin can be adjusted according to the resin used.
  • the minimum processing temperature recommended by the thermoplastic resin supplier is 255 to 270 ° C for nylon 66, 225 to 240 ° C for nylon 6, 170 to 190 ° C for polyacetal resin, and 160 to 180 ° C for polypropylene.
  • the heating set temperature is preferably in the range of 20 ° C. higher than these recommended minimum processing temperatures. By setting the mixing temperature within this temperature range, the mixed components can be uniformly mixed.
  • the moisture content of the resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • it is preferably 10 ppm or more in order to suppress an increase in the molecular weight of the polyamide during melting, and 1200 ppm in order to suppress hydrolysis of the polyamide during melting. It is preferably at most 900 ppm, more preferably at most 900 ppm, most preferably at most 700 ppm.
  • the moisture content is a value measured using a Karl Fischer moisture meter by a method based on ISO # 15512.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment can be provided in various shapes. Specific examples include resin pellets, sheets, fibers, plates, and rods. Among them, the resin pellet shape is more preferable from the viewpoint of easiness of post-processing and transportation. Preferable pellet shapes at this time include a round shape, an elliptical shape, a cylindrical shape, and the like, and these differ depending on a cutting method at the time of extrusion. Pellets cut by a cutting method called underwater cut are often round, and pellets cut by a cutting method called hot cut are often round or oval, and cuts called strand cuts The pellets cut by the method often have a columnar shape.
  • the preferred size is 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less as a pellet diameter.
  • a preferred diameter is 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and a preferred length is 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • the above-mentioned diameter and length are desirably not less than the lower limit from the viewpoint of operation stability during extrusion, and desirably not more than the upper limit from the viewpoint of biting into a molding machine in post-processing.
  • the resin composition may be a composite of a nonwoven fabric (which is also simply referred to as a nonwoven fabric) made of fine cellulose fibers to which a cellulose derivative is attached, and a thermoplastic resin.
  • a resin composition can be produced by, for example, the following operation.
  • A A method of impregnating a non-woven fabric with a thermoplastic resin precursor and polymerizing the precursor.
  • B A nonwoven fabric is impregnated or coated with a solution containing a thermoplastic resin or a thermoplastic resin precursor, dried, adhered by a hot press or the like, and polymerized and cured as necessary. How to let.
  • thermoplastic resin sheet and a non-woven fabric are alternately arranged and closely adhered by a hot press or the like.
  • the method for obtaining the nonwoven fabric composed of the fine cellulose fibers to which the cellulose derivative is attached is not particularly limited.
  • the fine cellulose fiber water slurry to which the cellulose derivative is attached is dried after papermaking or coating.
  • a method in which a nonwoven fabric is first obtained by using fine cellulose fibers alone, an organic solvent in which a cellulose derivative is dissolved is applied to the nonwoven fabric, and then dried.
  • the resin composition using a thermoplastic resin as a base resin can be molded into a resin molded article having various shapes (for example, a film shape, a sheet shape, a fiber shape, a plate shape, a pellet shape, a powder shape, and a three-dimensional structure).
  • injection molding for example, injection compression molding, injection press molding, gas assist injection molding, and ultra high speed injection molding
  • various extrusion molding cold runner method or hot runner method
  • Examples include foam molding (including by injection of supercritical fluid), insert molding, in-mold coating molding, heat-insulating mold molding, rapid heating / cooling mold molding, and various shape extrusion molding (eg, two-color molding and sandwich molding). it can.
  • extrusion moldings are suitable for molding sheets, films, fibers and the like.
  • an inflation method, a calendar method, a casting method, or the like can be used.
  • the injection molding method is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of design and cost.
  • the method for producing the resin composition in which the base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin is not particularly limited.
  • the composite particles are sufficiently dispersed in a base resin solution or a base resin powder dispersion and dried.
  • various polymerization initiators, curing agents, curing accelerators, polymerization inhibitors and the like can be blended.
  • a resin composition containing a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin as a base resin can be used as various resin molded articles. There is no particular limitation on the method for producing the resin molded body.
  • thermosetting resin if a plate-like product is to be manufactured, an extrusion molding method is generally used, but a flat press can also be used.
  • a profile extrusion method, a blow molding method, a compression molding method, a vacuum molding method, an injection molding method, or the like can be used.
  • a solution casting method can be used in addition to a melt extrusion method.
  • melt molding method blown film molding, cast molding, extrusion lamination molding, calender molding, sheet molding.
  • a method may be used in which after a sheet called an uncured or semi-cured prepreg is produced, the prepreg is formed into a single layer or a laminate, and the resin is cured and molded by applying pressure and heat.
  • the method of applying heat and pressure includes a press molding method, an autoclave molding method, a bagging molding method, a wrapping tape method, an internal pressure molding method, and the like, but is not limited to these molding methods.
  • a method of impregnating a filament or preform of a reinforcing fiber such as a carbon fiber with a resin composition before the base resin is cured, and then curing the base resin to obtain a molded product for example, RTM, VaRTM, filament winding, RFI etc.
  • a molded product for example, RTM, VaRTM, filament winding, RFI etc.
  • a molded article can be manufactured by various curing methods using active energy rays.
  • the method for producing the resin composition when the base resin is rubber is not particularly limited.For example, a method of kneading the composite particles and the rubber in a dry manner, dispersing or dissolving the composite particles and the rubber in a dispersion medium. And then kneading by drying.
  • a mixing method a high shearing force and pressure are applied, and a mixing method using a homogenizer is preferable in that the dispersion can be promoted.
  • a method can also be used.
  • the obtained resin composition is molded into a desired shape and can be used as a molding material. Examples of the shape of the molding material include a sheet, a pellet, and a powder.
  • Resin compositions using rubber as a base resin can be used as various resin molded articles.
  • the molding material is molded using a desired molding method such as, for example, mold molding, injection molding, extrusion molding, hollow molding, foam molding, or the like.
  • a molded product of sulfur can be obtained.
  • the unvulcanized molded body can be vulcanized by heat treatment or the like as necessary.
  • thermoplastic resin as a base resin and composite particles of the present disclosure (for example, composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative),
  • a method for producing a resin composition comprising: A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder; A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
  • a method comprising:
  • the phrase “the composite particle is composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative” means that the composite particle is composed mainly of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative (that is, the total amount of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative is the composite particle 100). (To be more than 50% by mass with respect to% by mass), and does not exclude inclusion of a third component such as an additive.
  • Pulp which is an aggregate of fine cellulose having a high elastic modulus, is defibrated at a beating level and used as a resin filler. Since pulp with a low degree of defibration has a relatively good dispersion in the resin, kneading is possible even if the dried pulp is added to the thermoplastic resin, and a constant quality level is maintained in the subsequent extruded product. be able to.
  • the fine cellulose capable of forming the above network structure can form a highly elastic gel state in, for example, an aqueous dispersion medium before kneading with a thermoplastic resin.
  • the cellulose derivative controls the interaction between the fine celluloses, and thus contributes to controlling the state of dispersion between the fine celluloses in the base resin.
  • the diameter of fine cellulose (particularly cellulose whiskers and / or cellulose fibers) alone be nanometer-sized (that is, less than 1 ⁇ m) from the viewpoint of effectively forming a cellulose aggregate in the second step.
  • a single-screw extruder, a twin-screw extruder, or the like can be used as an extruder, but a twin-screw extruder is preferable in controlling the dispersibility of cellulose.
  • L / D obtained by dividing the cylinder length (L) of the extruder by the screw diameter (D) is preferably 40 or more, and particularly preferably 50 or more.
  • the screw rotation speed during kneading is preferably in the range of 100 to 800 rpm, more preferably in the range of 150 to 600 rpm. These vary depending on the screw design.
  • Each screw in the cylinder of the extruder is optimized by combining an elliptical two-wing screw-shaped full flight screw, a kneading element called a kneading disk, and the like.
  • an addition port is provided in the middle of the cylinder of the extruder, and the raw material charged into the addition port is guided to a screw in the cylinder.
  • the position of the addition port is located downstream of the melt-kneading zone where the first step is performed.
  • the first resin melting zone is the region where the shearing is most intense.
  • the filler is finely dispersed by the shearing force below.
  • cellulose is finely dispersed in a resin as a reinforcing filler, if cellulose is added before the resin melting zone, the cellulose may deteriorate due to strong shearing force in the resin melting zone.
  • the composite particles of the present disclosure can have excellent redispersibility even in a dry state, they can be finely dispersed without exposing the composite particles under the above-mentioned shearing. That is, the composite particles can be added in the second step to the thermoplastic resin melted in the first step.
  • the composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative are rapidly and finely dispersed in a resin already in a molten state, and the amount thereof is extremely small, for example, 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of a thermoplastic resin as a base resin. Parts or less, it can exhibit a good function as a reinforcing filler, can reliably improve the mechanical properties of the finally obtained resin composition, and can also satisfactorily suppress problems such as coloring and odor.
  • the addition port is preferably designed downstream of the melt-kneading zone of the extruder for the purpose of reducing the heat history received when passing through the inside of the cylinder.
  • the length (L2) from the outlet of the cylinder to the addition port is preferably designed to be 1 / or less of the total length (L1) of the cylinder. Note that the entire length of the cylinder includes a portion not involved in kneading (for example, a transport zone).
  • Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative are introduced from the addition port and mixed into the thermoplastic resin melt-kneaded in the extruder. Since the composite particles of this embodiment are excellent in redispersibility, they can be highly dispersed in the resin even when introduced in a subsequent step in an extruder.
  • thermoplastic resin is an engineered plastic having excellent heat resistance, its melting temperature is extremely high, so that during processing, a strong heat history is applied to the fine cellulose, and coloring and odor problems due to burning are likely to occur.
  • this strong thermal history partially loses the excellent mechanical properties of cellulose (particularly natural cellulose), the mechanical properties of the resin composition are improved when cellulose is added as a filler to the thermoplastic resin. Decrease the effect.
  • the resin melted in the first step (Preferably downstream of the melt kneading zone of the extruder, more preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less, further preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less, most preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less.
  • L2 / L1 is 1 / or less
  • L2 / L1 is 1 / or less
  • most preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less.
  • a degas cylinder Downstream of the extruder including the addition port (side feeder), a degas cylinder, a vacuum vent, etc. are provided as appropriate to degas air and a small amount of water (water vapor) mixed when the composite particles are charged. it can.
  • a gear pump can be installed downstream for the purpose of controlling the resin pressure and reducing the rise in resin temperature.
  • the distance in which the composite particles composed of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative are conveyed in the extruder can be shortened as compared with the thermoplastic resin, so that the configuration of the screw in the cylinder after mixing the composite particles is reduced.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the fine cellulose is removed. Advanced dispersion can be realized more reliably.
  • the molded article obtained from the resin composition of the present embodiment may have any shape depending on the application, and may have a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape, a sheet shape, a film shape, or a fibrous shape.
  • a part (for example, several places) of the molded body may be melted by heat treatment, and may be used by being adhered to a resin or metal substrate, for example.
  • the molded body may be a coating film applied to a resin or metal substrate, or may form a laminate with the substrate.
  • the sheet, film, or fibrous formed body may be subjected to secondary processing such as annealing, etching, corona processing, plasma processing, grain transfer, cutting, and surface polishing.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment has high heat resistance and light weight, it can be substituted for a steel plate, or a fiber reinforced plastic such as a carbon fiber reinforced plastic or a glass fiber reinforced plastic, or a resin composite containing an inorganic filler.
  • industrial machine parts for example, electromagnetic equipment housing, roll material, transfer arm, medical equipment members, etc.
  • general machine parts for example, automobile / railway / vehicle parts (for example, outer plates, chassis, aerodynamic members, seats, Frictional material inside the transmission, etc.), marine components (for example, hull, seat, etc.), aviation-related parts (for example, fuselage, main wing, tail wing, rotor blade, fairing, cowl, door, seat, interior materials, etc.), spacecraft, Satellite members (motor case, main wing, structure, antenna, etc.), electronic and electric parts (for example, personal computer housing, mobile phone housing, OA equipment, AV equipment, telephone, facsimile, home appliances, toy supplies, etc.), architecture ⁇ Civil engineering materials (for example, reinfor
  • automotive members that require resin molding can exhibit advantages due to higher heat resistance and lighter weight than existing resin compositions.
  • it is useful for gears, engine covers, radiator tanks, intake manifolds and the like, which are members around the engine used in a high temperature environment.
  • gears, engine covers, radiator tanks, intake manifolds and the like which are members around the engine used in a high temperature environment.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment having excellent high-temperature stiffness is most suitable for a member used in a high-temperature environment.
  • the resin composition of the present embodiment has high heat resistance, light weight and high strength, as well as low linear expansion, because the fine cellulose is satisfactorily dispersed, and also has excellent surface properties and sliding properties.
  • the resin composition according to one aspect of the present disclosure can have high mechanical properties and low linear expansion, and / or can have high fluidity that can accommodate large parts, and / or have a partial fluidity. Since it is possible to provide a molded article substantially free of high strength defects, the molded article may be various large parts.
  • the dispersion ⁇ 10 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 has a viscosity ⁇ 10 of 10 mPa ⁇ s, obtained by dispersing the composite particles in DMSO such that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion becomes 1% by mass. That is the composite particle.
  • the thixotropic index (TI) which is the ratio of the viscosity ⁇ 10 at a shear rate of 10 s ⁇ 1 to the viscosity ⁇ 100 at a shear rate of 100 s ⁇ 1 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C., ⁇ 10 / ⁇ 100 , is obtained.
  • the composite particle according to the above aspect 1 which is 2 or more.
  • the composite particles according to the above aspect 1 or 2 wherein the median particle diameter is 1 ⁇ m or more and 5000 ⁇ m or less.
  • thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative.
  • the fine cellulose has a specific surface area equivalent diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm.
  • the chemical modification is acetylation.
  • the method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 8, A method comprising a powdering step of mixing an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose and particles of a thermoplastic resin and then drying to collect the composite particles.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the fine cellulose is Fibrillation step of performing a fibrillation treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and a purification step of substituting water for the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion,
  • the production method according to the above aspect 9 which is prepared by the following method.
  • the method according to the above aspect 10 further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with the defibration step or after the defibration step and before the purification step.
  • the method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 8, Preparation of fine cellulose / resin dispersion by adding thermoplastic resin to organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose to obtain fine cellulose / resin dispersion in which fine cellulose is dispersed in organic solvent and thermoplastic resin is dissolved Process, A precipitation step of obtaining a composite particle dispersion by mixing the fine cellulose / resin dispersion with a poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin and precipitating composite particles containing the fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin; A purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the composite particle dispersion with water to obtain an aqueous dispersion, and a powdering step of drying the aqueous dispersion to collect composite particles, Including, methods.
  • thermoplastic resin 0.1 to 40 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose fibers having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1 ⁇ m, and 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers Of a cellulose derivative
  • a resin composition comprising: [2] The thermoplastic resin is selected from the group consisting of polyolefin resins, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyphenylene ether resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, and mixtures of any two or more of these.
  • thermoplastic resin is polypropylene
  • melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the polypropylene measured at 230 ° C. based on ISO1133 is 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less.
  • the resin composition according to 1. [4] The thermoplastic resin is a polyamide resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyamide resin is 0.30 to 0.95.
  • the thermoplastic resin is a polyester resin, and the ratio of carboxyl terminal groups to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyester resin is 0.30 to 0.95.
  • thermoplastic resin is a polyacetal resin
  • polyacetal resin is a copolyacetal containing 0.01 to 4 mol% of a comonomer-derived structure.
  • the cellulose derivative is at least one selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
  • the fine cellulose fiber has a fiber diameter of 500 nm or less.
  • thermoplastic resin Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative
  • a method for producing a resin composition comprising: A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder; A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step; And a manufacturing method.
  • the first step is performed in a melt-kneading zone in a cylinder provided in the extruder, The manufacturing method according to the above aspect 1, wherein the second step is performed by supplying the composite particles from an addition port provided in the cylinder.
  • the production method according to the above aspect 2 wherein the addition port is disposed downstream of the melt-kneading zone.
  • the resin composition contains the fine cellulose in an amount of 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin.
  • the manufacturing method as described.
  • Example A >> ⁇ Production of fine cellulose> Fine cellulose slurries used in the production of the composite particles and the single particles of the fine cellulose alone were produced according to the compositions shown in Table 1 by the following Production Examples A to E2.
  • CNC Cellulose whisker
  • Commercial DP pulp (average degree of polymerization: 1600) was cut and hydrolyzed in a 10% by mass aqueous hydrochloric acid solution at 105 ° C. for 30 minutes. The obtained acid-insoluble residue was filtered, washed and pH-adjusted to prepare a crystalline cellulose dispersion having a solid content of 14% by mass and a pH of 6.5. The crystalline cellulose dispersion was spray-dried to obtain a dried crystalline cellulose.
  • the dried product obtained above was supplied to an air-flow type pulverizer (STJ-400, manufactured by Seishin Enterprise Co., Ltd.) at a supply rate of 10 kg / hr and pulverized to obtain cellulose whiskers as crystalline cellulose fine powder. .
  • the properties of the obtained cellulose whiskers were evaluated by the methods described below. The results are shown below.
  • the obtained beaten water dispersion was directly subjected to micronization treatment at an operating pressure of 100 MPa for 15 times using a high-pressure homogenizer (NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)) to obtain a fine cellulose slurry (solid content: 1.5%). % By mass). Then, the mixture was concentrated to a solid content of 10% by mass with a dehydrator to obtain 30 parts by mass of slurry A (aqueous solvent).
  • a high-pressure homogenizer NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)
  • the rotation speed of the bead mill was 2500 rpm
  • the peripheral speed was 12 m / s
  • the beads used were made of zirconia, ⁇ 2.0 mm
  • the filling rate was 70% (the slit gap of the bead mill was 0.6 mm).
  • the slurry temperature was controlled at 40 ° C. by a chiller in order to absorb heat generated by friction.
  • Nylon 6 powder was added to the slurry C2, and the mixture was kneaded with a planetary mixer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at room temperature for 2 hours, followed by vacuum drying at 40 ° C. to obtain dried composite particles.
  • Table 1 shows the physical properties of the fine celluloses of Production Examples A, B1, C1, C2, D1, and E1. These physical properties were evaluated using the aqueous slurries of Production Examples A, B1, C1, C2, D1, and E1 and the porous sheet prepared by the following method.
  • the wet paper obtained by the filtration is in a state where the filter paper is stuck, and is sandwiched between two filter papers of 150 mm in diameter, and the circumference of the wet paper is suppressed by a cylindrical weight (inner diameter 110 mm) of about 300 g. Heating was performed at 150 ° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a dried sheet. At this time, a sheet having an air permeability resistance of 100 sec / 100 ml or less per 10 g / m 2 of sheet weight was defined as a porous sheet and used as a measurement sample. After measuring the basis weight W (g / m 2 ) of the sample which was allowed to stand for 1 day in an environment of 23 ° C.
  • IR index H1730 / H1030 (1) It calculated according to.
  • H1730 and H1030 are absorbances at 1730 cm ⁇ 1 and 1030 cm ⁇ 1 (absorption band of cellulose backbone chain CO stretching vibration).
  • the line connecting 1900 cm -1 and 1500 cm -1 and the line connecting 800 cm -1 and 1500 cm -1 are used as the baseline, and the absorbance is defined as the absorbance of which is 0.
  • TI thixotropic index
  • the temperature of the apparatus was previously adjusted to 25 ° C.
  • a cycle in which the shear rate was decreased from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds and then increased to 100 s -1 over 100 seconds was repeated twice. And finally, it was lowered from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds, and viscosity data was acquired every 1 second.
  • the viscosities at a shear rate of 10 s -1 and 100 s -1 were defined as ⁇ 10 and ⁇ 100 , respectively.
  • ⁇ Measurement method-resin composition> A multipurpose test piece based on ISO294-3 was molded using an injection molding machine.
  • Polyamide-based material Conditions according to JIS K6920-2
  • Polypropylene-based material Conditions according to JIS K6921-2
  • the storage elastic modulus decreases as the temperature increases, so that the change in the storage elastic modulus becomes 1 or more. The closer this value is to 1, the smaller the change in storage modulus at high temperatures and the better the heat resistance (high temperature rigidity).
  • Example B >> ⁇ Manufacture of fine cellulose fiber (hereinafter may be abbreviated as CNF)>
  • CNF fine cellulose fiber
  • the obtained beaten water dispersion was directly subjected to micronization treatment 15 times under an operating pressure of 100 MPa using a high-pressure homogenizer (NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)) to obtain a fine cellulose slurry (solid content: 1). 0.5% by mass). Then, the mixture was concentrated to a solid content of 10% by mass with a dehydrator to obtain 30 parts by mass of slurry a (aqueous solvent).
  • a high-pressure homogenizer NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)
  • the rotation speed of the bead mill was 2500 rpm
  • the peripheral speed was 12 m / s
  • the beads used were made of zirconia, ⁇ 2.0 mm
  • the filling rate was 70% (the slit gap of the bead mill was 0.6 mm).
  • the slurry temperature was controlled at 40 ° C. by a chiller in order to absorb heat generated by friction.
  • the obtained wet cake is again dispersed in 30 parts by mass of pure water, and the washing operation of stirring and concentrating is repeated a total of 5 times to remove DMSO, and to remove 10 parts by mass of the water-containing composite Y (solid content: 10% by mass). ) Manufactured.
  • a measurement sample was prepared in the same procedure as in Example A using 4 g of a concentrated cellulose fiber or a chemically modified fine cellulose fiber concentrated slurry having a solid content of 10% by mass.
  • Table 4 shows the physical properties of the fine cellulose fibers and the chemically modified fine cellulose fibers in Examples and Comparative Examples. These physical properties were evaluated using the aqueous slurries of Production Examples A, B2, and C2, and the porous sheet produced by the following method.
  • the fine cellulose fibers / chemically modified fine cellulose fibers obtained in Production Examples B1 and C1 were regarded as equivalent to those obtained in Production Examples B2 and C2.
  • Thermal decomposition start temperature The thermal analysis of the porous sheet was evaluated by the following measurement method.
  • T D calculation method Determined from a graph in which the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents weight retention%. Starting from the weight of the porous sheet at 150 ° C. (in a state where moisture is almost removed) (weight loss: 0 wt%), the temperature is further increased, and the temperature when the weight is reduced by 1 wt% and the temperature when the weight is reduced by 2 wt% To get a straight line. The temperature at the point where this straight line intersected with the horizontal line (base line) passing through the starting point where the weight loss amount was 0 wt% was defined as the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ).
  • Equipment Thermo plus EVO2 manufactured by Rigaku Sample: A circular sheet cut from a porous sheet was placed in an aluminum sample pan in an amount of 10 mg. Sample size: 10mg Measurement conditions: In a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, the temperature was raised from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min, maintained at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, and then increased from 150 ° C. to 250 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C. / Min, and kept at 250 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • N, N-dimethylacetamide and the solid content were separated again by centrifugation, 20 mL of N, N-dimethylacetamide was added, and the mixture was lightly stirred and allowed to stand for 1 day.
  • the N, N-dimethylacetamide and the solid content were separated by centrifugation, and 19.2 g of an N, N-dimethylacetamide solution prepared by adjusting the solid content to 8% by mass of lithium chloride was added, followed by stirring with a stirrer. Dissolution was confirmed visually.
  • the solution in which cellulose was dissolved was filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter, and the filtrate was used as a sample for gel permeation chromatography.
  • the equipment used and the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the acid-insoluble component was quantified by the Clerson method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Research Society, pp. 92-97, 2000) for fine cellulose fiber raw materials.
  • the raw material of the absolutely dried fine cellulose fiber is precisely weighed, put in a predetermined container, added with 72% by mass of concentrated sulfuric acid, and appropriately pressed with a glass rod so that the contents become uniform. Was dissolved in the acid solution. After allowing to cool, the content was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper to obtain an acid-insoluble component as a residue.
  • the acid-insoluble component content was calculated from the weight of the acid-insoluble component, and the number average of the acid-insoluble component content calculated for the three samples was defined as the acid-insoluble component average content.
  • alkali-soluble polysaccharide content The content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide is determined by the method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Wood Science Society of Japan, pp. 92-97, 2000) for the raw material of fine cellulose fiber (Wise method). From the ⁇ -cellulose content. The alkali-soluble polysaccharide content was calculated three times for one sample, and the number average of the calculated alkali-soluble polysaccharide content was defined as the average alkali-soluble polysaccharide content of the fine cellulose fibers.
  • the cylinder temperature of an injection molding machine with a maximum clamping pressure of 4000 tons was set to 250 ° C., and a predetermined mold capable of molding a fender having the shape shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. (Cavity volume: about 1400 cm 3 , average thickness: 2 mm, projected area: about 7000 cm 2 , number of gates: 5 gates, hot runner: a runner is shown in FIG. 6 to clarify the runner position of the molded body. (The relative position 1 of the (hot runner) is shown.), The mold temperature was set to 60 ° C., and 20 fenders were formed.
  • the obtained fender was placed on the floor, and a bag containing 5 kg of sand was dropped from the height of about 50 cm to the center of the fender, and the state of destruction of the fender was confirmed. The number destroyed out of 20 was counted.
  • the lateral portion of the rectangular parallelepiped sample at this time is in the thickness direction of the fender.
  • the sample Prior to the measurement, the sample was left standing at 120 ° C. for 5 hours to perform annealing, thereby obtaining a sample for measurement.
  • the obtained sample was measured in a measurement temperature range of ⁇ 10 ° C. to + 80 ° C. in accordance with ISO 11359-2, and an expansion coefficient between 0 ° C. and 60 ° C. was calculated, and a total of 10 measurement results were obtained.
  • represents a standard deviation
  • represents an arithmetic mean of tensile breaking strength.
  • Examples B1 to B21, Comparative Examples B1 to B4> The polyamide, the cellulose derivative composite, and the cellulose whisker were mixed such that the fine cellulose fiber or the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber, the cellulose derivative, the cellulose whisker, and the polyamide had the ratios shown in Tables 6 to 8, and were mixed with Toshiba Machine Co., Ltd. ), The mixture was melt-kneaded at a screw rotation speed of 350 rpm and a discharge rate of 140 kg / hr, devolatilized in vacuum, extruded from a die into a strand, cooled in a water bath, and pelletized. The pellet had a columnar shape, a diameter of 2.3 mm and a length of 5 mm. These were evaluated based on the above-mentioned evaluation method.
  • Examples B22 to B23 Comparative Examples B5 to B6> Pellets were obtained using the procedure of Example B1 with the composition shown in Table 9 except that the resin was changed to polypropylene or acid-modified polypropylene, or cellulose whiskers were added.
  • the defect rate of the fender and the expansion rate of the molded piece are greatly improved by the fact that not only the fine cellulose fiber or the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber but also the cellulose derivative is contained in the polypropylene resin. Further, by using the acid-modified polypropylene in combination, the affinity between the thermoplastic resin and the fine cellulose fibers is improved, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose fibers in the resin is also improved, and the physical properties are generally improved.
  • Example C >> ⁇ Evaluation method> [Fiber diameter D, fiber length L / fiber diameter D of cellulose fiber] A part of the cellulose fiber slurry is repeatedly washed with pure water to obtain a cellulose fiber water slurry.
  • the cellulose fiber water slurry was diluted with tert-butanol to 0.01% by mass, and treated with a high shear homogenizer (trade name “Ultra Turrax T18” manufactured by IKA) under the following conditions: 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes.
  • a sample that is dispersed, cast on mica, and air-dried is used as a measurement sample, and measured by a high-resolution scanning microscope.
  • the diameter D and the length L of 100 randomly selected microcellulose are measured in an observation visual field whose magnification is adjusted so that 100 or more microcellulose are observed.
  • the average value of the obtained 100 diameters D is defined as the number average diameter of the fine cellulose.
  • the number average diameter is 20 nm or more and less than 450 nm, it is defined as a cellulose nanofiber (CNF) described later.
  • the L / D of 100 fine celluloses is calculated, and the average value is defined as the average L / D of the fine cellulose.
  • the average L / D is 30 or more and less than 1000, it is defined as a cellulose nanofiber (CNF) described later.
  • the fiber diameter D and L / D of the cellulose fiber are also preserved in the fiber diameter and L / D of the chemically modified cellulose fiber, and even when the cellulose fiber is chemically modified, the fine cellulose before the chemical modification is removed. It should be evaluated.
  • a vent port is provided at the upper part of the cylinder 12 so that vacuum suction can be performed, and vacuum suction is performed.
  • the screw configuration of the extruder is such that the cylinders 1 and 2 are transport zones composed of only transport screws, and one clockwise kneading disk (feed type kneading disk: hereinafter simply referred to as RKD) is provided on the cylinder 3 from the upstream side. 2) Neutral kneading disk (non-conveying type kneading disk: hereinafter may be simply referred to as NKD), 1 counterclockwise screw (reverse feed type kneading disk: hereinafter) , May be simply referred to as RKD.).
  • the cylinders 4 to 8 are used as a transport zone, and two NKD and one LKD are arranged in the cylinder 9 in this order.
  • the subsequent cylinder 10 is a transport zone, two NKDs and one LKD are arranged in this order on the cylinder 11, and the cylinders 12 and 13 are transport zones.
  • Cylinder temperature of this extruder is set to 200 ° C. for cylinder 1 with water cooling, cylinder 2 for 160 ° C. and cylinder 3 to die when resin is PP.
  • the resin is PA6
  • the cylinder 1 is water-cooled
  • the cylinder 2 is set at 230 ° C.
  • the cylinders 3 to dies are set at 250 ° C.
  • a resin is supplied from the addition port of the cylinder 4 to the composite particles at a ratio shown in Tables 10 and 11, melt kneading is performed at a screw rotation speed of the extruder of 250 rpm, extruded into a strand, and water-cooled. Pelletize. The obtained pellets are subjected to vacuum drying for 12 hours using a vacuum dryer set at 80 ° C. in order to reduce moisture.
  • Preparations were made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that the composite particles were supplied from.
  • Preparations were made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that the composite particles were supplied from.
  • the forcible push-in port is closed from the extrusion side of the cylinders 4, 8, and 10, and the screw configuration is such that the cylinders 1 to 8 are formed as a conveyance zone composed of only conveyance screws, and two cylinders are provided in the cylinder 9. NKD and one LKD are arranged in this order.
  • the subsequent cylinder 10 serves as a transfer zone, two NKDs and one subsequent LKD are arranged on the cylinder 11 in this order, and the cylinders 12 and 13 serve as transfer zones.
  • a vent port is provided in the upper portion of the cylinder 12 so that vacuum suction can be performed, and vacuum suction is performed. All preparations are made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that a possible feeder can be installed.
  • Both the resin and the composite particles are supplied from the main throat at the ratios shown in Tables 10 and 11, melt-kneaded at a screw rotation speed of the extruder of 250 rpm, extruded into strands, water-cooled, and pelletized.
  • the obtained pellets are subjected to vacuum drying for 12 hours using a vacuum dryer set at 80 ° C. in order to reduce moisture.
  • the resin and the composite particles are supplied from different supply devices from the main throat.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • ⁇ Measurement method> [Preparation of measurement sample of chemically modified fine cellulose] A part of the chemically modified fine cellulose slurry is repeatedly washed with pure water to obtain a chemically modified fine cellulose water slurry. Subsequently, the water slurry is dispersed in tert-butanol (solid content: less than 0.4% by mass and moisture content: less than 5% by mass), and further subjected to dispersion treatment with a homogenizer until no aggregates are present. The obtained tert-butanol dispersion is filtered on filter paper (5C, Advantech, diameter 90 mm), and the obtained wet paper is dried by heating to obtain a sheet. A sheet having an air resistance of 100 sec / 100 ml or less per 10 g / m 2 of sheet weight is defined as a porous sheet and used as a measurement sample.
  • Crystallinity of chemically modified fine cellulose In the same procedure as in Example A, the X-ray diffraction measurement of the porous sheet is performed to calculate the crystallinity.
  • a material having a crystallinity of 55% or more can exhibit good mechanical properties as a filler, and is evaluated as satisfying the requirements in this example.
  • the minimum filling pressure is measured as an index of fluidity close to actual molding. Specifically, an injection molding machine with a mold clamping pressure of 200 tons, a flat plate mold having a film gate in the width direction, a length of 200 mm, a width of 150 mm, and a thickness varying from 3 mm to 1.5 mm at the center of the plate. Attach, set the cylinder temperature and the mold temperature as follows, and measure the bare pressure of the test piece. At this time, the holding pressure is not switched, and the injection pressure and the speed are set to only one stage. Further, after molding by full filling for 20 consecutive shots, the injection pressure is gradually lowered, and the injection pressure immediately before unfilling occurs or immediately before sink occurs is defined as the minimum filling pressure.
  • Colorability is evaluated as an index of the ease of coloring. In general, when coloring a resin, an operation of adding a dye and pigment necessary for a desired color and then toning is performed after whitening the resin once. The easiness of turning to white greatly affects the colorability.
  • the coloring property is evaluated by measuring the whiteness when a predetermined amount of titanium oxide is added.
  • a master batch containing 50 parts by mass of titanium oxide was dry-blended at a ratio of 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of pellets containing fine cellulose prepared in the example, and an injection molding machine with a mold clamping pressure of 200 tons was used. Then, using the same flat mold as that used for fluidity (minimum filling pressure), the cylinder temperature and the mold temperature are set as follows, and molding is performed at a pressure sufficient for filling the test piece.
  • a masterbatch using polypropylene as a base resin for a polypropylene material and a polyamide as a base resin for a polyamide material is used as the masterbatch used at this time. Cylinder temperature / Mold temperature Polypropylene material 210 °C / 40 °C Polyamide material 260 ° C / 70 ° C
  • the L * value was measured with a color difference meter (CM-2002, manufactured by Konica Minolta) under a D65 light and a 10 ° visual field, and the coloring property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Perform an evaluation. L * value of flat plate Colorability 85 or more Excellent 80 or more and less than 85 Good 75 or more and less than 80 Acceptable Less than 75 Poor
  • Odor The odor is evaluated by a sensory test and the following three levels. A: No odor. B: There is a slight sugar smell (sweet smell). C: There is a strong sugar odor. D: There is a burning smell together with a sugar smell.
  • the odor test is performed at each of the following stages. (1) resin composition pellets immediately after extrusion, (2) atmosphere during injection molding, (3) molded body immediately after injection molding, (4) molded body one hour after injection molding
  • Molding piece expansion rate In the same procedure as in Example B, molding, measurement, and calculation of the molding piece expansion rate are performed. Mold piece expansion rate Degree of expansion suppression 0.2% or less Excellent 0.3% or less Good 0.4% or less Acceptable More than 0.4% Poor
  • Example 10 shows the composition ratio of each component and the evaluation results.
  • the acetylated microcellulose has a fiber diameter D and a fiber length L / fiber diameter D falling under the definition of the cellulose nanofiber described above (excluding the cellulose whiskers used in Example C13).
  • the crystallinity and average degree of substitution (DS) satisfy the above requirements.
  • the median particle size of the composite particles with the cellulose derivative also satisfies the above requirements.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used, for example, in the field of exterior materials for automobiles, which are large parts requiring high strength and low linear expansion and stable performance.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Processes Of Treating Macromolecular Substances (AREA)
  • Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide: composite particles which contain fine cellulose and impart a molded body with physical property stability that is good enough for practical use, while imparting the molded body with sufficient mechanical characteristics; and a resin composition which contains the composite particles. One embodiment of the present disclosure provides composite particles which contain fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin, and which is configured such that: the ratio of the fine cellulose in the composite particles is from 10% by mass to 95% by mass (inclusive); and a dispersion liquid, which is obtained by dispersing the composite particles into dimethyl sulfoxide so that the fine cellulose concentration in the dispersion liquid is 1% by mass, has a viscosity η10 at a liquid temperature of 25°C at a shear rate of 10 s-1 is 10 mPa·s or more.

Description

複合粒子及び樹脂組成物Composite particles and resin composition
 本発明の一態様は、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子、これを含む樹脂組成物、及びこれらの製造方法に関する。 の 一 One embodiment of the present invention relates to a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin, a resin composition containing the same, and a method for producing these.
 近年、自動車、電化製品等の分野において、製品軽量化のために部品を金属から樹脂へ代替することが積極的になされている。このような用途において、樹脂単体では機械特性及び寸法安定性が不十分であることが多く、ガラス繊維、炭素繊維、タルク、クレイ等の各種無機材料がフィラーとして添加されるのが一般的である。しかし、これらのフィラーは比重が大きいため得られる樹脂成形体の重量が大きくなるという課題がある。 In recent years, in the fields of automobiles, electric appliances, etc., it has been aggressive to replace parts with metal instead of resin in order to reduce product weight. In such applications, the mechanical properties and dimensional stability of the resin alone are often insufficient, and various inorganic materials such as glass fiber, carbon fiber, talc, and clay are generally added as fillers. . However, since these fillers have a large specific gravity, there is a problem that the weight of the obtained resin molded body increases.
 これに対しセルロースは、アラミド繊維に匹敵する高い弾性率と、ガラス繊維よりも低い線膨張係数とを有することが知られている。また、真密度が1.56g/cm3と、低く、一般的なフィラーとして使用されるガラス(密度2.4~2.6g/cm3)及びタルク(密度2.7g/cm3)と比較し圧倒的に軽い材料である。そして、天然資源として地球上に大量に存在し、かつ、カーボンニュートラルの観点から環境調和型材料とされ、熱可塑性樹脂のフィラーとして期待されている。 In contrast, cellulose is known to have a high modulus of elasticity comparable to aramid fibers and a lower coefficient of linear expansion than glass fibers. In addition, the true density is as low as 1.56 g / cm 3 , which is lower than that of glass (density 2.4 to 2.6 g / cm 3 ) and talc (density 2.7 g / cm 3 ) which are used as general fillers. It is an overwhelmingly light material. It is present on Earth in large quantities as a natural resource, is regarded as an environmentally friendly material from the viewpoint of carbon neutrality, and is expected as a filler for thermoplastic resins.
 中でも、近年、セルロース繊維を高レベルで叩解及び粉砕して、繊維径1μm以下まで微細化(フィブリル化)させた微細セルロースがフィラーとして注目を浴びている。 In particular, in recent years, fine cellulose obtained by beating and pulverizing cellulose fibers at a high level to make the fibers finer (fibrillated) to a fiber diameter of 1 μm or less has attracted attention as a filler.
 特許文献1~4には、セルロースを高度に微細化し繊維径をナノサイズにした微細セルロースを熱可塑性樹脂中に分散させる技術が記載されている。 Patent Documents 1 to 4 disclose techniques for dispersing fine cellulose having a high degree of fineness and a nanometer-sized fiber in a thermoplastic resin.
 また、セルロースは、水中で分散している状態では、比較的安定な分散状態を維持するが、水を除去する等すると、セルロース同士の強固な凝集力により、良好な分散を得ることが困難である。そのため、これまでセルロースを熱可塑性樹脂中に分散させる技術として、例えば特許文献5には、粉末状セルロースに親油性処理を施して可塑剤に均一分散させた混合物を得たのち、ポリオレフィンと溶融混練する技術が記載されている。また、特許文献6には、樹脂と、特殊な液体中で膨潤させた植物繊維と、有機液体とを混合する技術が記載されている。さらに特許文献7には、セルロース分散液を特定粒子径の樹脂粉末と予め混合して得た混合分散液から水を分離し、セルロース/樹脂混合物を得たのち、該混合物を溶融混練する技術が記載されている。 In addition, cellulose is maintained in a relatively stable dispersion state in a state of being dispersed in water, but when water is removed or the like, it is difficult to obtain a good dispersion due to strong cohesion between the celluloses. is there. Therefore, as a technique for dispersing cellulose in a thermoplastic resin, for example, Patent Document 5 discloses a technique in which powdery cellulose is subjected to lipophilic treatment to obtain a mixture uniformly dispersed in a plasticizer, and then melt-kneaded with polyolefin. The technology to do this is described. Patent Literature 6 describes a technique of mixing a resin, a vegetable fiber swollen in a special liquid, and an organic liquid. Further, Patent Document 7 discloses a technique in which water is separated from a mixed dispersion obtained by previously mixing a cellulose dispersion with a resin powder having a specific particle size to obtain a cellulose / resin mixture, and then the mixture is melt-kneaded. Has been described.
国際公開第2011/058678号International Publication No. 2011/058678 国際公開第2016/199923号International Publication No. WO 2016/199923 特表平9-505329号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-505329 特開2008-001728号公報JP 2008-001728 A 特開2016-104874号公報JP 2016-104874 A 国際公開第2013/133093号International Publication No. 2013/133093 特開2008-297364号公報JP 2008-297364 A
 樹脂中に微細セルロースを配合するためには、微細セルロースを乾燥し粉末化する必要がある。しかし、乾燥の過程で微細セルロースは表面水酸基による水素結合によって強固な凝集体となる。この時、樹脂中で微細セルロースは分散がしにくく、一部が凝集物として不均一に存在することとなる。 配合 In order to mix fine cellulose in the resin, it is necessary to dry and powder the fine cellulose. However, during the drying process, the fine cellulose becomes a strong aggregate due to hydrogen bonding due to surface hydroxyl groups. At this time, the fine cellulose is hardly dispersed in the resin, and a part thereof is non-uniformly present as an aggregate.
 このように微細セルロースの樹脂組成物中での分散性が不均一であると、同等量の微細セルロースが完全に分散した樹脂組成物と比較して機械的特性及び熱寸法安定性は劣ることとなる。したがって、同等の機械的特性及び熱寸法安定性を発現させるためには、微細セルロースの添加量が増えるため好ましくない。 When the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is non-uniform, the mechanical properties and the thermal dimensional stability are inferior to the resin composition in which an equivalent amount of the fine cellulose is completely dispersed. Become. Therefore, in order to develop the same mechanical properties and thermal dimensional stability, the amount of fine cellulose added is undesirably increased.
 また、樹脂組成物中に凝集物が存在すると、このような樹脂組成物で形成された成形体は、凝集物を起点に破壊されやすくなる。すなわち、凝集物は、成形体の部位による機械的強度の違いを招くため、凝集物を含む成形体の機械的特性は、非常にバラツキが大きなものとなる。この場合、成形体が、部分的に強度欠陥を有するものとなり、実製品としての信頼性を大幅に毀損してしまうこととなる。そのため、微細セルロースはその優れた特性を持ちつつも、実際には、実用に供されていないのが実情である。 す る と If aggregates are present in the resin composition, a molded article formed from such a resin composition is likely to be broken starting from the aggregates. That is, since the aggregates cause a difference in mechanical strength depending on the portion of the molded body, the mechanical properties of the molded body including the aggregates vary greatly. In this case, the molded article partially has a strength defect, and significantly impairs the reliability as an actual product. For this reason, while fine cellulose has its excellent properties, it is not actually used in practice.
 一方、セルロース材料中には、ヘミセルロースやリグニンといった不純物が残留しており、これらは、一般的な樹脂の加工方法である押出機での加工時に受ける熱により変質し、着色の要因となることが知られている。セルロース自体も押出加工時の熱と系内の水分とで加水分解等の種々の副反応を引き起こして糖化反応等を誘起し、それが押出機内の熱により熱劣化を促進させ、着色要因となるばかりでなく、押し出されたペレットや成形された成形品から、糖が焦げた甘い匂いがするという課題があった。セルロースは上述の通り、軽量ゆえ、特に自動車用途での樹脂の補強材としての期待が高まっている。しかしながら、自動車をはじめとした内装用途部品は、人の五感(特に視覚、嗅覚)にさらされるため、要求が厳しく、これら部品については、樹脂中のセルロースの分散性を犠牲にすることなく、セルロースが加熱時に生じさせる着色や着臭を如何に抑制するかが、大きな課題となっている。 On the other hand, impurities such as hemicellulose and lignin remain in the cellulosic material, and these may be altered by heat received during processing in an extruder, which is a general resin processing method, and may cause coloring. Are known. Cellulose itself induces various side reactions such as hydrolysis with heat during extrusion processing and moisture in the system to induce a saccharification reaction and the like, which promotes thermal deterioration due to heat in the extruder and becomes a coloring factor. Not only that, there was a problem that the extruded pellets and the molded product gave a sweet smell of burnt sugar. As described above, cellulose is expected to be used as a resin reinforcing material particularly in automotive applications because of its light weight. However, automobiles and other interior parts are exposed to the five senses (especially sight and smell) of the human being, and thus are strictly required. For these parts, cellulose must be sacrificed without sacrificing the dispersibility of cellulose in the resin. It is a major issue how to suppress coloring and odor generated during heating.
 また、樹脂中にセルロースを配合するためには、セルロースを予め乾燥し粉末化する必要があるが、セルロースは水と分離する過程で微分散状態から強固な凝集体となり、再分散しにくいといった特徴があり、樹脂組成物中で、乾燥後の粒子が維持された形態で存在することとなる。この凝集力は、セルロースが持つ水酸基による水素結合により発現されており非常に強固であるため、樹脂組成物中のセルロースを均一な分散径にコントロールすることが困難であるといわれている。例えば、TEMPO酸化触媒等を用いて、セルロースの基本フィブリルレベルにまで微細化した後、樹脂と配合する技術があるが、これはセルロースが微細になりすぎて、摺動性向上への寄与が小さくなるという課題がある。さらに、二軸押出機といった比較的強いせん断を与えることが可能な設備を用いて、樹脂との混練時にセルロースに強いせん断等を与えて微細にする技術もあるが、この技術では均一な分散状態を得ることが困難で、充分な摺動性を付与するに至っていない。 In addition, in order to mix cellulose in the resin, it is necessary to dry and powder the cellulose in advance, but the cellulose becomes a strong aggregate from a finely dispersed state in the process of separation from water, and is difficult to redisperse. In the resin composition, the particles after drying are present in a maintained form. It is said that this cohesive force is very strong because it is developed by hydrogen bonding due to the hydroxyl group of cellulose, and it is difficult to control the cellulose in the resin composition to a uniform dispersion diameter. For example, using a TEMPO oxidation catalyst or the like, there is a technique in which cellulose is refined to a basic fibril level and then blended with a resin. However, this is because cellulose is too fine, and the contribution to the improvement of slidability is small. There is a problem of becoming. In addition, there is a technique of using a device capable of giving relatively strong shear, such as a twin-screw extruder, to give strong shearing to cellulose at the time of kneading with a resin to make the cellulose finer. Is difficult to obtain, and sufficient slidability has not been imparted.
 特許文献5~7に記載される技術では、分散性向上や耐熱性向上にあたり、セルロース材料自体に種々の処理を行う工程を追加する必要が生じ、結果的にコストアップを招き、経済的観点からも好ましくはない。性能面からも、低融点の樹脂であれば、いくらかは改善の方向ではあるが、当該セルロース材料を融点の高い樹脂に適用した際には、いまだ充分に解決されるに至ってはいない。すなわち、分散性向上と、着色や臭気の抑制とを両立できておらず、現時点において、分散性に優れ、かつ着色や臭気が抑制されたセルロース含有樹脂組成物を、汎用的に適用可能な製造方法で得る技術は存在していない。 In the techniques described in Patent Documents 5 to 7, in order to improve dispersibility and heat resistance, it is necessary to add a step of performing various treatments on the cellulose material itself, resulting in an increase in cost and an economical viewpoint. Is also not preferred. In terms of performance, if the resin has a low melting point, there is some improvement, but when the cellulose material is applied to a resin having a high melting point, the problem has not yet been sufficiently solved. That is, the improvement in dispersibility and the suppression of coloring and odor cannot be achieved at the same time, and at present, a cellulose-containing resin composition having excellent dispersibility and having suppressed coloring and odor can be produced for general use. There is no technology available by the method.
 また、乾燥の過程で微細セルロースは表面水酸基による水素結合によって強固な凝集体となる。この時、樹脂中で微細セルロースは分散がしにくく、一部が凝集物として不均一に存在することとなる。 で Furthermore, during the drying process, the fine cellulose becomes a strong aggregate due to hydrogen bonding due to surface hydroxyl groups. At this time, the fine cellulose is hardly dispersed in the resin, and a part thereof is non-uniformly present as an aggregate.
 したがって、本開示の一態様は、成形体に充分な機械的特性を与えつつ、実用に耐えうる充分な物性安定性を与える、微細セルロースを含む複合粒子、及び当該複合粒子を含む樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。
 また本開示の一態様は、微細セルロースが乾燥状態であっても再分散性に優れ、かつ、着色が極めて少なく、臭気をも抑制されたセルロース強化樹脂組成物を、汎用的に適用可能な方法で製造する製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
Therefore, one embodiment of the present disclosure provides a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a resin composition containing the composite particle, which impart sufficient mechanical properties to a molded article while providing sufficient physical property stability for practical use. The purpose is to provide.
In addition, one embodiment of the present disclosure is a method in which a cellulose reinforced resin composition having excellent redispersibility even when a fine cellulose is in a dry state, and having very little coloring and having a suppressed odor can be used for general purposes. It is an object of the present invention to provide a manufacturing method for manufacturing with.
 本発明は以下の態様を包含する。
[1] 微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子であって、
 前記複合粒子中の微細セルロースの比率が10質量%以上95質量%以下であり、
 分散液中の微細セルロース濃度が1質量%となるように前記複合粒子をジメチルスルホキシド中に分散させて得た分散液の、液温25℃及び剪断速度10s-1における粘度η10が、10mPa・s以上である、複合粒子。
[2] 前記分散液の、液温25℃における、剪断速度100s-1での粘度η100に対する剪断速度10s-1での粘度η10の比η10/η100であるチキソトロピーインデックス(TI)が、2以上である、上記態様1に記載の複合粒子。
[3] メジアン粒径が1μm以上5000μm以下である、上記態様1又は2に記載の複合粒子。
[4] 前記熱可塑性樹脂がジメチルスルホキシドに可溶である、上記態様1~3のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[5] 前記熱可塑性樹脂がセルロース誘導体である、上記態様4に記載の複合粒子。
[6] 前記セルロース誘導体の重量平均分子量Mwが10万以下である、上記態様5に記載の複合粒子。
[7] 前記微細セルロースが、数平均径2nm以上1000nm未満を有する、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[8] 前記微細セルロースが、数平均径2nm以上500nm未満を有する、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[9] 前記微細セルロースが、数平均径10nm以上100nm未満を有する、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[10] 前記微細セルロースが、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、上記態様1~9のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[11] 前記微細セルロースが、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び、結晶化度60%以上を有する、上記態様1~10のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[12] 前記微細セルロースのアルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率が8質量パーセント以下である、上記態様1~11のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[13] 前記微細セルロースの一部が化学修飾されており、かつ前記微細セルロースがI型結晶構造を有する、上記態様1~12のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[14] 前記化学修飾がアセチル化である、上記態様13に記載の複合粒子。
[15] 上記態様1~14のいずれかに記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
 微細セルロースの水分散体と熱可塑性樹脂の粒子とを混合し、次いで乾燥させて、複合粒子を回収する、粉末化工程を含む、方法。
[16] 前記微細セルロースの水分散体を、
 有機溶媒中でセルロースの解繊処理を行って微細セルロース分散体を得る解繊工程、及び
 前記微細セルロース分散体中の有機溶媒を水に置換する精製工程、
によって調製する、上記態様15に記載の製造方法。
[17] 前記解繊工程と同時に、又は前記解繊工程の後かつ前記精製工程の前に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、上記態様16に記載の方法。
[18] 上記態様1~14のいずれかに記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
 微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体中に熱可塑性樹脂を添加して、有機溶媒中に微細セルロースが分散しかつ熱可塑性樹脂が溶解している微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を得る微細セルロース/樹脂分散体調製工程、
 前記微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を前記熱可塑性樹脂の貧溶媒と混合し、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子を析出させることによって、複合粒子分散体を得る析出工程、
 前記複合粒子分散体中の前記有機溶媒を水に置換して水分散体を得る精製工程、及び
 前記水分散体を乾燥させて複合粒子を回収する粉末化工程、
を含む、方法。
[19] 前記微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体を、有機溶媒中でセルロースを解繊処理する解繊工程によって調製する、上記態様18に記載の複合粒子の製造方法。
[20] 前記解繊工程と同時又は前記解繊工程の後に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、上記態様19に記載の方法。
[21] 微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子、及び、前記複合粒子中の熱可塑性樹脂とは異なる熱可塑性樹脂、を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 上記態様15~20のいずれかに記載の方法で複合粒子を形成する工程、及び
 前記複合粒子と、前記複合粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂とは異なる熱可塑性樹脂と、を混練する工程、
を含む、方法。
[22] 上記態様1~14のいずれかに記載の複合粒子とベース樹脂とを含む、樹脂組成物。
[23] 熱可塑性樹脂、
 前記熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対して0.1~40質量部の、繊維径が2nm以上1000nm未満である微細セルロース繊維、及び
 前記微細セルロース繊維100質量部に対して1質量部~500質量部の、セルロース誘導体、
を含む、樹脂組成物。
[24] 前記微細セルロース繊維が、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、上記態様23に記載の樹脂組成物。
[25] 前記微細セルロース繊維が、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び結晶化度60%以上を有する、上記態様23又は24に記載の樹脂組成物。
[26] 前記ベース樹脂が、熱可塑性樹脂である、上記態様22に記載の樹脂組成物。
[27] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド系樹脂及びこれらのいずれか2種以上の混合物からなる群より選択される、上記態様23~26のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[28] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリプロピレンであり、該ポリプロピレンのISO1133に準拠して230℃で測定されたメルトマスフローレイト(MFR)が、3g/10分以上30g/10分以下である、上記態様27に記載の樹脂組成物。
[29] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアミド系樹脂であり、該ポリアミド系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、上記態様27に記載の樹脂組成物。
[30] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリエステル系樹脂であり、該ポリエステル系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、上記態様27に記載の樹脂組成物。
[31] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアセタール系樹脂であり、該ポリアセタール系樹脂が、0.01~4モル%のコモノマー由来構造を含有するコポリアセタールである、上記態様27に記載の樹脂組成物。
[32] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、融点140℃以上を有する結晶性熱可塑性樹脂である、上記態様23~31のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[33] 前記ベース樹脂が、熱硬化性樹脂又は光硬化性樹脂である、上記態様22に記載の樹脂組成物。
[34] 前記ベース樹脂が、ゴムである、上記態様22に記載の樹脂組成物。
[35] 上記態様22~32のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 上記態様1~12のいずれかに記載の前記複合粒子を、乾燥粉末又は水分散体の形態で、熱可塑性樹脂と溶融混練成型機の内部で混練し、次いで成形する工程を含む、方法。
[36] 熱可塑性樹脂と、
 微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体で構成された複合粒子と、
を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 押出機において前記熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
 第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に前記複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
を含む、方法。
[37] 前記微細セルロースが、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、上記態様36に記載の方法。
[38] 前記微細セルロースが、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び結晶化度60%以上を有する、上記態様36又は37に記載の方法。
[39] 前記方法が、
 押出機において前記熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
 第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に前記複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
を含む、上記態様35に記載の方法。
[40] 前記第1の工程は、押出機が備えるシリンダー内の溶融混練ゾーンで行われ、
 前記第2の工程は、前記シリンダーに設けられた添加口から前記複合粒子を供給することにより行われる、上記態様36~39のいずれかに記載の方法。
[41] 前記添加口は、前記溶融混練ゾーンよりも下流に配置される、上記態様40に記載の方法。
[42] 前記シリンダーの全長(L1)に対し、前記シリンダーの出口から前記添加口までの長さ(L2)が1/2以下である、上記態様40又は41に記載の方法。
[43] 前記添加口よりも下流側のシリンダー内に、前記複合粒子を前記熱可塑性樹脂中で混練分散させるための反時計回りスクリューが1箇所以上設けられている、上記態様40~42のいずれかに記載の方法。
[44] 上記態様33に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 複合粒子を熱硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで熱硬化処理を行う工程、又は
 複合粒子を光硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで光硬化処理を行う工程、
を含む、方法。
[45] 上記態様34に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 複合粒子をゴムと混合し、次いで成形し、次いで加硫を行う工程を含む、方法。
[46] 前記樹脂組成物の引張破断強度の変動係数(標準偏差/算術平均値)が、15%以下である、上記態様22~34のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[47] 前記樹脂組成物の引張降伏強度が、前記熱可塑性樹脂の引張降伏強度の1.05倍以上である、上記態様22~34及び46のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[48] 前記樹脂組成物の0℃~60℃の範囲での線膨張係数が80ppm/k以下である、上記態様22~34、46及び47のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[49] 上記態様22~34及び46~48のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂ペレット。
[50] 上記態様22~34及び46~48のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂成形体。
The present invention includes the following embodiments.
[1] A composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin,
The ratio of fine cellulose in the composite particles is 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less,
The viscosity η 10 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 10 s −1 of a dispersion obtained by dispersing the composite particles in dimethyl sulfoxide so that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass is 10 mPa · s. s or more.
[2] The thixotropic index (TI), which is the ratio of the viscosity η 10 at a shear rate of 10 s −1 to the viscosity η 100 at a shear rate of 100 s −1 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C., η 10 / η 100 , is obtained. 2. The composite particle according to the above aspect 1, which is 2 or more.
[3] The composite particles according to the above aspect 1 or 2, wherein the median particle diameter is 1 μm or more and 5000 μm or less.
[4] The composite particles according to any one of the above-described embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the thermoplastic resin is soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide.
[5] The composite particles according to the above aspect 4, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative.
[6] The composite particle according to the above aspect 5, wherein the weight average molecular weight Mw of the cellulose derivative is 100,000 or less.
[7] The composite particle according to any one of Aspects 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm.
[8] The composite particle according to any one of Aspects 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 500 nm.
[9] The composite particle according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 10 nm or more and less than 100 nm.
[10] The method according to any of the above aspects 1 to 9, wherein the fine cellulose has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. The composite particles according to any one of the above.
[11] The composite particle according to any one of Aspects 1 to 10, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
[12] The composite particle according to any of the above aspects 1 to 11, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 8% by mass or less.
[13] The composite particle according to any one of Aspects 1 to 12, wherein a part of the fine cellulose is chemically modified, and the fine cellulose has an I-type crystal structure.
[14] The composite particle according to the above aspect 13, wherein the chemical modification is acetylation.
[15] The method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 14,
A method comprising a powdering step of mixing an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose and particles of a thermoplastic resin and then drying to collect the composite particles.
[16] An aqueous dispersion of the fine cellulose is
Fibrillation step of performing a fibrillation treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and a purification step of substituting water for the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion,
The production method according to the above aspect 15, which is prepared by the following method.
[17] The method according to the above aspect 16, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with the defibration step or after the defibration step and before the purification step.
[18] The method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 14,
Preparation of fine cellulose / resin dispersion by adding thermoplastic resin to organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose to obtain fine cellulose / resin dispersion in which fine cellulose is dispersed in organic solvent and thermoplastic resin is dissolved Process,
A precipitation step of obtaining a composite particle dispersion by mixing the fine cellulose / resin dispersion with a poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin and precipitating composite particles containing the fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin;
A purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the composite particle dispersion with water to obtain an aqueous dispersion, and a powdering step of drying the aqueous dispersion to collect composite particles,
Including, methods.
[19] The method for producing composite particles according to the above aspect 18, wherein the organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose is prepared by a defibration step of defibrating cellulose in an organic solvent.
[20] The method according to the above aspect 19, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with or after the defibration step.
[21] A method for producing a resin composition including composite particles containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin, and a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin in the composite particles,
A step of forming composite particles by the method according to any of aspects 15 to 20, and a step of kneading the composite particles and a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin contained in the composite particles;
Including, methods.
[22] A resin composition comprising the composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 14 and a base resin.
[23] a thermoplastic resin,
0.1 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose fibers having a fiber diameter of 2 nm to less than 1000 nm, and 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers. Of a cellulose derivative,
A resin composition comprising:
[24] The above-mentioned aspect 23, wherein the fine cellulose fiber has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. Resin composition.
[25] The resin composition according to the above aspect 23 or 24, wherein the fine cellulose fibers have an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
[26] The resin composition according to the above aspect 22, wherein the base resin is a thermoplastic resin.
[27] The thermoplastic resin is selected from the group consisting of a polyolefin resin, a polyamide resin, a polyester resin, a polyacetal resin, a polyphenylene ether resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, and a mixture of any two or more thereof. 27. The resin composition according to any one of aspects 23 to 26 above.
[28] The above aspect, wherein the thermoplastic resin is polypropylene, and a melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the polypropylene measured at 230 ° C in accordance with ISO1133 is 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less. 28. The resin composition according to 27.
[29] The thermoplastic resin is a polyamide resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyamide resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28. The resin composition according to the above aspect 27.
[30] The thermoplastic resin is a polyester resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyester resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28. The resin composition according to the above aspect 27.
[31] The resin composition according to the above aspect 27, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a polyacetal resin, and the polyacetal resin is a copolyacetal containing 0.01 to 4 mol% of a comonomer-derived structure.
[32] The resin composition according to any of the above aspects 23 to 31, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a crystalline thermoplastic resin having a melting point of 140 ° C. or higher.
[33] The resin composition according to the above aspect 22, wherein the base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin.
[34] The resin composition according to the above aspect 22, wherein the base resin is a rubber.
[35] The method for producing a resin composition according to any of the above aspects 22 to 32,
13. A method comprising kneading the composite particles according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 12 in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin in a melt-kneading molding machine, and then molding.
[36] a thermoplastic resin,
Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative,
A method for producing a resin composition comprising:
A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
Including, methods.
[37] The above-mentioned aspect 36, wherein the fine cellulose has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. Method.
[38] The method according to Aspect 36 or 37, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
[39] The method comprises:
A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
36. The method according to aspect 35, comprising:
[40] The first step is performed in a melt-kneading zone in a cylinder provided in the extruder,
40. The method according to any of aspects 36 to 39, wherein the second step is performed by supplying the composite particles from an addition port provided in the cylinder.
[41] The method according to the above aspect 40, wherein the addition port is disposed downstream of the melt-kneading zone.
[42] The method according to the above aspect 40 or 41, wherein a length (L2) from an outlet of the cylinder to the addition port is 1/2 or less of a total length (L1) of the cylinder.
[43] Any of the above aspects 40 to 42, wherein one or more counterclockwise screws for kneading and dispersing the composite particles in the thermoplastic resin are provided in a cylinder downstream of the addition port. The method described in Crab.
[44] The method for producing a resin composition according to the above aspect 33, wherein
Mixing the composite particles with a thermosetting resin and then molding and then performing a thermosetting process; or mixing the composite particles with a photocurable resin and then molding and then performing a photocuring process,
Including, methods.
[45] The method for producing a resin composition according to the above aspect 34, wherein
Mixing the composite particles with rubber, then molding and then vulcanizing.
[46] The resin composition according to any of aspects 22 to 34, wherein the coefficient of variation (standard deviation / arithmetic mean) of the tensile rupture strength of the resin composition is 15% or less.
[47] The resin composition according to any of aspects 22 to 34 and 46, wherein the tensile yield strength of the resin composition is at least 1.05 times the tensile yield strength of the thermoplastic resin.
[48] The resin composition according to any of aspects 22 to 34, 46 and 47, wherein the resin composition has a coefficient of linear expansion in a range of 0 ° C. to 60 ° C. of 80 ppm / k or less.
[49] A resin pellet formed from the resin composition according to any of aspects 22 to 34 and 46 to 48.
[50] A resin molded article formed from the resin composition according to any one of aspects 22 to 34 and 46 to 48.
 本開示の一態様に係る複合粒子及びこれを含む樹脂組成物は、成形体に充分な機械的特性を与えつつ、更には実用に耐えうる充分な物性安定性を与え得る。
 また、本開示の一態様に係る樹脂組成物の製造方法によれば、微細セルロースが乾燥状態であっても再分散性に優れ、かつ、着色が極めて少なく、臭気をも抑制されたセルロース強化樹脂組成物を、汎用的に適用可能な方法で製造することができる。
The composite particles and the resin composition containing the composite particles according to one embodiment of the present disclosure can impart sufficient mechanical properties to a molded article, and further, can impart sufficient physical property stability to withstand practical use.
In addition, according to the method for producing a resin composition according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, cellulose reinforced resin having excellent redispersibility even when the fine cellulose is in a dry state, and having extremely little coloring and suppressed odor The composition can be manufactured in a generally applicable manner.
図1は、微細セルロース繊維の例を示す顕微鏡画像である。FIG. 1 is a microscope image showing an example of fine cellulose fibers. 図2Aは、セルロースウィスカーの例を示す顕微鏡画像である。FIG. 2A is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker. 図2Bは、セルロースウィスカーの例を示す顕微鏡画像である。FIG. 2B is a microscope image showing an example of a cellulose whisker. 図3Aは、熱分解開始温度(TD)及び1%重量減少温度の測定法の説明図である。FIG. 3A is an explanatory diagram of a method for measuring the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ) and the 1% weight loss temperature. 図3Bは、熱分解開始温度(TD)及び1%重量減少温度の測定法の説明図である。FIG. 3B is an explanatory diagram of a method for measuring the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ) and the 1% weight loss temperature. 図4は、250℃重量減少率の測定法の説明図である。FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram of a method of measuring the weight loss rate at 250 ° C. 図5は、IRインデックスの算出法の説明図である。FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a method of calculating an IR index. 図6は、実施例及び比較例においてフェンダーの欠陥率の評価のために作製したフェンダーの形状を示す概略図である。FIG. 6 is a schematic view showing the shape of a fender manufactured for evaluation of the defect rate of the fender in the example and the comparative example. 図7は、実施例及び比較例において実成形体の線膨張係数の変動係数を測定するために試験片を取り出した位置を示すフェンダーの図である。FIG. 7 is a view of a fender showing a position where a test piece is taken out in order to measure a coefficient of variation of a linear expansion coefficient of an actual molded body in Examples and Comparative Examples.
 本発明の例示の態様について以下具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの態様に限定されるものではない。 例 示 Example embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described below, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments.
≪複合粒子≫
 本発明の一態様は、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子を提供する。一態様において、複合粒子中の微細セルロースの比率は、10質量%以上95質量%以下である。複合粒子中の微細セルロースの比率の下限は、10質量%以上、好ましくは15質量%以上、より好ましくは20質量%以上であり、上限は95質量%以下、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは80質量%以下である。微細セルロースの比率が10質量%以上である場合、複合粒子を用いた樹脂組成物製造において、所定の微細セルロースを添加した際に樹脂組成物に含まれる複合粒子の熱可塑性樹脂量が多くなりすぎず、樹脂組成物自体の物性制御が困難とならず有利である。微細セルロースの比率が95質量%である場合、微細セルロース間の水素結合に由来する凝集が強力すぎず樹脂組成物中の微細セルロースの分散が良好で、機械強度及び寸法安定性を向上させることができ有利である。
≪Composite particles≫
One embodiment of the present invention provides a composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin. In one embodiment, the proportion of fine cellulose in the composite particles is from 10% by mass to 95% by mass. The lower limit of the proportion of fine cellulose in the composite particles is 10% by mass or more, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and the upper limit is 95% by mass or less, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably Is 80% by mass or less. When the ratio of the fine cellulose is 10% by mass or more, in the production of the resin composition using the composite particles, the amount of the thermoplastic resin of the composite particles contained in the resin composition when the predetermined fine cellulose is added becomes too large. This is advantageous because control of the physical properties of the resin composition itself does not become difficult. When the proportion of the fine cellulose is 95% by mass, the aggregation derived from hydrogen bonds between the fine celluloses is not too strong, the dispersion of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is good, and the mechanical strength and the dimensional stability can be improved. It is advantageous.
 一態様において、分散液中の微細セルロース濃度が1質量%となるように複合粒子をジメチルスルホキシド(本開示で、DMSOともいう。)中に分散させて得た分散液の、液温25℃及び剪断速度10s-1における粘度η10(本開示で、単に「粘度η10」ともいう。)は、10mPa・s以上であり、好ましくは15mPa・s以上、より好ましくは20mPa・s以上、更に好ましくは25mPa・s以上である。粘度η10が10mPa・s以上の複合粒子を用いて樹脂組成物を作製した場合、微細セルロースの樹脂組成物中での分散性が良好で、機械強度及び寸法安定性を向上させることができ有利である。一方、DMSO中での分散性に優れるほど粘度η10は上昇するため粘度η10の上限は特にない。粘度η10が高いほど樹脂組成物中での微細セルロースの分散性が向上し、良好な機械強度向上及び寸法安定性向上を達成できる。一態様において、熱可塑性樹脂の入手容易性の観点から、η10の上限は、2000mPa・s以下、又は1800mPa・s以下、又は1500mPa・s以下であってよい。 In one embodiment, the dispersion is obtained by dispersing the composite particles in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO in the present disclosure) so that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass. The viscosity η 10 at a shear rate of 10 s −1 (also simply referred to as “viscosity η 10 ” in the present disclosure) is 10 mPa · s or more, preferably 15 mPa · s or more, more preferably 20 mPa · s or more, and still more preferably. Is 25 mPa · s or more. When a resin composition is prepared using a composite particle having a viscosity η 10 of 10 mPa · s or more, the dispersibility of fine cellulose in the resin composition is good, and the mechanical strength and dimensional stability can be improved, which is advantageous. It is. On the other hand, the upper limit of the viscosity eta 10 for the higher viscosity eta 10 excellent dispersibility in DMSO rises no particular. The higher the viscosity eta 10 improves the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the resin composition can achieve good improvement in mechanical strength and dimensional stability improvement. In one embodiment, from the viewpoint of easy availability of the thermoplastic resin, the upper limit of the eta 10 is, 2000 mPa · s or less, or 1800 mPa · s or less, or 1500 mPa · s may be less.
 好ましい態様において、分散液中の微細セルロース濃度が1質量%となるように複合粒子をDMSO中に分散させて得た分散液の、液温25℃における、剪断速度100s-1での粘度η100に対する剪断速度10s-1での粘度η10の比η10/η100であるチキソトロピーインデックス(TI)は、2以上である。本来的に、微細セルロースが十分に分散した分散液は、剪断速度が大きくなるほど低粘度化する構造粘性を有している。TIが2以上であることは、複合粒子における微細セルロースの分散性が良好であることを表し、このような複合粒子を用いて樹脂組成物を作製した場合、樹脂組成物中の微細セルロースの分散性も良好であり、機械強度向上及び寸法安定性向上において有利である。TIは、より好ましくは3以上、更に好ましくは5以上、特に好ましくは7以上である。TIは、微細セルロースの分散性の観点では大きい方が好ましいが、複合粒子の製造容易性の観点から、例えば、50以下、又は40以下、又は30以下であってよい。 In a preferred embodiment, the viscosity η 100 of a dispersion obtained by dispersing the composite particles in DMSO such that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 100 s −1 is obtained. The thixotropy index (TI), which is the ratio of the viscosity η 10 at a shear rate of 10 s −1 to η 10 / η 100 , is 2 or more. Essentially, a dispersion in which fine cellulose is sufficiently dispersed has a structural viscosity that decreases as the shear rate increases. When the TI is 2 or more, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composite particles is good. When a resin composition is prepared using such composite particles, the dispersion of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is reduced. It has good properties and is advantageous in improving mechanical strength and dimensional stability. TI is more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more. The TI is preferably large from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose, but may be, for example, 50 or less, or 40 or less, or 30 or less from the viewpoint of ease of production of the composite particles.
 本開示の粘度(η10及びη100)の測定は、まず微細セルロースが1質量%となるように所定量の複合粒子をDMSO中に添加し、複合粒子を含むDMSO分散液100mlを調製する。分散条件は、分散液の撹拌等によって複合粒子がDMSO中に分散するように設定され、例えばマグネチックスターラーで300rpm以上の回転数で1分以上撹拌(より具体的な例はマグネチックスターラーで1200rpm、1時間撹拌)の条件とされる。液温が25℃であることを確認した後、撹拌中の分散液を一部分取し、レオメーターにて二重円筒ジオメトリで粘度測定を直ちに行う。なお装置は事前に25℃に温調する。測定条件としては、剪断速度を、100秒かけて100s-1から1s-1まで下降させた後、100秒かけて100s-1まで上昇させるサイクルを2回繰り返す。そして、最後に100s-1から1s-1まで100秒かけて下降させ、1sec毎に粘度データを取得する。そして、剪断速度Rs-1の時の粘度をηRとする(例えば10s-1の時はη10と表記する。) In the measurement of the viscosity (η 10 and η 100 ) of the present disclosure, first, a predetermined amount of composite particles is added to DMSO so that the fine cellulose is 1% by mass, and 100 ml of a DMSO dispersion liquid containing the composite particles is prepared. The dispersion conditions are set so that the composite particles are dispersed in DMSO by stirring the dispersion liquid or the like. For example, stirring is performed with a magnetic stirrer at a rotation speed of 300 rpm or more for 1 minute or more (more specifically, with a magnetic stirrer at 1200 rpm. , Stirring for 1 hour). After confirming that the liquid temperature is 25 ° C., an aliquot of the stirring dispersion is taken and the viscosity is measured immediately in a double cylinder geometry with a rheometer. The temperature of the apparatus is adjusted to 25 ° C. in advance. As a measurement condition, a cycle of decreasing the shear rate from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds and then increasing it to 100 s -1 over 100 seconds is repeated twice. Finally, the pressure is lowered from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds, and viscosity data is acquired every 1 second. Then, the viscosity at the shear rate Rs −1 is defined as η R (for example, when the shear rate is 10 s −1 , it is denoted as η 10 ).
 本開示で、複合粒子のメジアン粒径は、レーザー回折式粒度分布測定装置又は画像解析式粒度分布測定装置で測定される値である。本開示のメジアン粒径の数値は、これら装置の少なくとも一方で得られる数値が当該数値であることを意図する。メジアン粒径の下限は1μm以上が好ましく、より好ましくは3μm以上、さらに好ましくは5μm以上、特に好ましくは10μm以上である。また、上限は5000μm以下が好ましく、より好ましくは3000μm以下、さらに好ましくは1000μm以下、特に好ましくは500μm以下である。メジアン粒径が1μm以上の場合、一次粒子の二次凝集を防ぐために、製造において特殊な手法を用いる必要が少なく、製造プロセス及びコストの観点で好ましい。一方、メジアン粒径が5000μm以下の場合、押出機等を用いた樹脂組成物製造において複合粒子とベース樹脂との混練が安定し、結果として微細セルロースの樹脂組成物中での分散性が良好になり好ましい。 で In the present disclosure, the median particle size of the composite particles is a value measured by a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device or an image analysis type particle size distribution measuring device. The numerical value of the median particle size of the present disclosure is intended to be a numerical value obtained from at least one of these devices. The lower limit of the median particle size is preferably at least 1 μm, more preferably at least 3 μm, further preferably at least 5 μm, particularly preferably at least 10 μm. Further, the upper limit is preferably 5000 μm or less, more preferably 3000 μm or less, further preferably 1000 μm or less, and particularly preferably 500 μm or less. When the median particle diameter is 1 μm or more, it is not necessary to use a special technique in production in order to prevent secondary aggregation of the primary particles, which is preferable from the viewpoint of the production process and cost. On the other hand, when the median particle diameter is 5000 μm or less, kneading of the composite particles and the base resin is stabilized in the production of the resin composition using an extruder or the like, and as a result, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is good. It is preferable.
<微細セルロース>
 本開示の「微細セルロース」とは、数平均径が2nm以上1000nm未満であるセルロースを意味し、セルロースファイバー及びセルロースウィスカーを包含する。本開示で、微細セルロースの「長さ」(L)及び「径」(D)は、例えば、セルロースファイバー(本開示で、微細セルロース繊維ともいう。)においては繊維長及び繊維径に、また、セルロースウィスカーにおいては長径及び短径にそれぞれ相当する。微細セルロース(一態様において、セルロースウィスカー及びセルロースファイバーの各々)の数平均径は、一態様において、4nm以上、10nm以上、又は20nm以上、又は30nm以上であり、一態様において、500nm以下、又は500nm未満、又は450nm以下、又は400nm以下、又は350nm以下、又は300nm以下、又は100nm以下、又は100nm未満である。微細セルロースの数平均径が2nm未満である場合、結晶化度が著しく低く、また樹脂組成物中での分散性が悪いため、樹脂組成物の所望の引張破断強度及び熱安定性(具体的には、低い線熱膨張率、及び高温時の弾性保持)が得られない。一方、微細セルロースの数平均径が1000nm以上の場合、樹脂組成物中での微細セルロースの交絡点数が少なく、樹脂組成物の所望の引張破断強度及び熱安定性が得られない。微細セルロースの径を上述の範囲内にすることは、樹脂組成物を用いて形成された成形体の摺動性の向上の点で有利である。
<Fine cellulose>
“Fine cellulose” of the present disclosure means cellulose having a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and includes cellulose fibers and cellulose whiskers. In the present disclosure, the “length” (L) and the “diameter” (D) of the fine cellulose are, for example, the fiber length and the fiber diameter in a cellulose fiber (also referred to as a fine cellulose fiber in the present disclosure). In cellulose whiskers, they correspond to the major axis and minor axis, respectively. The number average diameter of the fine cellulose (in one embodiment, each of the cellulose whiskers and the cellulose fibers) is, in one embodiment, 4 nm or more, 10 nm or more, or 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, and in one embodiment, 500 nm or less, or 500 nm. Or less than 450 nm, or 400 nm or less, or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm. When the number average diameter of the fine cellulose is less than 2 nm, the crystallinity is extremely low and the dispersibility in the resin composition is poor, so that the desired tensile breaking strength and thermal stability of the resin composition (specifically, Does not provide a low coefficient of linear thermal expansion and elastic retention at high temperatures). On the other hand, when the number average diameter of the fine cellulose is 1000 nm or more, the number of entangled points of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is small, and the desired tensile strength at break and thermal stability of the resin composition cannot be obtained. Making the diameter of the fine cellulose within the above-mentioned range is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the slidability of the molded article formed using the resin composition.
 本開示の一態様において、セルロースファイバーの繊維径は、好ましくは、4nm以上、又は10nm以上、又は20nm以上、又は30nm以上であり、好ましくは500nm以下、又は500nm未満、又は450nm以下、又は400nm以下、又は350nm以下、又は300nm以下、又は100nm以下、又は100nm未満である。 In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the fiber diameter of the cellulose fiber is preferably 4 nm or more, or 10 nm or more, or 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, preferably 500 nm or less, or less than 500 nm, or 450 nm or less, or 400 nm or less. , Or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm.
 本開示の一態様において、セルロースウィスカーの短径は、好ましくは、4nm以上、又は10nm以上、20nm以上、又は30nm以上であり、好ましくは500nm以下、又は500nm未満、又は450nm以下、又は400nm以下、又は350nm以下、又は300nm以下、又は100nm以下、又は100nm未満である。 In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the minor axis of the cellulose whisker is preferably 4 nm or more, or 10 nm or more, 20 nm or more, or 30 nm or more, preferably 500 nm or less, or less than 500 nm, or 450 nm or less, or 400 nm or less, Or 350 nm or less, or 300 nm or less, or 100 nm or less, or less than 100 nm.
 セルロースファイバーの繊維長(L)/繊維径(D)の比(L/D)は、一態様において30以上であり、好ましくは50以上、より好ましくは80以上、より好ましくは100以上、より好ましくは120以上、より好ましくは150以上、より好ましくは200以上、さらにより好ましくは300以上、最も好ましくは500以上であり、また好ましくは5000以下、より好ましくは4000以下、より好ましくは3000以下、更に好ましくは1000以下である。セルロースファイバーのL/Dが上述の範囲にあることは、樹脂組成物の引張破断強度及び熱安定性の向上の点で有利である。一態様において、セルロースファイバーのL/Dが1000以下であることは、樹脂組成物の溶融粘度を高くし過ぎない観点で有利である。 In one embodiment, the ratio (L / D) of the fiber length (L) / fiber diameter (D) of the cellulose fiber is 30 or more, preferably 50 or more, more preferably 80 or more, more preferably 100 or more, more preferably. Is 120 or more, more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, even more preferably 300 or more, and most preferably 500 or more, and also preferably 5000 or less, more preferably 4000 or less, and still more preferably 3000 or less. Preferably it is 1000 or less. It is advantageous that the L / D of the cellulose fiber is in the above-mentioned range in terms of improving the tensile strength at break and the thermal stability of the resin composition. In one embodiment, the L / D of the cellulose fiber of 1000 or less is advantageous from the viewpoint of not increasing the melt viscosity of the resin composition too much.
 セルロースウィスカーの長径(L)/短径(D)の比(L/D)は、一態様において30未満であり、好ましくは25以下、より好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは10以下、更に好ましくは5以下である。セルロースウィスカーのL/Dは1以上、好ましくは1.1以上、より好ましくは1.2以上、更に好ましくは1.5以上である。セルロースウィスカーのL/D比が上述の範囲内にあることは、一態様において、樹脂組成物に適度な流動性を付与できる点で有利である。 In one embodiment, the ratio (L / D) of the major axis (L) / minor axis (D) of the cellulose whisker is less than 30, preferably 25 or less, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, more preferably. It is 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less. The L / D of the cellulose whisker is 1 or more, preferably 1.1 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more, and further preferably 1.5 or more. Having the L / D ratio of the cellulose whiskers within the above-described range is advantageous in one aspect in that a suitable fluidity can be imparted to the resin composition.
 一態様において、微細セルロースは、セルロースファイバー、セルロースウィスカー、又はこれらの混合物である。本開示の複合粒子による利点が顕著である点で、微細セルロースは、セルロースファイバーであるか、又はセルロースファイバーとセルロースウィスカーとの混合物である。上記混合物のセルロースファイバー/セルロースウィスカー比率(質量基準)は、好ましくは90/10~10/90、より好ましくは80/20~20/80、更に好ましくは70/30~30/70である。 In one embodiment, the fine cellulose is a cellulose fiber, a cellulose whisker, or a mixture thereof. The fine cellulose is a cellulose fiber or a mixture of cellulose fibers and cellulose whiskers in that the advantages of the composite particles of the present disclosure are significant. The cellulose fiber / cellulose whisker ratio (by mass) of the above mixture is preferably 90/10 to 10/90, more preferably 80/20 to 20/80, and further preferably 70/30 to 30/70.
 一態様において、セルロースウィスカーは、セルロースファイバーと混合されることでセルロースファイバーの分散性を向上させ、その結果として樹脂組成物の力学的特性を向上させることができる。セルロースウィスカーは化学修飾されていても良く、化学修飾の態様はセルロースファイバーと同様であることができる。セルロースファイバーとセルロースウィスカーとを組合せる場合、セルロースファイバー100質量部に対するセルロースウィスカーの量は、好ましくは10~500質量部、より好ましくは20~300質量部、さらに好ましくは30~200質量部である。加工性と機械的特性とのバランスの観点から、セルロースウィスカーの量を上述の範囲内とすることが望ましい。 In one embodiment, the cellulose whiskers can improve the dispersibility of the cellulose fibers by being mixed with the cellulose fibers, and as a result, can improve the mechanical properties of the resin composition. The cellulose whisker may be chemically modified, and the aspect of the chemical modification may be the same as that of the cellulose fiber. When cellulose fibers and cellulose whiskers are combined, the amount of cellulose whiskers is preferably from 10 to 500 parts by mass, more preferably from 20 to 300 parts by mass, even more preferably from 30 to 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose fibers. . From the viewpoint of the balance between processability and mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of cellulose whisker be within the above range.
 微細セルロース(例えば、セルロースウィスカー及びセルロースファイバーの各々)の数平均径、数平均長さ及びL/Dは、微細セルロースの水分散液を水溶性溶媒(例えば、水、エタノール、tert-ブタノール等)で0.01質量%~0.1質量%まで希釈し、高剪断ホモジナイザー(例えば、日本精機(株)製、商品名「エクセルオートホモジナイザーED-7」、IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)を用い、処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で分散させ、マイカ上にキャストし、風乾したものを測定サンプルとし、高分解能走査型顕微鏡(SEM)又は原子間力顕微鏡(AFM)で計測して求める。具体的には、少なくとも100本の微細セルロースが観測されるように倍率が調整された観察視野にて、無作為に選んだ100本の微細セルロースの長さ及び径を計測する(この値から個々の微細セルロースのL/Dを算出できる)。そして、得られた100個の径及び長さの平均値を微細セルロースの数平均径及び数平均長さとする。一態様においては、セルロースウィスカーとセルロースファイバーとを、比(L/D)が30未満のものをセルロースウィスカー、30以上のものをセルロースファイバーと分類することで互いに区別してよい。一態様において、微細セルロースがセルロースウィスカーとセルロースファイバーとの混合物である場合、L/Dが30以上のセルロースファイバー100本以上と、L/Dが30未満のセルロースウィスカー100本以上の、合計200本以上での測定を行う。 The number average diameter, number average length, and L / D of fine cellulose (eg, cellulose whiskers and cellulose fibers) can be determined by using an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose in a water-soluble solvent (eg, water, ethanol, tert-butanol, etc.). And then diluted with a high shear homogenizer (eg, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name “Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7”, manufactured by IKA, trade name “Ultra Turrax T18”). )), And processing conditions: disperse at 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes, cast on mica, air-dry, and use as a measurement sample, high-resolution scanning microscope (SEM) or atomic force microscope (AFM) Measure with and find. Specifically, the length and diameter of 100 randomly selected microcellulose are measured in an observation field of view in which the magnification is adjusted so that at least 100 microcellulose are observed. L / D of the fine cellulose can be calculated). Then, the average value of the diameter and length of the obtained 100 pieces is defined as the number average diameter and number average length of the fine cellulose. In one embodiment, the cellulose whiskers and the cellulose fibers may be distinguished from each other by classifying cellulose whiskers having a ratio (L / D) of less than 30 as cellulose whiskers and those having a ratio (L / D) of 30 or more as cellulose fibers. In one embodiment, when the fine cellulose is a mixture of cellulose whiskers and cellulose fibers, a total of 200 cellulose fibers of 100 or more cellulose fibers having an L / D of 30 or more and 100 or more cellulose whiskers having an L / D of less than 30 are used. The above measurement is performed.
 図1は、セルロースファイバーとしての微細セルロースの例を示す顕微鏡画像である。いずれのセルロースも繊維状の構造をなし、L/Dが30以上の高L/Dであることが判る。なお図2A及び図2Bは、セルロースウィスカーの例を示す顕微鏡画像である。図2Bは図2Aの部分拡大図である。いずれのセルロースも針状結晶粒子状の構造をなし、L/Dが30未満の低L/Dであることが判る。 FIG. 1 is a microscope image showing an example of fine cellulose as a cellulose fiber. It can be seen that any cellulose has a fibrous structure and has a high L / D of 30 or more. 2A and 2B are microscopic images showing examples of cellulose whiskers. FIG. 2B is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 2A. It can be seen that all celluloses have a needle-like crystal particle structure and have a low L / D of less than 30.
 樹脂組成物中又は複合粒子中の微細セルロース(例えば、セルロースウィスカー及びセルロースファイバーの各々)の長さ、径、及びL/D比は、固体である樹脂組成物又は複合粒子を測定サンプルとして、上述の測定方法により測定することで確認してもよい。樹脂組成物又は複合粒子から微細セルロースを水分散体として取り出す方法としては、熱可塑性樹脂が溶解する溶媒(例えば、ポリオレフィンに対しては1,2,4-トリクロロベンゼン又は1,2-ジクロロベンゼン、ポリアミドに対してはヘキサフルオロ-2-イソプロパノール、等が挙げられるが、樹脂溶解剤はこれらに限定されるものではない。)で熱可塑性樹脂を溶解させた後、ろ過や遠心分離を用いて微細セルロースを分離し、前記溶媒で充分に洗浄する。その後、溶媒を純水に置換した後、最終的に、高剪断ホモジナイザー(例えば日本精機(株)製、商品名「エクセルオートホモジナイザーED-7」、IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)を用い、処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で分散させることで水分散体を取り出すことができる。 The length, diameter, and L / D ratio of fine cellulose (for example, each of cellulose whiskers and cellulose fibers) in the resin composition or the composite particles are determined using the solid resin composition or the composite particles as a measurement sample. It may be confirmed by measuring according to the measurement method described above. As a method for removing fine cellulose as an aqueous dispersion from the resin composition or the composite particles, a solvent in which the thermoplastic resin is dissolved (for example, 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene or 1,2-dichlorobenzene for polyolefin, For the polyamide, hexafluoro-2-isopropanol and the like can be mentioned, but the resin dissolving agent is not limited to these.) After dissolving the thermoplastic resin by filtration, fine filtration is performed using filtration or centrifugation. The cellulose is separated and washed thoroughly with the solvent. Thereafter, the solvent was replaced with pure water, and finally, a high shear homogenizer (eg, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name “Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7”, IKA, trade name “Ultra Turrax T18”) And an aqueous dispersion can be taken out by dispersing at a processing condition of 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes.
 本実施形態の微細セルロースの数平均径は、比表面積から算出される比表面積相当径であってもよい。すなわち、一態様において、微細セルロースの比表面積相当径が本開示の範囲であってよい。本開示で、比表面積相当径とは、窒素吸着によるBET法で得られる比表面積から算出される径である。 The number average diameter of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment may be a specific surface area equivalent diameter calculated from the specific surface area. That is, in one embodiment, the equivalent diameter of the specific surface area of the fine cellulose may be in the range of the present disclosure. In this disclosure, the specific surface area equivalent diameter is a diameter calculated from the specific surface area obtained by the BET method using nitrogen adsorption.
 比表面積相当径は、微細セルロースの水分散体をtBuOHで溶媒置換した後乾燥させて多孔質シートを作製し、当該多孔質シートの比表面積を窒素吸着によるBET法を用いて測定して得られる値である。微細セルロースを、セルロース間の融着が全く起こっていない理想状態であり、かつセルロース密度がd(g/cm3)、径がD(nm)である円柱と仮定したとき、比表面積と径は下記の式で表される。
   比表面積(m2/g)=4000/(dD)
そして、セルロース密度を1.50g/cm3とすると、径は下記の式で表される。
   D(nm)=2667/比表面積(m2/g)
The specific surface area equivalent diameter is obtained by preparing a porous sheet by replacing the aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose with tBuOH and then drying it, and measuring the specific surface area of the porous sheet using the BET method by nitrogen adsorption. Value. Assuming that the fine cellulose is an ideal state in which no fusion between the celluloses occurs and the cellulose density is d (g / cm 3 ) and the diameter is D (nm), the specific surface area and the diameter are as follows. It is represented by the following equation.
Specific surface area (m 2 / g) = 4000 / (dD)
When the cellulose density is 1.50 g / cm 3 , the diameter is represented by the following equation.
D (nm) = 2667 / specific surface area (m 2 / g)
 典型的な態様において、微細セルロースは、結晶構造がセルロースI型及び/又はII型を有する。セルロースの結晶形としては、I型、II型、III型、IV型等が知られている。I型及びII型のセルロースは汎用されている一方、III型及びIV型のセルロースは実験室スケールでは得られているものの工業スケールでは汎用されていない。微細セルロースとしては、構造上の可動性が比較的高く、当該微細セルロースを樹脂に分散させることにより、線熱膨張率がより低く、引っ張り時及び曲げ変形時の強度及び伸びがより優れた樹脂組成物が得られることから、セルロースI型結晶又はセルロースII型結晶を含有する微細セルロースが好ましい。 In a typical embodiment, the fine cellulose has a crystalline structure of cellulose type I and / or II. As crystalline forms of cellulose, type I, type II, type III, type IV and the like are known. While type I and type II celluloses are commonly used, type III and type IV celluloses are obtained on a laboratory scale but not on an industrial scale. As a fine cellulose, a resin composition having relatively high structural mobility, dispersing the fine cellulose into a resin, having a lower coefficient of linear thermal expansion, and having higher strength and elongation at the time of tensile and bending deformation. From the viewpoint of obtaining a product, fine cellulose containing cellulose type I crystal or cellulose type II crystal is preferable.
 結晶構造は、グラファイトで単色化したCuKα(λ=0.15418nm)を用いた広角X線回折より得られる回折プロファイルより同定することが可能である。セルロースI型は2θ=14~17°付近と2θ=22~23°付近の2箇所の位置にピークを有する。セルロースII型は2θ=10°~19°に1つのピークと、2θ=19°~25°に2つのピークとを有する。セルロースI型及びセルロースII型が混在する場合、2θ=10°~25°の範囲で最大6本のピークが観測される。 The crystal structure can be identified from a diffraction profile obtained by wide-angle X-ray diffraction using CuKα (λ = 0.15418 nm) monochromated with graphite. Cellulose type I has peaks at two positions around 2θ = 14 to 17 ° and around 2θ = 22 to 23 °. Cellulose type II has one peak at 2θ = 10 ° to 19 ° and two peaks at 2θ = 19 ° to 25 °. When cellulose type I and cellulose type II are mixed, up to six peaks are observed in the range of 2θ = 10 ° to 25 °.
 本実施形態の微細セルロース(特に、セルロースファイバー及びセルロースウィスカーの各々)の結晶化度は、好ましくは50%以上である。結晶化度がこの範囲にあると、微細セルロース(例えばセルロースファイバー)自体の力学物性(特に強度及び寸法安定性)が高まるため、微細セルロースを樹脂に分散してなる樹脂組成物の強度及び寸法安定性が高くなる傾向にある。本実施形態の微細セルロースの結晶化度は、より好ましくは55%以上、又は60%以上、又は65%以上、又は70%以上、又は80%以上である。微細セルロースの結晶化度は高いほど好ましい傾向にあるので、上限は特に限定されないが、生産上の観点から99%が好ましい上限である。 微細 The crystallinity of the fine cellulose (particularly, each of cellulose fiber and cellulose whisker) of the present embodiment is preferably 50% or more. When the crystallinity is in this range, the mechanical properties (particularly strength and dimensional stability) of the fine cellulose (for example, cellulose fiber) itself increase, so that the strength and dimensional stability of the resin composition obtained by dispersing the fine cellulose in the resin are increased. Tend to be higher. The crystallinity of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment is more preferably 55% or more, or 60% or more, or 65% or more, or 70% or more, or 80% or more. Since the higher the degree of crystallinity of the fine cellulose, the more preferable it is. Therefore, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 99% is a preferable upper limit from the viewpoint of production.
 結晶化度は、微細セルロースがセルロースI型結晶(天然セルロース由来)である場合には、サンプルを広角X線回折により測定した際の回折パターン(2θ/deg.が10~30)からSegal法により、以下の式で求められる。
結晶化度(%)=[I(200)-I(amorphous)]/I(200)×100
(200):セルロースI型結晶における200面(2θ=22.5°)による回折ピーク強度
(amorphous):セルロースI型結晶におけるアモルファスによるハローピーク強度であって、200面の回折角度より4.5°低角度側(2θ=18.0°)のピーク強度
When the fine cellulose is cellulose type I crystal (derived from natural cellulose), the crystallinity is determined by the Segal method from the diffraction pattern (2θ / deg. Of 10 to 30) when the sample is measured by wide-angle X-ray diffraction. Is obtained by the following equation.
Crystallinity (%) = [I (200) -I (amorphous) ] / I (200) × 100
I (200) : Diffraction peak intensity due to 200 planes (2θ = 22.5 °) in cellulose I-type crystal I (amorphous) : Halo peak intensity due to amorphous phase in cellulose I-type crystal Peak intensity at the low angle side of 0.5 ° (2θ = 18.0 °)
 また結晶化度は、セルロースがセルロースII型結晶(再生セルロース由来)である場合には、広角X線回折において、セルロースII型結晶の(110)面ピークに帰属される2θ=12.6°における絶対ピーク強度h0 とこの面間隔におけるベースラインからのピーク強度h1 とから、下記式によって求められる。
結晶化度(%) =h1 /h0 ×100
When the cellulose is a cellulose II crystal (derived from regenerated cellulose), the crystallinity at 2θ = 12.6 ° attributed to the (110) plane peak of the cellulose II crystal in wide-angle X-ray diffraction. From the absolute peak intensity h0 and the peak intensity h1 from the baseline at this plane interval, it is determined by the following equation.
Crystallinity (%) = h1 / h0 × 100
 微細セルロースの重合度(DP)は、100以上12000以下であることが好ましい。重合度はセルロース分子鎖を形成する無水グルコース単位の繰返し数である。微細セルロースの重合度が100以上であることで、微細セルロース自体の引張破断強度及び弾性率が向上し、樹脂組成物の高い引張破断強度及び熱安定性が発現するため好ましい。微細セルロースの重合度に特に上限はないが、12000を超える重合度のセルロースは実質的に入手が困難であり、工業的な利用が難しい傾向がある。取扱性及び工業的実施の観点から、微細セルロースの重合度は、150~8000が好ましい。重合度は、まず、銅エチレンジアミン溶液を用いたセルロース希薄溶液の極限粘度(JIS P 8215:1998)を求めた後、セルロースの極限粘度と重合度DPとが下記式(1)の関係であることを利用して、重合度DPとして求められる。
 極限粘度[η]=K×DPa (1)
 ここでK及びaは高分子の種類によって決まる定数であり、セルロースの場合、Kは5.7×10-3、aは1である。
The degree of polymerization (DP) of the fine cellulose is preferably 100 or more and 12,000 or less. The degree of polymerization is the number of repetitions of an anhydrous glucose unit forming a cellulose molecular chain. When the degree of polymerization of the fine cellulose is 100 or more, the tensile strength at break and the elastic modulus of the fine cellulose itself are improved, and the high tensile strength at break and the thermal stability of the resin composition are preferably exhibited. Although there is no particular upper limit on the degree of polymerization of fine cellulose, cellulose having a degree of polymerization exceeding 12,000 is practically difficult to obtain and tends to be difficult to use industrially. From the viewpoint of handleability and industrial implementation, the degree of polymerization of the fine cellulose is preferably from 150 to 8000. First, the intrinsic viscosity (JIS P 8215: 1998) of a dilute cellulose solution using a copper ethylenediamine solution is determined, and then the intrinsic viscosity of the cellulose and the polymerization degree DP have a relationship represented by the following formula (1). Is used to determine the degree of polymerization DP.
Intrinsic viscosity [η] = K x DPa (1)
Here, K and a are constants determined by the type of polymer. In the case of cellulose, K is 5.7 × 10 −3 and a is 1.
 一態様において、セルロースウィスカーの重合度は、好ましくは600以下、より好ましくは300以下であり、また好ましくは100以上、より好ましくは150以上である。 In one embodiment, the degree of polymerization of the cellulose whiskers is preferably 600 or less, more preferably 300 or less, and preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 150 or more.
 一態様において、微細セルロースの重量平均分子量(Mw)は100000以上であり、より好ましくは200000以上である。重量平均分子量と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)は6以下であり、好ましくは5.4以下である。重量平均分子量が大きいほどセルロース分子の末端基の数は少ないことを意味する。また、重量平均分子量と数平均分子量との比(Mw/Mn)は分子量分布の幅を表すものであることから、Mw/Mnが小さいほどセルロース分子の末端の数は少ないことを意味する。セルロース分子の末端は熱分解の起点となるため、微細セルロースのセルロース分子の重量平均分子量が大きいだけでなく、重量平均分子量が大きいと同時に分子量分布の幅が狭い場合に、特に高耐熱性の微細セルロース、及び微細セルロースと樹脂との樹脂複合体が得られる。繊維セルロースの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、セルロース原料の入手容易性の観点から、例えば600000以下、又は500000以下であってよい。重量平均分子量と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)は、繊維セルロースの製造容易性の観点から、例えば1.5以上、又は2以上であってよい。Mwは、目的に応じたMwを有するセルロース原料を選択すること、セルロース原料に対して物理的処理及び/又は化学的処理を適度な範囲で適切に行うこと、等によって上記範囲に制御できる。Mw/Mnもまた、目的に応じたMw/Mnを有するセルロース原料を選択すること、セルロース原料に対して物理的処理及び/又は化学的処理を適度な範囲で適切に行うこと、等によって上記範囲に制御できる。Mwの制御、及びMw/Mnの制御の両者において、上記物理的処理としては、マイクロフリュイダイザー、ボールミル、ディスクミル等の乾式粉砕若しくは湿式粉砕、擂潰機、ホモミキサー、高圧ホモジナイザー、超音波装置等による衝撃、せん断、ずり、摩擦等の機械的な力を加える物理的処理を例示でき、上記化学的処理としては、蒸解、漂白、酸処理、再生セルロース化等を例示できる。 に お い て In one embodiment, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fine cellulose is 100,000 or more, more preferably 200,000 or more. The ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight (Mn) is 6 or less, preferably 5.4 or less. The higher the weight average molecular weight, the smaller the number of terminal groups of the cellulose molecule. Further, since the ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight indicates the width of the molecular weight distribution, the smaller the Mw / Mn, the smaller the number of the terminal of the cellulose molecule. Since the end of the cellulose molecule is the starting point of thermal decomposition, not only the weight average molecular weight of the cellulose molecule of the fine cellulose is large, but also the weight average molecular weight is large and the width of the molecular weight distribution is narrow. Cellulose and a resin composite of fine cellulose and a resin are obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fibrous cellulose may be, for example, 600,000 or less or 500,000 or less from the viewpoint of availability of the cellulose raw material. The ratio (Mw / Mn) between the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight (Mn) may be, for example, 1.5 or more, or 2 or more, from the viewpoint of easy production of fibrous cellulose. Mw can be controlled in the above range by selecting a cellulose raw material having Mw according to the purpose, appropriately performing physical treatment and / or chemical treatment on the cellulose raw material within an appropriate range, and the like. Mw / Mn is also in the above range by selecting a cellulose raw material having Mw / Mn according to the purpose, appropriately performing physical treatment and / or chemical treatment on the cellulose raw material in an appropriate range, and the like. Can be controlled. In both the control of Mw and the control of Mw / Mn, the physical treatment includes dry or wet pulverization using a microfluidizer, a ball mill, a disk mill, etc., a crusher, a homomixer, a high-pressure homogenizer, and an ultrasonic device. And the like. Examples of the physical treatment for applying a mechanical force such as impact, shear, shear, friction and the like due to the above-mentioned chemical treatment include digestion, bleaching, acid treatment, regenerated cellulose and the like.
 ここでいうセルロースの重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量とは、セルロースを塩化リチウムが添加されたN,N-ジメチルアセトアミドに溶解させたうえで、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミドを溶媒としてゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィによって求めた値である。 The weight-average molecular weight and number-average molecular weight of the cellulose used herein are defined as the values obtained by dissolving cellulose in N, N-dimethylacetamide to which lithium chloride has been added and then performing gel permeation chromatography using N, N-dimethylacetamide as a solvent. This is the calculated value.
 本実施形態の微細セルロースは化学修飾されていてもよい(本開示では、化学修飾された微細セルロースを化学修飾微細セルロース、ともいう)。化学修飾は、微細セルロースの内部及び/又は表面のセルロース分子の水酸基に対して行われ、セルロース修飾化剤により水酸基が所望の官能基に置換される。例えば、微細セルロースの表面に存在する水酸基が酢酸エステル、硝酸エステル、硫酸エステル、リン酸エステル等にエステル化されたもの(エステル化微細セルロース)、メチルエーテルを代表とするアルキルエーテル、カルボキシメチルエーテルを代表とするカルボキシエーテル、シアノエチルエーテル等にエーテル化されたもの(エーテル化微細セルロース)、TEMPO(2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジノオキシラジカル)酸化触媒によって6位の水酸基が酸化され、カルボキシル基(酸型、塩型を含む)となったもの(カルボキシル化微細セルロース)が挙げられる。化学修飾は、樹脂と微細セルロースとの親和性が増すことで樹脂組成物の引張破断強度及び/若しくは熱安定性が向上する点、並びに/又は、ミクロフィブリル同士の解繊が容易に行われる点、並びに/又は、微細セルロースの耐熱性が向上することで高耐熱性のエンジニアリングプラスチックのフィラーとして使用可能になる点、で有利である。かかる化学修飾としては、反応プロセスの簡略化の観点、および、微細セルロース自体の耐熱性向上の観点から、好ましくはエステル化、より好ましくはアセチル化である。化学修飾は微細セルロースの一部(例えば、内部、表面のいずれか)、又は全部(例えば、内部及び表面の両方)で生じてよいが、化学修飾を微細セルロースの一部のみで生じさせることで、微細セルロースにセルロース骨格を残存させることができる。例えば、微細セルロースの表面のみを化学修飾し、中心部にセルロース骨格(特にセルロースI型又はII型の結晶構造)を残存させることができる。微細セルロースの一部が化学修飾されており、かつ該微細セルロースが結晶構造(典型的にはI型及び/又はII型、好ましくはI型)を有する場合、セルロース由来の高い引張破断強度及び寸法安定性が保持されつつ、化学修飾による耐熱性の向上及び樹脂複合時の樹脂との親和性の向上、樹脂組成物の寸法安定性の向上を実現でき、より好ましい。化学修飾された微細セルロースにおける化学修飾基の存在は1HNMRで確認できる。 The fine cellulose of the present embodiment may be chemically modified (in the present disclosure, chemically modified fine cellulose is also referred to as chemically modified fine cellulose). The chemical modification is performed on the hydroxyl groups of the cellulose molecules inside and / or on the surface of the fine cellulose, and the hydroxyl groups are replaced with desired functional groups by the cellulose modifying agent. For example, hydroxyl groups present on the surface of fine cellulose are esterified to acetate, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, etc. (esterified fine cellulose), alkyl ethers such as methyl ether, and carboxymethyl ether. The carboxy ether, cyanoethyl ether, etc. (etherified microcellulose), which are typical, and the hydroxyl group at position 6 is oxidized by a TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinooxy radical) oxidation catalyst. And carboxyl groups (including acid type and salt type) (carboxylated fine cellulose). The chemical modification is that the affinity between the resin and the fine cellulose is increased to improve the tensile strength at break and / or the thermal stability of the resin composition, and / or that the fibrillation between microfibrils is easily performed. This is advantageous in that the heat resistance of the fine cellulose is improved so that it can be used as a filler for engineering plastics having high heat resistance. Such chemical modification is preferably esterification, more preferably acetylation, from the viewpoint of simplifying the reaction process and improving the heat resistance of the fine cellulose itself. Chemical modification may occur on a portion (eg, inside or on the surface) of the microcellulose or on all (eg, both inside and on the surface). The cellulose skeleton can be left in the fine cellulose. For example, it is possible to chemically modify only the surface of the fine cellulose and leave a cellulose skeleton (particularly, a cellulose I-type or II-type crystal structure) in the center. When a part of the microcellulose is chemically modified and the microcellulose has a crystal structure (typically type I and / or type II, preferably type I), high tensile breaking strength and size derived from cellulose It is more preferable because the stability can be maintained, the heat resistance can be improved by chemical modification, the affinity with the resin at the time of resin composite can be improved, and the dimensional stability of the resin composition can be improved. The presence of a chemically modified group in the chemically modified fine cellulose can be confirmed by 1 HNMR.
 微細セルロースの熱分解開始温度(Td)は、特に限定されることはないが、加熱による微細セルロースの変色又は熱劣化が課題となる場合、熱分解開始温度は高い方が好ましい。熱分解開始温度(Td)は、好ましくは270℃以上、より好ましくは275℃以上、さらに好ましくは280℃以上、特に好ましくは285℃以上である。 熱 The thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td) of the fine cellulose is not particularly limited, but when discoloration or thermal degradation of the fine cellulose by heating becomes a problem, the higher the thermal decomposition onset temperature, the more preferable. The thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td) is preferably at least 270 ° C, more preferably at least 275 ° C, further preferably at least 280 ° C, particularly preferably at least 285 ° C.
 本開示で、熱分解開始温度(Td)とは、図3A及び図3Bの説明図に示すように、熱重量(TG)分析における、横軸が温度、縦軸が重量残存率%のグラフから求めた値である(なお、図3Bは図3Aの拡大図である。)。微細セルロースの150℃(水分がほぼ除去された状態)での重量(重量減少量0wt%)を起点としてさらに昇温を続け、1wt%重量減少時の温度と2wt%重量減少時の温度とを通る直線を得る。この直線と、重量減少量0wt%の起点を通る水平線(ベースライン)とが交わる点の温度を熱分解開始温度(Td)と定義する。なお、TG分析は(1)サンプル乾燥工程、及びこれに連続的に続く(2)測定工程の2つの工程からなる。(1)サンプル乾燥工程では、サンプルを窒素フロー100ml/min中で、室温から150℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、150℃で1時間保持した後、30℃になるまで冷却する。つづいて、(2)測定工程では、窒素フロー100ml/min中で、30℃から450℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温する。また、測定サンプルとして前述した化学修飾微細セルロース多孔質シートから円形に切り抜いたものを使用し、アルミ試料パン中に10mg分重ねて入れて測定する。 In the present disclosure, the thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td) is, as shown in the explanatory diagrams of FIGS. 3A and 3B, a thermogravimetric (TG) analysis from a graph in which the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents weight retention%. This is the calculated value (FIG. 3B is an enlarged view of FIG. 3A). Starting from the weight (weight loss of 0 wt%) at 150 ° C. (in a state where water is almost removed) of the fine cellulose, the temperature is further increased, and the temperature at the time of 1 wt% weight loss and the temperature at the time of 2 wt% weight loss are changed. Get a straight line through. The temperature at the point where this straight line intersects with the horizontal line (base line) passing through the starting point of the weight loss of 0 wt% is defined as the thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td). The TG analysis is composed of two steps: (1) a sample drying step and (2) a measurement step that follows the drying step. (1) In the sample drying step, the sample is heated from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, kept at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to 30 ° C. Cooling. Subsequently, in the measurement step (2), the temperature is increased from 30 ° C. to 450 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min. Further, as a measurement sample, a circularly cut-out piece of the above-mentioned porous sheet of chemically modified fine cellulose is used, and 10 mg of the sample is placed in an aluminum sample pan and measured.
 1%重量減少温度は、上記熱分解開始温度(Td)の方法で昇温を続けた際の、150℃の重量を起点とした1重量%重量減少時の温度である。 The 1% weight loss temperature is the temperature at the time of 1% weight loss starting from the weight of 150 ° C. when the temperature is raised by the method of the above-mentioned thermal decomposition onset temperature (Td).
 本実施形態の微細セルロースの250℃重量減少率は、図4の説明図に示すように、熱重量(TG)分析において、微細セルロースを250℃、窒素フロー下で2時間保持した時の重量減少率である。なお、TG分析は(1)サンプル乾燥工程、及びこれに連続的に続く(2)測定工程の2つの工程からなる。(1)サンプル乾燥工程では、窒素フロー100ml/min中で、室温から150℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、150℃で1時間保持する。つづいて、(2)測定工程では、窒素フロー100ml/min中で、150℃から250℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、そのまま250℃で2時間保持する。また、測定サンプルとして前述した化学修飾微細セルロース多孔質シートから円形に切り抜いたものを使用し、アルミ試料パン中に10mg分重ねて入れて測定する。 As shown in the explanatory diagram of FIG. 4, the weight reduction rate of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment at 250 ° C. was determined by thermogravimetric (TG) analysis when the fine cellulose was kept at 250 ° C. under a nitrogen flow for 2 hours. Rate. The TG analysis is composed of two steps: (1) a sample drying step and (2) a measurement step that follows the drying step. (1) In the sample drying step, the temperature is raised from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, and maintained at 150 ° C. for 1 hour. Subsequently, in the measurement step (2), the temperature is increased from 150 ° C. to 250 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min in a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, and is maintained at 250 ° C. for 2 hours. Further, as a measurement sample, a circularly cut-out piece of the above-mentioned porous sheet of chemically modified fine cellulose is used, and 10 mg of the sample is placed in an aluminum sample pan and measured.
 微細セルロースのゼータ電位は、-5mV以下であることが好ましい。ゼータ電位がこの範囲にある場合、微細セルロース成分とベース樹脂とをコンパウンドした際に、微細セルロース成分とベース樹脂との過度の結合を生じることなく、良好な溶融流動性を保つことができる。ゼータ電位は、より好ましくは-10mV以下であり、さらに好ましくは-20mV以下であり、特に好ましくは-25mV以下であり、最も好ましくは-30mV以下である。この値が小さいほどコンパウンドの物性が優れるため下限は特に限定されるものではないが、製造容易性の観点から-10mV以上が好ましい。
 なお、化学修飾されている微細セルロースにおいては、その特性が修飾基による影響を強く受けるため、-5mVを超えるゼータ電位であっても良好な溶融流動性を保つことができる。したがって、化学修飾されている微細セルロースのゼータ電位は上記範囲外であってもよい。
The zeta potential of the fine cellulose is preferably -5 mV or less. When the zeta potential is in this range, when the fine cellulose component and the base resin are compounded, good melt fluidity can be maintained without excessive bonding between the fine cellulose component and the base resin. The zeta potential is more preferably -10 mV or less, further preferably -20 mV or less, particularly preferably -25 mV or less, and most preferably -30 mV or less. The smaller the value is, the more excellent the physical properties of the compound are, so the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably −10 mV or more from the viewpoint of easy production.
In the case of fine cellulose which has been chemically modified, its properties are strongly affected by the modifying groups, and therefore, good melt fluidity can be maintained even at a zeta potential exceeding -5 mV. Therefore, the zeta potential of the chemically modified fine cellulose may be outside the above range.
 ゼータ電位は以下の方法で測定することができる。微細セルロース1質量%濃度の純水懸濁液を高剪断ホモジナイザー(例えば、日本精機(株)製、商品名「エクセルオートホモジナイザーED-7」、IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)を用い、処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で分散させて得た水分散体を、0.01~0.5質量%まで純水で希釈し、ゼータ電位計(例えばマルバーン社製、装置名ゼータサイザーナノZS)を使用し、25℃、pH7で測定する。 The zeta potential can be measured by the following method. A suspension of pure water having a concentration of 1% by mass of fine cellulose was mixed with a high-shear homogenizer (for example, Nippon Seiki Co., Ltd., trade name "Excel Auto Homogenizer ED-7", IKA, trade name "Ultra Turrax T18"). Processing conditions: A water dispersion obtained by dispersing at 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes at a rotation speed was diluted with pure water to 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, and a zeta potentiometer (for example, an apparatus manufactured by Malvern Co., Ltd. It is measured at 25 ° C. and pH 7 using the name Zetasizer Nano ZS).
 本実施形態の微細セルロースはリグニン等を含む酸不溶成分及び/又はヘミセルロース等を含むアルカリ可溶多糖類を含んでいても良い。酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類の含有量は微細セルロースの耐熱性及び樹脂組成物中の分散性に影響を及ぼすため、目的に応じて調整すれば良い。一般的に酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類の含有量が多いと、微細セルロースの耐熱性低下及びそれに伴う変色、微細セルロースの力学的特性の低下等を誘起する。したがって、例えば、ポリアミド樹脂のような高温で溶融混練する樹脂を用いて樹脂組成物を製造する場合、セルロース原料中の酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率は少ない方が好ましい場合がある。 微細 The fine cellulose of the present embodiment may contain an acid-insoluble component containing lignin and / or an alkali-soluble polysaccharide containing hemicellulose and the like. The contents of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide affect the heat resistance of fine cellulose and the dispersibility in the resin composition, and may be adjusted according to the purpose. In general, when the content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide is large, the heat resistance of the fine cellulose is reduced, the discoloration accompanying the content is reduced, and the mechanical properties of the fine cellulose are reduced. Therefore, for example, when producing a resin composition using a resin that is melt-kneaded at a high temperature such as a polyamide resin, it is preferable that the average content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the cellulose raw material is preferably smaller. is there.
 微細セルロース中の酸不溶成分平均含有率(一態様においてリグニン平均含有率)は、好ましくは10質量%未満、より好ましくは8質量%以下、さらに好ましくは7質量%以下、さらにより好ましくは6質量%以下、最も好ましくは5質量%以下である。酸不溶成分平均含有率は、0質量%であってよいが、微細セルロースの製造容易性の観点から、例えば0.1質量%以上、又は0.5質量%以上、又は1質量%以上、又は2質量%以上、又は3質量%以上であってもよい。 The average content of the acid-insoluble component in the fine cellulose (average lignin content in one embodiment) is preferably less than 10% by mass, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 7% by mass or less, and still more preferably 6% by mass. %, Most preferably 5% by mass or less. The average content of the acid-insoluble component may be 0% by mass, but from the viewpoint of easy production of fine cellulose, for example, 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, or It may be 2% by mass or more, or 3% by mass or more.
 酸不溶成分の定量は、非特許文献(木質科学実験マニュアル、日本木材学会編、92~97頁、2000年)に記載のクラーソン法を用いた酸不溶成分の定量として行う。なおこの方法は当業界においてリグニン量の測定方法として理解されている。硫酸溶液中でサンプルを撹拌してセルロース及びヘミセルロース等を溶解させた後、ガラスファイバーろ紙で濾過し、得られた残渣が酸不溶成分に該当する。この酸不溶成分重量より酸不溶成分含有率を算出し、そして、3サンプルについて算出した酸不溶成分含有率の数平均を酸不溶成分平均含有率とする。 定量 The quantitative determination of the acid-insoluble component is performed as the quantitative determination of the acid-insoluble component using the Klason method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000). This method is understood in the art as a method for measuring the amount of lignin. The sample is stirred in a sulfuric acid solution to dissolve cellulose, hemicellulose, and the like, and then filtered through a glass fiber filter, and the obtained residue corresponds to the acid-insoluble component. The content of the acid-insoluble component is calculated from the weight of the acid-insoluble component, and the number average of the content of the acid-insoluble component calculated for the three samples is defined as the average content of the acid-insoluble component.
 微細セルロース中のアルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率(一態様においてヘミセルロース平均含有率)は、好ましくは13質量%以下、より好ましくは12質量%以下、より好ましくは8質量%以下、さらに好ましくは5質量%以下である。アルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率は、0質量%であってよいが、微細セルロースの製造容易性の観点から、例えば1質量%以上、又は3質量%以上、又は6質量%以上であってもよい。好ましい態様においては、微細セルロースが、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率として上記範囲の値を有し、かつ結晶化度として、本開示の範囲の値(特に好ましくは60%以上)を有する。 The average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharides in fine cellulose (in one embodiment, the average content of hemicellulose) is preferably 13% by mass or less, more preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, further preferably 5% by mass or less. % By mass or less. The alkali-soluble polysaccharide average content may be 0% by mass, but from the viewpoint of easy production of fine cellulose, for example, may be 1% by mass or more, or 3% by mass or more, or 6% by mass or more. Good. In a preferred embodiment, the fine cellulose has a value in the above range as the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide, and has a value in the range of the present disclosure (particularly preferably 60% or more) as the crystallinity.
 本開示におけるアルカリ可溶多糖類は、ヘミセルロースのほか、β-セルロース及びγ-セルロースも包含する。アルカリ可溶多糖類とは、植物(例えば木材)を溶媒抽出及び塩素処理して得られるホロセルロースのうちのアルカリ可溶多糖類として得られる成分(すなわちホロセルロースからα-セルロースを除いた成分)として当業者に理解される。アルカリ可溶分は、水酸基を含む多糖であり耐熱性が悪く、熱がかかった場合に分解すること、熱エージング時に黄変を引き起こすこと、セルロース繊維の強度低下の原因になること等の不都合を招来し得ることから、微細セルロース中のアルカリ可溶多糖類含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 ア ル カ リ The alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the present disclosure includes β-cellulose and γ-cellulose in addition to hemicellulose. The alkali-soluble polysaccharide is a component obtained as an alkali-soluble polysaccharide from holocellulose obtained by subjecting a plant (eg, wood) to solvent extraction and chlorination (ie, a component obtained by removing α-cellulose from holocellulose). As understood by those skilled in the art. Alkali-soluble components are polysaccharides containing hydroxyl groups and have poor heat resistance, decompose when heated, cause yellowing during thermal aging, and cause inconvenience such as a decrease in the strength of cellulose fibers. It is preferable that the content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the fine cellulose is small, because it can cause the occurrence.
 アルカリ可溶多糖類含有率は非特許文献(木質科学実験マニュアル、日本木材学会編、92~97頁、2000年)に記載の手法より求めることができ、ホロセルロース含有率(Wise法)からαセルロース含有率を差し引くことで求められる。なおこの方法は当業界においてヘミセルロース量の測定方法として理解されている。1つのサンプルにつき3回アルカリ可溶多糖類含有率を算出し、算出したアルカリ可溶多糖類含有率の数平均をアルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率とする。 The content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide can be determined by the method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000), and is calculated from the holocellulose content (Wise method). It is determined by subtracting the cellulose content. This method is understood in the art as a method for measuring the amount of hemicellulose. The alkali-soluble polysaccharide content is calculated three times for one sample, and the number average of the calculated alkali-soluble polysaccharide content is defined as the alkali-soluble polysaccharide average content.
 本実施形態における微細セルロースの酸不溶成分平均含有率及びアルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率は、微細セルロース製造に使用したセルロース原料の酸不溶成分平均含有率及びアルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率から算出してもよい。 The average content of the acid-insoluble component and the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide of the fine cellulose in the present embodiment are calculated from the average content of the acid-insoluble component and the average content of the alkali-soluble polysaccharide of the cellulose raw material used for the production of the fine cellulose. May be.
 以下、微細セルロースの製造方法について例示する。
 微細セルロースの原料となるセルロース繊維(セルロース原料とも言う)としては、天然セルロース及び再生セルロースを用いることができる。天然セルロースとしては、木材種(広葉樹又は針葉樹)から得られる木材パルプ、非木材種(綿、竹、麻、バガス、ケナフ、コットンリンター、サイザル、ワラ等)から得られる非木材パルプ、動物(例えばホヤ類)や藻類、微生物(例えば酢酸菌)、微生物産生物等を起源としたセルロース繊維集合体を使用できる。再生セルロースとしては、再生セルロース繊維(ビスコース、キュプラ、テンセル等)のカット糸等、セルロース誘導体繊維のカット糸等、エレクトロスピニング法により得られた再生セルロース又はセルロース誘導体の極細糸等を使用できる。これらの原料は必要に応じて、ビーターやリファイナー等の機械力による叩解、フィブリル化、微細化により繊維径、繊維長、フィブリル化度等を調整したり、薬品を用いて漂白、精製し、リグニンやヘミセルロース等のセルロース以外の含有率を調整したりすることができる。
Hereinafter, a method for producing fine cellulose will be exemplified.
As a cellulose fiber (also referred to as a cellulose raw material) as a raw material of fine cellulose, natural cellulose and regenerated cellulose can be used. As natural cellulose, wood pulp obtained from wood species (hardwood or conifer), non-wood pulp obtained from non-wood species (cotton, bamboo, hemp, bagasse, kenaf, cotton linter, sisal, straw, etc.), animals (for example, Cellulose fiber aggregates derived from sea squirts), algae, microorganisms (for example, acetic acid bacteria), and microbial products can be used. Examples of the regenerated cellulose include cut yarns of regenerated cellulose fibers (such as viscose, cupra, and Tencel), cut yarns of cellulose derivative fibers, and ultrafine yarns of regenerated cellulose or cellulose derivatives obtained by electrospinning. These raw materials may be used to adjust the fiber diameter, fiber length, degree of fibrillation, etc. by beating, fibrillation, or refining by mechanical force of a beater or refiner, etc., or bleaching, refining using chemicals, and lignin And the content of non-cellulose such as hemicellulose and the like can be adjusted.
 パルプに残存するセルロース以外の成分として酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類を挙げることができるが、通常の態様において、これらの成分は微細セルロース製造後も残存する。そして、微細セルロースに含まれる酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類はいずれも樹脂組成物中の微細セルロースの分散性、耐熱性等に影響し、目的に応じて調整されてよい。上述のように、微細セルロースの耐熱性向上等が求められる場合、セルロース原料中の酸不溶成分及びアルカリ可溶多糖類の含有量は少なく、セルロース純度(α-セルロース含有率)が高い方が好ましい場合がある。このような場合、原料として、セルロースI型結晶の原料については、セルロース純度(α-セルロース含有率)80質量%以上であるセルロースを用いることが、樹脂組成物の変色抑制及び組成物物性保持の観点から好ましい。セルロース純度は、より好ましくは85質量%以上、更に好ましくは90質量%以上、特に好ましくは95質量%以上である。 成分 Acid-insoluble components and alkali-soluble polysaccharides can be mentioned as components other than cellulose remaining in the pulp, but in a usual embodiment, these components remain even after the production of fine cellulose. The acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide contained in the fine cellulose all affect the dispersibility, heat resistance and the like of the fine cellulose in the resin composition, and may be adjusted according to the purpose. As described above, when improvement in heat resistance or the like of fine cellulose is required, it is preferable that the content of the acid-insoluble component and the alkali-soluble polysaccharide in the cellulose raw material is small and the cellulose purity (α-cellulose content) is high. There are cases. In such a case, for the raw material of the cellulose I-type crystal, it is preferable to use cellulose having a cellulose purity (α-cellulose content) of 80% by mass or more to suppress the discoloration of the resin composition and maintain the properties of the composition. Preferred from a viewpoint. The cellulose purity is more preferably at least 85% by mass, still more preferably at least 90% by mass, particularly preferably at least 95% by mass.
 セルロース純度は非特許文献(木質科学実験マニュアル、日本木材学会編、92~97頁、2000年)に記載のαセルロース含有率測定法より求めることができる。 The cellulose purity can be determined by the α-cellulose content measuring method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Science Society, pp. 92-97, 2000).
 セルロースII型結晶の原料については、前記αセルロース含有率測定法を使用すると低めのセルロース純度を示すことがある(元来、αセルロース含有率測定法はセルロースI型結晶の原料、例えば木材、の分析に開発された方法のため)。しかし、セルロースII型結晶の原料はセルロースI型結晶を原料にして加工・製造された製品(例えば、ビスコースレーヨン、キュプラ、リヨセル、マーセル化セルロース等)であるため、元来セルロース純度は高い。したがって、セルロースII型結晶の原料についてはセルロース純度が85質量%未満であっても、本実施形態の微細セルロースの原料として好ましい。 For the raw material of the cellulose II crystal, a lower cellulose purity may be exhibited when the α-cellulose content measuring method is used (originally, the α-cellulose content measuring method is a raw material of the cellulose I crystal, such as wood). For the method developed in the analysis). However, since the raw material of the cellulose II crystal is a product processed and manufactured from the cellulose I crystal (for example, viscose rayon, cupra, lyocell, mercerized cellulose, etc.), the cellulose purity is originally high. Therefore, even if the cellulose purity is less than 85% by mass, it is preferable as the raw material of the fine cellulose of the present embodiment.
 セルロース原料に剪断を与え、微細化することで微細セルロースが得られる。微細化に伴う微細セルロースの結晶化度低下を防ぐためには、液体中での剪断が好ましい。例えば、解繊溶媒中でビーター又はディスクレファイナー(ダブルディスクレファイナー)のような叩解装置でフィブリル化を高度に促進させた後、高圧ホモジナイザー、超高圧ホモジナイザー、グラインダー等による微細化処理を施す方法、粉砕等の強力な機械的解繊ではない方法(TEMPO酸化、有機溶媒中でのセルロース水酸基の化学修飾等)により解繊を行う方法、等が挙げられる。 微細 Fine cellulose is obtained by applying shear to the cellulose raw material to make it finer. In order to prevent a decrease in the crystallinity of the fine cellulose due to the fineness, shearing in a liquid is preferable. For example, a method in which fibrillation is highly promoted by a beater such as a beater or a disc refiner (double disc refiner) in a fibrillation solvent, and then subjected to a fine treatment by a high-pressure homogenizer, an ultra-high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, or the like. And a method of performing fibrillation by a method other than strong mechanical fibrillation such as pulverization (TEMPO oxidation, chemical modification of cellulose hydroxyl group in an organic solvent, etc.).
 解繊溶媒としては水、非プロトン性溶媒等が有用である。非プロトン性溶媒を含む解繊溶媒をセルロース原料(好ましくはセルロース純度80質量%以上のセルロース原料)に含浸させるとセルロースが短時間で膨潤する。この状態で、剪断エネルギーを与えることで微細化処理を施すことができる。水溶媒での微細化処理と比較し、非プロトン性溶媒での微細化は、低エネルギーで解繊できる点、及び、化学修飾を解繊と同時又は解繊後に続けて行える点でプロセス上簡便である点で、より好ましい。 水 As the fibrillation solvent, water, aprotic solvent and the like are useful. When a fibrillation solvent containing an aprotic solvent is impregnated into a cellulose raw material (preferably a cellulose raw material having a cellulose purity of 80% by mass or more), the cellulose swells in a short time. In this state, a finer treatment can be performed by applying shear energy. Compared to refinement treatment with water solvent, refinement with aprotic solvent is simpler in process because it can be defibrated with low energy and chemical modification can be performed simultaneously with or after defibration. Is more preferable.
 非プロトン性溶媒として、例えば、アルキルスルホキシド類、アルキルアミド類、ピロリドン類等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。 Examples of the aprotic solvent include alkyl sulfoxides, alkyl amides, and pyrrolidones. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルキルスルホキシド類としては、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)、メチルエチルスルホキシド、ジエチルスルホキシド等のジC1-4アルキルスルホキシド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl sulfoxides include, for example, di C 1-4 alkyl sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), methyl ethyl sulfoxide, and diethyl sulfoxide.
 アルキルアミド類としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、N,N-ジエチルホルムアミド等のN,N-ジC1-4アルキルホルムアミド;N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)、N,N-ジエチルアセトアミド等のN,N-ジC1-4アルキルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkylamides include N, N-diC1-4alkylformamides such as N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF) and N, N-diethylformamide; N, N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc), N, N N, N-diC1-4alkylacetamides such as -diethylacetamide and the like.
 ピロリドン類としては、例えば、2-ピロリドン、3-ピロリドン等のピロリドン;N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)等のN-C1-4アルキルピロリドン等が挙げられる。 Examples of pyrrolidones include, for example, pyrrolidone such as 2-pyrrolidone and 3-pyrrolidone; and N-C1-4 alkylpyrrolidone such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).
 これらの非プロトン性溶媒は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。これらの非プロトン性溶媒(括弧内の数字はドナー数)のうち、DMSO(29.8)、DMF(26.6)、DMAc(27.8)、NMP(27.3)等、特に、DMSOを用いれば、熱分解開始温度が高い微細セルロースをより効率的に製造することができる。この作用機序は必ずしも明らかではないが、非プロトン性溶媒中でのセルロース原料の均質なミクロ膨潤に起因するものと推察される。 These aprotic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these aprotic solvents (the number in parentheses is the number of donors), DMSO (29.8), DMF (26.6), DMAc (27.8), NMP (27.3) and the like, particularly DMSO If is used, fine cellulose having a high thermal decomposition initiation temperature can be produced more efficiently. The mechanism of this action is not necessarily clear, but is presumed to be due to the homogeneous micro-swelling of the cellulose raw material in the aprotic solvent.
 撹拌又は剪断エネルギーを付与する方法として、例えば、遊星ボールミル及びビーズミルのような衝突剪断が加わる装置、ディスクリファイナー及びグラインダーのようなセルロースのフィブリル化を誘因する回転剪断場が加わる装置、あるいは各種ニーダー及びプラネタリーミキサーのような混練、撹拌、及び分散の機能を高効率で実施可能な装置を用いることで得ることができる。より具体的には、離解機、叩解機、リファイナー、低圧ホモジナイザー、高圧ホモジナイザー、超高圧ホモジナイザー、ホモミキサー、グラインダー、マスコロイダー、カッターミル、ボールミル、ジェットミル、単軸押出機、2軸押出機、超音波攪拌機、家庭用ジューサーミキサー等を挙げることができる。 As a method of applying agitation or shearing energy, for example, a device to which impact shear is applied such as a planetary ball mill and a bead mill, a device to which a rotary shear field which induces fibrillation of cellulose such as a disc refiner and a grinder is added, or various kneaders and The kneading, stirring, and dispersing functions, such as a planetary mixer, can be obtained by using an apparatus capable of performing the functions with high efficiency. More specifically, a disintegrator, a beater, a refiner, a low-pressure homogenizer, a high-pressure homogenizer, an ultra-high-pressure homogenizer, a homomixer, a grinder, a mass colloider, a cutter mill, a ball mill, a jet mill, a single-screw extruder, a twin-screw extruder, Examples thereof include an ultrasonic stirrer and a household juicer mixer.
 セルロースウィスカーは、セルロース原料を加水分解しセルロースの非晶部分を溶解することで、高効率で得ることができる。 Cellulose whiskers can be obtained with high efficiency by hydrolyzing cellulose raw materials and dissolving the amorphous part of cellulose.
 加水分解の方法は、特に制限されないが、酸加水分解、アルカリ酸化分解、熱水分解、スチームエクスプロージョン、マイクロ波分解等が挙げられる。これらの方法は、単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。酸加水分解の方法では、例えば、セルロース原料を水系媒体に分散させた状態で、プロトン酸、カルボン酸、ルイス酸、ヘテロポリ酸等を適量加え、攪拌させながら加温することにより、容易に平均重合度を制御できる。この際の温度、圧力、時間等の反応条件は、セルロース種、セルロース濃度、酸種、酸濃度により異なるが、目的とする平均重合度が達成されるよう適宜調製されるものである。例えば、2質量%以下の鉱酸水溶液を使用し、100℃以上、加圧下で、10分間以上セルロースを処理するという条件が挙げられる。この条件のとき、酸等の触媒成分がセルロース内部まで浸透し、加水分解が促進され、使用する触媒成分量が少なくなり、その後の精製も容易になる。なお、加水分解時のセルロース原料の分散液には、水の他、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲において有機溶媒を少量含んでいてもよい。 方法 The method of hydrolysis is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include acid hydrolysis, alkali oxidative decomposition, hydrothermal decomposition, steam explosion, and microwave decomposition. These methods may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the method of acid hydrolysis, for example, a suitable amount of protonic acid, carboxylic acid, Lewis acid, heteropoly acid, etc. is added in a state where a cellulose raw material is dispersed in an aqueous medium, and the mixture is heated with stirring to easily perform average polymerization. You can control the degree. The reaction conditions such as temperature, pressure, and time vary depending on the type of cellulose, the concentration of cellulose, the type of acid, and the concentration of acid, but are appropriately adjusted so as to achieve the desired average polymerization degree. For example, there is a condition that the cellulose is treated at 100 ° C. or more and under pressure for 10 minutes or more using a 2% by mass or less aqueous mineral acid solution. Under these conditions, a catalyst component such as an acid penetrates into the inside of the cellulose, hydrolysis is promoted, the amount of the catalyst component used is reduced, and subsequent purification is also facilitated. In addition, the dispersion of the cellulose raw material at the time of hydrolysis may contain a small amount of an organic solvent in addition to water as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 微細セルロースを化学修飾する方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、微細化と同時に化学修飾剤を添加し、微細化と同時に化学修飾を行う方法、又は、微細化の後に化学修飾剤を添加して化学修飾を別途行う方法、又は、セルロース原料を化学修飾した後に微細化を行う方法が挙げられる。化学修飾において用いる溶媒は特に限定されないが、特に非プロトン性溶媒を使用する場合、セルロースのミクロフィブリル間隙に素早く浸透してセルロースが膨潤し、ミクロフィブリル同士が微解繊状態となる。この状態を作り出した後に化学修飾を行うことで、微細セルロースの全体で均質に化学修飾が進行し、結果として修飾度のバラつきが小さくなり、高い耐熱性を獲得できる。 The method for chemically modifying the fine cellulose is not particularly limited.For example, a method of adding a chemical modifier at the same time as miniaturization, and performing a chemical modification at the same time as the miniaturization, or adding a chemical modifier after the miniaturization is performed. A method of separately performing chemical modification by a chemical method, or a method of performing fine modification after chemically modifying a cellulose raw material. The solvent used in the chemical modification is not particularly limited. In particular, when an aprotic solvent is used, the cellulose quickly swells into the microfibril gap of cellulose, swells the cellulose, and the microfibrils enter a finely fibrillated state. By performing the chemical modification after creating this state, the chemical modification proceeds uniformly throughout the fine cellulose, and as a result, the variation in the degree of modification is reduced, and high heat resistance can be obtained.
 化学修飾剤としては、セルロースの水酸基と反応する化合物を使用でき、エステル化剤、エーテル化剤、及びシリル化剤が挙げられる。特にエステル化剤が、耐熱性向上の観点から好ましい。エステル化剤としては、酸ハロゲン化物、酸無水物、及びカルボン酸ビニルエステルが好ましい。 化合物 As the chemical modifier, a compound which reacts with the hydroxyl group of cellulose can be used, and examples thereof include an esterifying agent, an etherifying agent, and a silylating agent. Particularly, an esterifying agent is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. As the esterifying agent, an acid halide, an acid anhydride and a vinyl carboxylate are preferred.
 酸ハロゲン化物は、下記式(1)で表される化合物からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種であってよい。
   R1-C(=O)-X     (1)
(式中、R1は炭素数1~24のアルキル基、炭素数1~24のアルキレン基、炭素数3~24のシクロアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24のアリール基を表し、XはCl、Br又はIである。)
 酸ハロゲン化物の具体例としては、塩化アセチル、臭化アセチル、ヨウ化アセチル、塩化プロピオニル、臭化プロピオニル、ヨウ化プロピオニル、塩化ブチリル、臭化ブチリル、ヨウ化ブチリル、塩化ベンゾイル、臭化ベンゾイル、ヨウ化ベンゾイル等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。中でも、酸塩化物は反応性と取り扱い性の点から好適に採用できる。尚、酸ハロゲン化物の反応においては、触媒として働くと同時に副生物である酸性物質を中和する目的で、アルカリ性化合物を1種又は2種以上添加してもよい。アルカリ性化合物としては、具体的には:トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン等の3級アミン化合物;及びピリジン、ジメチルアミノピリジン等の含窒素芳香族化合物;が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。
The acid halide may be at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (1).
R1-C (= O) -X (1)
(Wherein, R1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, X is Cl, Br or I.)
Specific examples of acid halides include acetyl chloride, acetyl bromide, acetyl iodide, propionyl chloride, propionyl bromide, propionyl iodide, butyryl chloride, butyryl bromide, butyryl iodide, benzoyl chloride, benzoyl bromide, iodine But not limited thereto. Above all, acid chlorides can be suitably employed from the viewpoint of reactivity and handleability. In the reaction of the acid halide, one or more alkaline compounds may be added for the purpose of neutralizing the acidic substance which is a by-product while acting as a catalyst. Specific examples of the alkaline compound include, but are not limited to, tertiary amine compounds such as triethylamine and trimethylamine; and nitrogen-containing aromatic compounds such as pyridine and dimethylaminopyridine.
 酸無水物としては、任意の適切な酸無水物類を用いることができる。例えば、酢酸、プロピオン酸、(イソ)酪酸、吉草酸等の飽和脂肪族モノカルボン酸無水物;(メタ)アクリル酸、オレイン酸等の不飽和脂肪族モノカルボン酸無水物;シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、テトラヒドロ安息香酸等の脂環族モノカルボン酸無水物;安息香酸、4-メチル安息香酸等の芳香族モノカルボン酸無水物;二塩基カルボン酸無水物として、例えば、無水コハク酸、アジピン酸等の無水飽和脂肪族ジカルボン酸、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等の無水不飽和脂肪族ジカルボン酸無水物、無水1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水メチルテトラヒドロフタル酸等の無水脂環族ジカルボン酸、及び、無水フタル酸、無水ナフタル酸等の無水芳香族ジカルボン酸無水物等;3塩基以上の多塩基カルボン酸無水物類として、例えば、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸等の(無水)ポリカルボン酸等が挙げられる。尚、酸無水物の反応においては、触媒として、硫酸、塩酸、燐酸等の酸性化合物、又は金属塩化物、金属トリフラート等のルイス酸、又はトリエチルアミン、ピリジン等のアルカリ性化合物を1種又は2種以上添加してもよい。 As the acid anhydride, any appropriate acid anhydrides can be used. For example, saturated aliphatic monocarboxylic anhydrides such as acetic acid, propionic acid, (iso) butyric acid, and valeric acid; unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic anhydrides such as (meth) acrylic acid and oleic acid; cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, tetrahydro Alicyclic monocarboxylic acid anhydrides such as benzoic acid; aromatic monocarboxylic acid anhydrides such as benzoic acid and 4-methylbenzoic acid; dibasic carboxylic acid anhydrides such as succinic anhydride and adipic acid; Unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic anhydrides such as saturated aliphatic dicarboxylic acid, maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride; 1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride; hexahydrophthalic anhydride; methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride; Alicyclic dicarboxylic anhydride and aromatic dicarboxylic anhydride such as phthalic anhydride and naphthalic anhydride; 3 bases or more The nucleotide carboxylic acid anhydrides, for example, trimellitic acid, (anhydrous) polycarboxylic acids such as pyromellitic anhydride. In the reaction of the acid anhydride, one or more acidic compounds such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, and phosphoric acid, or Lewis acids such as metal chlorides and metal triflates, or alkaline compounds such as triethylamine and pyridine are used as catalysts. It may be added.
 カルボン酸ビニルエステルとしては、下記式(2):
   R-COO-CH=CH2   …式(2)
{式中、Rは、炭素数1~24のアルキル基、炭素数1~24のアルキレン基、炭素数3~24のシクロアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24のアリール基である。}で表されるカルボン酸ビニルエステルが好ましい。カルボン酸ビニルエステルは、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、酪酸ビニル、カプロン酸ビニル、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸ビニル、カプリル酸ビニル、カプリン酸ビニル、ラウリン酸ビニル、ミリスチン酸ビニル、パルミチン酸ビニル、ステアリン酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、オクチル酸ビニルアジピン酸ジビニル、メタクリル酸ビニル、クロトン酸ビニル、ピバリン酸ビニル、オクチル酸ビニル、安息香酸ビニル、及び桂皮酸ビニルからなる群より選択された少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。カルボン酸ビニルエステルによるエステル化反応のとき、触媒としてアルカリ金属水酸化物、アルカリ土類金属水酸化物、1~3級アミン、4級アンモニウム塩、イミダゾール及びその誘導体、ピリジン及びその誘導体、並びにアルコキシドからなる群より選ばれる1種又は2種以上を添加しても良い。
As the carboxylic acid vinyl ester, the following formula (2):
R-COO-CH = CH 2 Formula (2)
In the formula, R is an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. Vinyl carboxylate represented by} is preferred. Vinyl carboxylate includes vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl caproate, vinyl cyclohexanecarboxylate, vinyl caprylate, vinyl caprate, vinyl laurate, vinyl myristate, vinyl palmitate, vinyl stearate, pivalin More preferably, it is at least one selected from the group consisting of vinyl acrylate, vinyl octylate divinyl adipate, vinyl methacrylate, vinyl crotonate, vinyl pivalate, vinyl octylate, vinyl benzoate, and vinyl cinnamate. . In the esterification reaction with a vinyl carboxylate, a catalyst such as an alkali metal hydroxide, an alkaline earth metal hydroxide, a primary to tertiary amine, a quaternary ammonium salt, imidazole and its derivatives, pyridine and its derivatives, and an alkoxide Or one or more selected from the group consisting of:
 アルカリ金属水酸化物及びアルカリ土類金属水酸化物としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化バリウム等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkali metal hydroxide and alkaline earth metal hydroxide include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide and the like.
 1~3級アミンとは、1級アミン、2級アミン、及び3級アミンのことであり、具体例としては、エチレンジアミン、ジエチルアミン、プロリン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルエチレンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチル-1,3-プロパンジアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチル-1,6-ヘキサンジアミン、トリス(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)アミン、N,N-ジメチルシクロヘキシルアミン、トリエチルアミン等が挙げられる。 The primary to tertiary amines are primary amines, secondary amines, and tertiary amines, and specific examples include ethylenediamine, diethylamine, proline, N, N, N ', N'-tetramethylethylenediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N, N, N ′, N′-tetramethyl-1,6-hexanediamine, tris (3-dimethylaminopropyl) amine, N, N-dimethylcyclohexylamine, triethylamine and the like can be mentioned.
 イミダゾール及びその誘導体としては、1-メチルイミダゾール、3-アミノプロピルイミダゾール、カルボニルジイミダゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of imidazole and its derivatives include 1-methylimidazole, 3-aminopropylimidazole, carbonyldiimidazole and the like.
 ピリジン及びその誘導体としては、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン、ピコリン等が挙げられる。 Examples of pyridine and derivatives thereof include N, N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, picoline and the like.
 アルコキシドとしては、ナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウム-t-ブトキシド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkoxide include sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium-t-butoxide and the like.
 これらエステル化剤の中でも、特に、無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水酪酸、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、及び酪酸ビニルからなる群から選択された少なくとも一種、中でも無水酢酸及び酢酸ビニルが、反応効率の観点から好ましい。 Among these esterifying agents, in particular, acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, butyric anhydride, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, and at least one selected from the group consisting of vinyl butyrate, among them, acetic anhydride and vinyl acetate, the reaction efficiency of Preferred from a viewpoint.
 化学修飾微細セルロースの反射型赤外吸収スペクトルにおいて、化学修飾基の種類により吸収バンドのピーク位置は変化する。ピーク位置の変化から、そのピークが何の吸収バンドに基づくものかは確定でき、修飾基の同定ができる。また、修飾基由来のピークとセルロース骨格由来のピークのピーク強度比から修飾化率を算出することができる。
 例えば、修飾基がアシル基であれば、アシル基に基づくC=Oの吸収バンドのピークは1730cm-1に出現し、セルロース骨格鎖に基づくC-Oの吸収バンドのピークが1030cm-1に出現する(図5参照)。
In the reflection type infrared absorption spectrum of the chemically modified fine cellulose, the peak position of the absorption band changes depending on the type of the chemically modified group. From the change in the peak position, it can be determined what absorption band the peak is based on, and the modifying group can be identified. The modification ratio can be calculated from the peak intensity ratio between the peak derived from the modifying group and the peak derived from the cellulose skeleton.
For example, when the modifying group is an acyl group, the peak of the absorption band of C = O based on the acyl group appears at 1730 cm −1, and the peak of the absorption band of CO based on the cellulose backbone appears at 1030 cm −1. (See FIG. 5).
 セルロース骨格鎖に基づくC-Oの吸収バンドのピーク強度(高さ)に対する化学修飾基に基づく吸収バンドのピーク強度(アシル基に基づくC=Oの吸収バンドのピーク高さ)の比率(化学修飾基に基づく吸収バンドのピーク高さ/セルロース骨格鎖C-Oの吸収バンドのピーク高さ)で定義される修飾度(修飾化率)(IRインデックス1030)は好ましくは0.0024以上、0.50以下である。IRインデックス1030が0.0024以上であれば、熱分解開始温度が高い化学修飾微細セルロースを含む樹脂組成物を得ることができる。一方、0.50以下であると、化学修飾微細セルロース中に未修飾のセルロース骨格が残存するため、セルロース由来の高い引張破断強度及び寸法安定性と化学修飾由来の高い熱分解開始温度を兼ね備えた化学修飾微細セルロースを含む樹脂組成物を得ることができる。IRインデックス1030はより好ましくは0.012以上、さらに好ましくは0.024以上、よりさらに好ましくは0.048以上、特に好ましくは0.72以上、最も好ましくは0.1以上であり、より好ましくは0.44以下、さらに好ましくは0.37以下、特に好ましくは0.30以下、最も好ましくは0.25以下である。 Ratio of peak intensity (peak height of C = O absorption band based on acyl group) of peak intensity of absorption band based on chemical modifying group to peak intensity (height) of absorption band of CO based on cellulose backbone (chemical modification) The degree of modification (modification ratio) (IR index 1030) defined by the peak height of the absorption band based on the group / the peak height of the absorption band of the cellulose backbone C—O) is preferably 0.0024 or more, and 0.1. 50 or less. When the IR index 1030 is 0.0024 or more, a resin composition containing chemically modified fine cellulose having a high thermal decomposition onset temperature can be obtained. On the other hand, when it is 0.50 or less, since the unmodified cellulose skeleton remains in the chemically modified fine cellulose, it has both high tensile breaking strength and dimensional stability derived from cellulose and high thermal decomposition initiation temperature derived from chemical modification. A resin composition containing chemically modified fine cellulose can be obtained. The IR index 1030 is more preferably 0.012 or more, further preferably 0.024 or more, still more preferably 0.048 or more, particularly preferably 0.72 or more, and most preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably It is 0.44 or less, more preferably 0.37 or less, particularly preferably 0.30 or less, and most preferably 0.25 or less.
 IRインデックス1730及びIRインデックス1030の算出に用いる1730cm-1及び1030cm-1のピーク高さの読み取りは以下の様に行う。1730cm-1のピーク強度については、1550cm-1付近と1850cm-1付近の他のピークがない位置を直線で結んだベースラインを引き、1730cm-1におけるベースラインの高さを1730cm-1のピーク高さから差し引いた値を読み取るものとする。
1030cm-1のピーク強度については、820cm-1付近と1530cm-1付近の他のピークがない位置を直線で結んだベースラインを引き、1030cm-1におけるベースラインの高さを1030cm-1のピーク高さから差し引いた値を読み取るものとする。
Reading of the peak heights of 1730 cm -1 and 1030 cm -1 used to calculate the IR index 1730 and IR index 1030 is carried out as follows. The peak intensity of 1730 cm -1, drawing a base line which connects a straight line other peak is not located near 1550 cm -1 and near 1850 cm -1, a peak of 1730 cm -1 to the height of the baseline in 1730 cm -1 The value subtracted from the height shall be read.
The peak intensity of 1030 cm -1, drawing a base line which connects a straight line other peaks is no position near 820 cm -1 and near 1530 cm -1, a peak of 1030 cm -1 to the height of the baseline in 1030 cm -1 The value subtracted from the height shall be read.
 IRインデックス1030は下記式に従って化学修飾微細セルロースの水酸基の平均置換度(セルロースの基本構成単位であるグルコース当たりの置換された水酸基の平均数。DSということもある。)に換算することができる。
   DS=4.13×IRインデックス1030
 平均置換度は0.01以上2.0以下が好ましい。DSが0.01以上であれば、熱分解開始温度が高い化学修飾微細セルロースを含む樹脂複合体を得ることができる。一方、2.0以下であると、化学修飾微細セルロース中に未修飾のセルロース骨格が残存するため、セルロース由来の高い引張強度及び寸法安定性と化学修飾由来の高い熱分解開始温度を兼ね備えた化学修飾微細セルロースを含む樹脂複合体を得ることができる。DSはより好ましくは0.05以上、さらに好ましくは0.1以上、特に好ましくは0.2以上、最も好ましくは0.3以上であって、より好ましくは1.8以下、さらに好ましくは1.5以下、特に好ましくは1.2以下、最も好ましくは1.0以下である。
The IR index 1030 can be converted into the average degree of substitution of hydroxyl groups of chemically modified fine cellulose (the average number of substituted hydroxyl groups per glucose, which is a basic structural unit of cellulose, sometimes referred to as DS) according to the following formula.
DS = 4.13 × IR index 1030
The average degree of substitution is preferably from 0.01 to 2.0. When DS is 0.01 or more, a resin composite containing chemically modified fine cellulose having a high thermal decomposition initiation temperature can be obtained. On the other hand, when the molecular weight is 2.0 or less, the unmodified cellulose skeleton remains in the chemically modified fine cellulose, and therefore, a chemical having both high tensile strength and dimensional stability derived from cellulose and high thermal decomposition initiation temperature derived from the chemical modification. A resin composite containing the modified fine cellulose can be obtained. DS is more preferably 0.05 or more, further preferably 0.1 or more, particularly preferably 0.2 or more, most preferably 0.3 or more, more preferably 1.8 or less, and still more preferably 1. 5 or less, particularly preferably 1.2 or less, most preferably 1.0 or less.
 微細セルロース又は化学修飾微細セルロースは水を用いてろ過や遠心分離によって洗浄、濃縮され、最終的に水スラリー又は乾燥体として複合粒子製造に供することができる。 The fine cellulose or the chemically modified fine cellulose is washed and concentrated by filtration or centrifugation using water, and finally can be used as a water slurry or a dried product for producing composite particles.
<熱可塑性樹脂>
 本実施形態の複合粒子に用いることができる熱可塑性樹脂について詳述する。
 熱可塑性樹脂の具体例としては、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン等の塩化ビニル系樹脂;ポリ酢酸ビニル、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール等のビニル系樹脂;ポリアセタール系樹脂;ポリフッ化ビニリデン等のフッ素樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂;ポリスチレン、スチレン-ブタジエンブロック共重合体、スチレン-イソプレンブロック共重合体等のポリスチレン系樹脂;ポリアクリロニトリル、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体、ABS樹脂等のニトリル系樹脂;ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂;ポリアミド;ポリウレタン;ポリイミド;ポリアミドイミド;ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸等のアクリル樹脂;ポリカーボネート;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルフォン;ポリエーテルスルフォン;ポリエーテルニトリル;ポリエーテルケトン;ポリケトン;液晶ポリマー;シリコーン樹脂;アイオノマー;セルロース(木材パルプ、綿等の天然セルロース;ビスコースレーヨン、銅アンモニアレーヨン及びテンセル等の再生セルロース);ニトロセルロース、セルロースアセテート等のセルロース誘導体;熱可塑性エラストマー(例えば、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体(EPR)、エチレン-プロピレン-ジエン共重合体(EPDM)のようなオレフィン系エラストマー;スチレンとブタジエンとの共重合体からなるSBR等のスチレン系エラストマー;シリコン系エラストマー;ニトリル系エラストマー;ブタジエン系エラストマー;ウレタン系エラストマー;ナイロン系エラストマー;エステル系エラストマー;フッ素系エラストマー;及びそれらのエラストマーに反応部位(二重結合、無水カルボキシル基等)を導入した変性物等);並びにこれらの2種以上の混合物が挙げられる。
<Thermoplastic resin>
The thermoplastic resin that can be used for the composite particles of the present embodiment will be described in detail.
Specific examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene and ethylene-propylene copolymer; vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and polyvinylidene chloride; polyvinyl acetate and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer. , A vinyl resin such as polyvinyl alcohol; a polyacetal resin; a fluororesin such as polyvinylidene fluoride; a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; polystyrene, styrene-butadiene block copolymer, styrene-isoprene Polystyrene resins such as block copolymers; Nitrile resins such as polyacrylonitrile, styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, ABS resin; polyphenylene ether resins; polyamides; Polyimide; Polyamide imide; Acrylic resin such as polymethacrylic acid and polyacrylic acid; Polycarbonate; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfone; Polyether sulfone; Polyether nitrile; Polyether ketone; Polyketone; Liquid crystal polymer; Silicone resin; Natural celluloses such as wood pulp and cotton; regenerated celluloses such as viscose rayon, cuprammonium rayon and Tencel); cellulose derivatives such as nitrocellulose and cellulose acetate; thermoplastic elastomers (eg, ethylene-propylene copolymer (EPR); Olefin-based elastomers such as ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer (EPDM); Styrene-based elastomers such as SBR comprising a copolymer of styrene and butadiene -Silicon-based elastomer; Nitrile-based elastomer; Butadiene-based elastomer; Urethane-based elastomer; Nylon-based elastomer; Ester-based elastomer; Fluorine-based elastomer; and reactive sites (double bond, carboxyl anhydride group, etc.) introduced into those elastomers Modified products); and mixtures of two or more of these.
 好ましい態様において、熱可塑性樹脂は、DMSOに可溶である。本開示で、DMSOに可溶であるとは、25℃のDMSO100gに対して0.1g以上溶解することを意味する。DMSOに可溶な熱可塑性樹脂は、本開示の粘度η10及びη100の増大に寄与する。DMSOに可溶である熱可塑性樹脂としては、セルロース誘導体(特にセルロースエステル)、ポリスチレン系樹脂、塩化ビニル系樹脂等が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂は、25℃のDMSO100gに対して、より好ましくは0.5g以上、更に好ましくは1.0g以上、特に好ましくは2.0g以上溶解する。DMSOに対する熱可塑性樹脂の溶解性は大きい方が好ましいが、樹脂組成物の機械強度を良好にする観点から、熱可塑性樹脂は、25℃のDMSO100gに対して、例えば100g以下、又は70g以下、又は50g以下の量で溶解する。 In a preferred embodiment, the thermoplastic is soluble in DMSO. In the present disclosure, being soluble in DMSO means that 0.1 g or more is dissolved in 100 g of DMSO at 25 ° C. Thermoplastic resins that are soluble in DMSO contribute to increasing the viscosities η 10 and η 100 of the present disclosure. Examples of the thermoplastic resin soluble in DMSO include a cellulose derivative (particularly, a cellulose ester), a polystyrene resin, and a vinyl chloride resin. The thermoplastic resin dissolves more preferably in an amount of 0.5 g or more, further preferably 1.0 g or more, particularly preferably 2.0 g or more, in 100 g of DMSO at 25 ° C. It is preferable that the solubility of the thermoplastic resin in DMSO is large, but from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength of the resin composition, the thermoplastic resin is 100 g or less of DMSO at 25 ° C., for example, 100 g or less, or 70 g or less, or Dissolve in an amount of 50 g or less.
 中でも、セルロース誘導体は、セルロース系物質であることから微細セルロースとの親和性が高い一方で、熱可塑性樹脂でもあることから、樹脂組成物中での微細セルロースの分散を安定化させることに寄与できるため、複合粒子に用いる熱可塑性樹脂として、より好ましい。一態様においては、セルロース誘導体の存在により、樹脂組成物においてベース樹脂中での微細セルロースの分散状態を向上、制御することによって、樹脂組成物の力学物性が向上する。また、一態様においては、セルロース誘導体の存在により、微細セルロースが熱可塑性樹脂中に可溶かつ再分散し得る特性を有することができる。 Among them, the cellulose derivative has a high affinity for fine cellulose because it is a cellulosic material, and also because it is a thermoplastic resin, it can contribute to stabilizing the dispersion of fine cellulose in the resin composition. Therefore, it is more preferable as the thermoplastic resin used for the composite particles. In one embodiment, the mechanical properties of the resin composition are improved by improving and controlling the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the base resin in the resin composition due to the presence of the cellulose derivative. Further, in one aspect, the presence of the cellulose derivative can have a property that the fine cellulose is soluble and redispersible in the thermoplastic resin.
 セルロースがナノメートルレベルまで微細化されている微細セルロースでは、表面積が著しく大きくなることによりセルロースの表面同士が水素結合に基づく相互作用を受けるようになる。この微細セルロースを乾燥粉末化すると極めて強い乾燥収縮が起こり、その収縮構造は不可逆的である。また、微細セルロースにおいてはセルロースの親水的性質が顕著に現れるため、当該微細セルロースにはベース樹脂のような異種媒体下で激しい凝集が生じる。セルロース誘導体が存在する場合、微細セルロースが乾燥状態でも再分散可能な状態となるため、ベース樹脂との溶融混練下において微細セルロースを樹脂中で再分散させることができる。樹脂中に高度に分散した微細セルロースは樹脂組成物の諸範の力学物性を向上させる。 微細 In the case of fine cellulose in which cellulose is refined to the nanometer level, the surface area of cellulose is significantly increased so that interaction between the surfaces of cellulose is caused by hydrogen bonding. When the fine cellulose is dried and powdered, extremely strong drying shrinkage occurs, and the shrinking structure is irreversible. In addition, since the hydrophilic properties of cellulose are remarkably exhibited in fine cellulose, the fine cellulose is strongly aggregated in a different medium such as a base resin. When the cellulose derivative is present, the fine cellulose can be redispersed even in a dry state, so that the fine cellulose can be redispersed in the resin under melt-kneading with the base resin. Fine cellulose, which is highly dispersed in the resin, improves various mechanical properties of the resin composition.
 フィラーと樹脂とを含む複合材の生産プロセスを考慮すると、フィラーとしての複合粒子が乾燥状態であることは極めて大きな意義を有するが、従来、特にナノメートルサイズ(すなわち1μm未満)の微細セルロースを再分散可能な乾燥体として得ることは困難であった。本開示の一態様に係る複合粒子においては、セルロース誘導体が、微細セルロースの表面と相互作用するとともに、ベース樹脂との親和性を示すバインダーとしても機能できるため、微細セルロースの樹脂中での高度な再分散が実現可能である。特に、微細セルロースの表面が化学修飾されていることは、セルロース誘導体と微細セルロースとの相互作用を強めるために有効である。 Considering the production process of a composite material containing a filler and a resin, it is extremely significant that the composite particles as a filler are in a dry state. However, conventionally, particularly, fine cellulose having a nanometer size (ie, less than 1 μm) has to be recycled. It was difficult to obtain a dried product that can be dispersed. In the composite particles according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, the cellulose derivative interacts with the surface of the fine cellulose, and can also function as a binder showing an affinity for the base resin. Redistribution is feasible. In particular, the fact that the surface of the fine cellulose is chemically modified is effective for strengthening the interaction between the cellulose derivative and the fine cellulose.
 一態様において、セルロース誘導体は、微細セルロースの表面に結着している。 に お い て In one embodiment, the cellulose derivative is bound to the surface of the fine cellulose.
 セルロース誘導体は、好ましくは、セルロースアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート等のセルロースエステル、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、シアノエチルセルロース等のセルロースエーテル、及びヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロースアセテート、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロースアセテートサクシネート等のセルロースエーテルエステル(なお本開示で、セルロースエーテルエステルは、セルロースエーテル及びセルロースエステルの両者の概念に包含されることが意図される。)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種類である。中でもセルロースエステルは、耐熱性の観点で優れており、好ましい。セルロース誘導体はセルロースの解繊に使用する溶媒に可溶であることが好ましい。また、セルロース誘導体は100℃~350℃の間で融点を有することが樹脂との混和性の観点で好ましい。中でもセルロースアセテートプロピオネート及びセルロースアセテートブチレートの様な、一つの誘導体中に2種類以上の置換基を有するセルロース誘導体の場合、融点を有する場合が多く、より好ましい。 Cellulose derivatives are preferably cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate butyrate, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, cellulose ethers such as cyanoethyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl. Cellulose ether esters such as methylcellulose acetate and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate (in the present disclosure, cellulose ether esters are intended to be included in the concept of both cellulose ethers and cellulose esters). At least one type. Among them, cellulose ester is excellent in terms of heat resistance and is preferred. The cellulose derivative is preferably soluble in a solvent used for defibrating cellulose. The cellulose derivative preferably has a melting point between 100 ° C. and 350 ° C. from the viewpoint of miscibility with the resin. Among them, cellulose derivatives having two or more substituents in one derivative, such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate, often have a melting point, and are more preferable.
 セルロース誘導体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは、1000以上、又は5000以上、又は1万以上、又は2万以上であり、好ましくは、10万以下、又は8万以下、又は6万以下である。Mwは、サイズ排除クロマトグラフィーによる標準ポリスチレン換算で算出する方法で測定される値である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose derivative is preferably 1,000 or more, or 5,000 or more, or 10,000 or more, or 20,000 or more, preferably 100,000 or less, or 80,000 or less, or 60,000 or less. is there. Mw is a value measured by a method of calculating in terms of standard polystyrene by size exclusion chromatography.
 セルロースエーテルが有するアルキル置換基は、好ましくは、炭素数1~18のアルキル基である。無水グルコース単位当たりのエーテル置換基は1種でも2種以上(すなわち混合エステル)でもよい。エーテル置換基の好適例は、メチル基、エチル基、及びプロピル基である。樹脂組成物の成形容易性、透明性及び曲げ弾性率の点で、エーテル置換基は好ましくはエチル基である。 ア ル キ ル The alkyl substituent of the cellulose ether is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. One or more ether substituents per anhydroglucose unit (ie, mixed esters) may be used. Preferred examples of the ether substituent are a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group. The ether substituent is preferably an ethyl group in view of moldability, transparency and flexural modulus of the resin composition.
 セルロースエーテルの総置換度(セルロースメチルエチルエーテルのような共置換体の場合はメチル基置換度とエチル基置換度との総和)は、樹脂と微細セルロースとの相溶性の観点から、好ましくは1.5以上3.0以下、より好ましくは2.1以上2.95以下、さらに好ましくは2.6以上2.90以下である。
 エーテル置換度は、1H-NMR(核磁気共鳴装置)にて測定される値である。
The total degree of substitution of the cellulose ether (the sum of the degree of methyl group substitution and the degree of ethyl group substitution in the case of a co-substituted product such as cellulose methyl ethyl ether) is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of compatibility between the resin and the fine cellulose. It is from 2.5 to 3.0, more preferably from 2.1 to 2.95, even more preferably from 2.6 to 2.90.
The degree of ether substitution is a value measured by 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus).
 セルロースエーテルの重合度は、粘度を指標として、下記範囲が好ましい。すなわち、トルエン80質量部とエタノール20質量部との混合溶媒に5質量部のセルロースエーテルを溶解させて得られる溶液の粘度は、25℃の温度条件下において、下限が、1mPa・s以上であることが好ましく、3mPa・s以上がより好ましく、5mPa・s以上がさらに好ましく、8mPa・s以上がさらに好ましく、12mPa・s以上が特に好ましく、20mPa・s以上が最も好ましい。また、重合度の上限としては、500mPa・s以下が好ましく、350mPa・s以下がより好ましく、250mPa・s以下がさらに好ましく、110mPa・s以下がさらに好ましく、70mPa・s以下が特に好ましく、55mPa・s以下のものが最も好ましい。セルロースエーテルの重合度は、複合粒子中での微細セルロースの凝集抑制(これは複合粒子の分散液の粘度η10が高い値であることに反映される)によって、樹脂組成物中で微細セルロースを良好に微分散させて当該樹脂組成物の透明性及び曲げ弾性率を良好にする点で、上記下限以上であることが好ましく、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体との界面の結着点の増加による、微細セルロースの分散安定性向上効果の点で、上記上限以下であることが好ましい。 The following range is preferable for the degree of polymerization of the cellulose ether, using the viscosity as an index. That is, the viscosity of a solution obtained by dissolving 5 parts by mass of cellulose ether in a mixed solvent of 80 parts by mass of toluene and 20 parts by mass of ethanol has a lower limit of 1 mPa · s or more under a temperature condition of 25 ° C. It is preferably at least 3 mPa · s, more preferably at least 5 mPa · s, even more preferably at least 8 mPa · s, particularly preferably at least 12 mPa · s, most preferably at least 20 mPa · s. Further, the upper limit of the degree of polymerization is preferably 500 mPa · s or less, more preferably 350 mPa · s or less, further preferably 250 mPa · s or less, further preferably 110 mPa · s or less, particularly preferably 70 mPa · s or less, and 55 mPa · s or less. s or less are most preferred. The degree of polymerization of the cellulose ethers, by inhibiting aggregation of the fine cellulose in the composite particles (which are reflected in the dispersion viscosity eta 10 of the composite particles is a high value), the fine cellulose in the resin composition In order to finely disperse the resin composition and improve the transparency and flexural modulus of the resin composition, it is preferably not less than the lower limit, and the fineness is increased by increasing the binding point at the interface between the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersion stability of cellulose, the content is preferably not more than the above upper limit.
 セルロースエーテルは市販品であってもよく、市販品の置換度を所望の範囲に調整したもの等でもよい。市販品としては、例えば、The Dow Chemical CompanyからETHOCEL(商標)の名の下で入手可能なものが挙げられる。ETHOCEL(商標)Standard 4、ETHOCEL(商標)Standard 7、ETHOCEL(商標)Standard 10、ETHOCEL(商標)Standard 20、ETHOCEL(商標)Standard 45、またはETHOCEL(商標)Standard 100として、The Dow Chemical Companyから市販されている。 The cellulose ether may be a commercially available product, or a product obtained by adjusting the degree of substitution of the commercially available product to a desired range. Commercially available products include, for example, those available from The Dow Chemical Company under the name ETHOCEL ™. ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 4, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard # 7, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 10, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 20, ETHOCEL (TM) Standard @ 45, or ETHOCyl @ Shd @ rd @ Shd. Have been.
 セルロースエステルが有するエステル置換基は、好ましくは、炭素数1~18のアシル基である。無水グルコース単位当たりのエステル置換基は1種でも2種以上(すなわち混合エステル)でもよい。エステル置換基の好適例は、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、及びブチリル基である。樹脂組成物の成形容易性、曲げ弾性率の点で、エステル置換基は好ましくはアセチル基である。 エ ス テ ル The ester substituent of the cellulose ester is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. One or more ester substituents per anhydroglucose unit (ie, mixed esters) may be used. Preferred examples of ester substituents are acetyl, propionyl, and butyryl. The ester substituent is preferably an acetyl group from the viewpoint of moldability and flexural modulus of the resin composition.
 セルロースエステルは、重合度50~1000を有し、また好ましくは総置換度(エステル置換度1.5~2.6を有する。セルロースエステルの重合度は、複合粒子中での微細セルロースの凝集抑制(これは複合粒子の分散液の粘度η10が高い値であることに反映される)によって、樹脂組成物中で微細セルロースを良好に微分散させて当該樹脂組成物の透明性及び曲げ弾性率を良好にする点で、好ましくは80以上、より好ましくは100以上であり、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体との界面の結着点の増加による、微細セルロースの分散安定性向上効果の点で、好ましくは700以下、より好ましくは500以下である。 The cellulose ester has a degree of polymerization of 50 to 1000, and preferably has a total degree of substitution (ester substitution of 1.5 to 2.6. The degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is such that the aggregation of fine cellulose in the composite particles is suppressed. (which is being reflected in the dispersion viscosity eta 10 of the composite particles is a high value) the transparency and flexural modulus of the resin composition favorably by finely dispersing the fine cellulose in the resin composition Is preferably 80 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and from the viewpoint of improving the dispersion stability of the fine cellulose by increasing the binding point at the interface between the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative, It is 700 or less, more preferably 500 or less.
 なお、セルロースエステルの平均重合度は、宇田らの極限粘度法(宇田和夫、斉藤秀夫、繊維学会誌、第18巻第1号、105~120頁、1962年)により測定できる。なお、溶媒はセルロースエステルの置換度等に応じて選択できる。例えば、メチレンクロライド/メタノール=9/1(質量比)の混合溶媒にセルロースエステルを溶解し、所定の濃度c(2.00g/L)の溶液を調製し、この溶液をオストワルド粘度計に注入し、25℃で粘度計の刻線間を溶液が通過する時間t(秒)を測定する。一方、上記混合溶媒単独についても上記と同様にして通過時間to(秒)を測定し、下記式(3)~(5)に従って、粘度平均重合度を算出できる。
ηrel=t/to(3)
[η]=(lnηrel)/c(4)
DP=[η]/(6×10-4)(5)
(式中、tは溶液の通過時間(秒)、toは溶媒の通過時間(秒)、cは溶液のセルロースエステル濃度(g/L)、ηrelは相対粘度、[η]は極限粘度、DPは平均重合度を示す)
The average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be measured by the limiting viscosity method of Uda et al. (Kazuo Uda, Hideo Saito, Journal of the Fiber Society, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 105-120, 1962). The solvent can be selected according to the degree of substitution of the cellulose ester. For example, a cellulose ester is dissolved in a mixed solvent of methylene chloride / methanol = 9/1 (mass ratio) to prepare a solution having a predetermined concentration c (2.00 g / L), and the solution is injected into an Ostwald viscometer. At 25 ° C., the time t (second) for the solution to pass between the marking lines of the viscometer is measured. On the other hand, also for the mixed solvent alone, the passage time to (second) is measured in the same manner as described above, and the viscosity average polymerization degree can be calculated according to the following formulas (3) to (5).
ηrel = t / to (3)
[Η] = (lnηrel) / c (4)
DP = [η] / (6 × 10−4) (5)
(Where t is the transit time of the solution (seconds), to is the transit time of the solvent (seconds), c is the cellulose ester concentration of the solution (g / L), ηrel is the relative viscosity, [η] is the intrinsic viscosity, DP Indicates the average degree of polymerization)
 セルロースエステルの総置換度(例えば、セルロースアセテートブチレートのような共置換体の場合はアセチル基置換度とブチリル基置換度との総和)は、樹脂と微細セルロースとの相溶性の観点から、好ましくは1.5以上3.0以下、より好ましくは2.1以上2.95以下、さらに好ましくは2.6以上2.90以下である。総置換度を上記範囲とすることにより、樹脂と微細セルロースとの親和性を高くでき、分散安定性向上効果が良好になる。
 エステル置換度は、1H-NMR(核磁気共鳴装置)にて測定される値である。
The total degree of substitution of the cellulose ester (for example, in the case of a co-substituted product such as cellulose acetate butyrate, the sum of the degree of acetyl group substitution and the degree of butyryl group substitution) is preferably from the viewpoint of compatibility between the resin and the fine cellulose. Is from 1.5 to 3.0, more preferably from 2.1 to 2.95, even more preferably from 2.6 to 2.90. By setting the total substitution degree within the above range, the affinity between the resin and the fine cellulose can be increased, and the effect of improving the dispersion stability becomes good.
The degree of ester substitution is a value measured by 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus).
 セルロースエステルは市販品であってもよく、市販品の総置換度を所望の範囲に調整したもの等でもよい。市販品としては、セルロースジアセテート(ダイセル社製、製品名:L-30、L-70)、セルローストリアセテート(ダイセル社製、製品名:LT-105)、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(イーストマンケミカル社製、製品名:CAP504-2.0)、セルロースアセテートブチレート(イーストマンケミカル社製、製品名:CAB321-0.1)等を例示できる。 The cellulose ester may be a commercially available product, or a product obtained by adjusting the total substitution degree of the commercially available product to a desired range. Commercially available products include cellulose diacetate (manufactured by Daicel, product names: L-30 and L-70), cellulose triacetate (manufactured by Daicel, product name: LT-105), and cellulose acetate propionate (Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.) And product name: CAP504-2.0), cellulose acetate butyrate (manufactured by Eastman Chemical Company, product name: CAB321-0.1), and the like.
 セルロース誘導体と、微細セルロースにおける化学修飾との組合せは、好ましくは、セルロース誘導体がアセチル置換基を少なくとも有し、化学修飾がアセチル化である組合せであり、より好ましくは、セルロース誘導体がセルロースジアセテート(DAC)、セルローストリアセテート(TAC)、セルロースアセテートブチレート(CAB)、及びセルロースアセテートプロピオネート(CAP)から選択され、かつ化学修飾がアセチル化である組合せである。セルロース誘導体と微細セルロースとが類似のエステル置換基を有する場合、セルロース誘導体と微細セルロースとの疎水性及び互いの親和性が良好になる傾向があり、微細セルロースの樹脂組成物中での良好な分散の点で好ましい。 The combination of the cellulose derivative and the chemical modification in the fine cellulose is preferably a combination in which the cellulose derivative has at least an acetyl substituent and the chemical modification is acetylation, and more preferably, the cellulose derivative is a cellulose diacetate ( DAC), cellulose triacetate (TAC), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), and cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), and the chemical modification is acetylation. When the cellulose derivative and the fine cellulose have similar ester substituents, the hydrophobicity and affinity of the cellulose derivative and the fine cellulose tend to be good, and the fine dispersion of the fine cellulose in the resin composition is good. It is preferred in terms of.
 複合粒子100質量%に対する微細セルロースの比率は、フィラーとしての良好な作用を得る観点から、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上、特に好ましくは15質量%以上、最も好ましくは20質量%以上であり、熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)の使用による微細セルロースの分散向上効果を良好に得る観点から、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは85質量%以下、更に好ましくは80質量%以下である。 The ratio of the fine cellulose to 100% by mass of the composite particles is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, particularly preferably 15% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a good effect as a filler. At least 20% by mass, most preferably at least 20% by mass, and preferably at most 90% by mass, more preferably at most 90% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining an excellent dispersion improving effect of fine cellulose by using a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative). It is at most 85% by mass, more preferably at most 80% by mass.
 複合粒子中の熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)の比率の下限は、微細セルロースの分散向上効果を良好に得る観点から、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、更に好ましくは20質量%以上であり、上限は、微細セルロースの使用による良好なフィラー作用を得る観点から、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは85質量%以下、更に好ましくは80質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the ratio of the thermoplastic resin (in one aspect, a cellulose derivative) in the composite particles is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of obtaining a good dispersion improving effect of fine cellulose. Is not less than 20% by mass, and the upper limit is preferably not more than 90% by mass, more preferably not more than 85% by mass, and still more preferably not more than 80% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining a good filler action by using fine cellulose.
 微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)100質量部に対するセルロース誘導体の量の下限は、好ましくは、1質量部以上、又は5質量部以上、又は10質量部以上、又は20質量部以上であり、上限は、好ましくは、500質量部以下、又は300質量部以下、又は200質量部以下である。樹脂組成物の引張破断強度と熱安定性を向上させ、かつ、性能のバラつきを低下させる観点から、微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)の量を上述の範囲内とすることが望ましい。 The lower limit of the amount of the cellulose derivative per 100 parts by mass of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) is preferably 1 part by mass or more, or 5 parts by mass or more, or 10 parts by mass or more, or 20 parts by mass or more, The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, or 300 parts by mass or less, or 200 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of improving the tensile rupture strength and thermal stability of the resin composition and reducing the variation in performance, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fiber in one embodiment) be within the above range.
 複合粒子における、微細セルロース/セルロース誘導体の比率(質量基準)は、好ましくは10/90~90/10、より好ましくは15/85~85/15、更に好ましくは20/80~80/20である。 The ratio (by mass) of fine cellulose / cellulose derivative in the composite particles is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 15/85 to 85/15, and still more preferably 20/80 to 80/20. .
≪複合粒子の製造≫
 複合粒子を製造する方法として、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、以下のような方法が挙げられる。これら方法によれば、スラリー又は乾燥体として複合粒子を回収することができる。
(1)微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)の水分散体(スラリー)と熱可塑性樹脂粒子(一態様においてセルロース誘導体粉末)とを混合し、次いで任意に乾燥(すなわち粉末化)して、複合粒子を回収する方法。
(2)微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)の有機溶媒分散体中に熱可塑性樹脂を添加して、微細セルロースが分散し、かつ、熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)が溶解している有機溶媒分散体(微細セルロース/樹脂分散体)を得る工程、
 この有機溶媒分散体を熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)の貧溶媒と混合し、熱可塑性樹脂を析出(すなわち微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子を析出)させることによって複合粒子分散体を得る工程、
 任意に、複合粒子分散体の有機溶媒を水に置換する精製工程、及び
 任意に、ろ過、遠心分離等による複合粒子の分離回収、純水での洗浄、及び/又は乾燥を行う工程、
を含む方法。
(3)微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)の製造過程において熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)を添加し溶解させた後、微細セルロース製造終了後に、上記(2)の方法と同様に析出工程以降を行う方法。
≫Production of composite particles≪
The method for producing the composite particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following methods. According to these methods, the composite particles can be collected as a slurry or a dried product.
(1) An aqueous dispersion (slurry) of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) and thermoplastic resin particles (cellulose derivative powder in one embodiment) are mixed, and then optionally dried (ie, powdered), A method for recovering composite particles.
(2) A thermoplastic resin is added to an organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fiber in one embodiment) to disperse the fine cellulose and dissolve the thermoplastic resin (cellulose derivative in one embodiment). Obtaining an organic solvent dispersion (fine cellulose / resin dispersion).
This organic solvent dispersion is mixed with a poor solvent for a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative) to precipitate the thermoplastic resin (that is, to deposit composite particles containing fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin), thereby dispersing the composite particles. The process of obtaining the body,
Optionally, a purification step of replacing the organic solvent of the composite particle dispersion with water, and optionally, a step of separating and collecting the composite particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc., washing with pure water, and / or drying,
A method that includes
(3) After adding and dissolving a thermoplastic resin (in one aspect, a cellulose derivative) in the process of producing fine cellulose (in one aspect, fine cellulose fibers), after the production of the fine cellulose is completed, the same as in the method (2) above A method for performing the steps after the precipitation step.
 微細セルロースは、有機溶媒中でセルロースの解繊処理を行って微細セルロース分散体を得る解繊工程、及び任意に該微細セルロース分散体中の有機溶媒を水に置換する精製工程、によって好ましく調製できる。上記(3)の方法における熱可塑性樹脂の添加は、解繊前又は解繊中に行ってよい。 Fine cellulose can be preferably prepared by a defibration step of performing a defibration treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and optionally a purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion with water. . The addition of the thermoplastic resin in the method (3) may be performed before or during defibration.
 微細セルロースの化学修飾をする場合には、解繊工程と同時又は解繊工程の後(好ましくは精製工程の前)に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を設けることが好ましい。 化学 In the case where the fine cellulose is chemically modified, it is preferable to provide a chemical modification step for chemically modifying the fine cellulose at the same time as or after the fibrillation step (preferably, before the purification step).
 熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)が溶解する有機溶媒としては、特に限定はされないが、ハロゲン化炭化水素、エステル類、ケトン類、エーテル類、アルコール類、アルキルスルホキシド類、アルキルアミド類、ピロリドン類等が好適である。溶媒は1種類の化合物であっても良いし、複数の化合物を混合した混合溶媒でも良い。具体的には、ハロゲン化炭化水素(例えば、ジクロロメタン等)、エステル類(例えば、酢酸メチル、メチルホルメート、エチルアセテート、アミルアセテート、ブチルアセテート等)、ケトン類(例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等)、エーテル類(例えば、ジオキサン、ジオキソラン、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、メチル-t-ブチルエーテル等)、アルコール類(例えば、メタノール、エタノール、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール、レゾルシン等)、本開示で前述した非プロトン性溶媒(アルキルスルホキシド類、アルキルアミド類、ピロリドン類)等が挙げられる。
 中でも、前述の非プロトン性溶媒は微細セルロース製造においても優れている。非プロトン性溶媒を用いて、微細セルロース製造と複合粒子製造とを連続的に実施することは、プロセス効率の点で好ましい。特に、熱可塑性樹脂がセルロース誘導体である場合には、DMSOを用いることが、セルロース原料の膨潤性に極めて優れ、かつ、セルロース誘導体の溶解性にも優れる点で好ましい。
The organic solvent in which the thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative) dissolves is not particularly limited, but may be a halogenated hydrocarbon, an ester, a ketone, an ether, an alcohol, an alkylsulfoxide, an alkylamide, or a pyrrolidone. Are preferred. The solvent may be a single type of compound or a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a plurality of compounds. Specifically, halogenated hydrocarbons (eg, dichloromethane, etc.), esters (eg, methyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.) ), Ethers (eg, dioxane, dioxolan, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, methyl-t-butyl ether, etc.), alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, hexafluoroisopropanol, resorcinol, etc.), aprotic solvents described above in the present disclosure (Alkylsulfoxides, alkylamides, pyrrolidones) and the like.
Among them, the above-mentioned aprotic solvents are also excellent in producing fine cellulose. It is preferable in terms of process efficiency to continuously perform the production of fine cellulose and the production of composite particles using an aprotic solvent. In particular, when the thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative, it is preferable to use DMSO because the swellability of the cellulose raw material is extremely excellent and the solubility of the cellulose derivative is also excellent.
 熱可塑性樹脂の貧溶媒は、熱可塑性樹脂を溶解しない溶媒である。より好ましくは、熱可塑性樹脂を溶解させず、かつ熱可塑性樹脂が溶解する有機溶媒とは混和する溶媒である。熱可塑性樹脂(一態様においてセルロース誘導体)の貧溶媒としては、pH1~14の範囲の水、無機塩(例えば塩化ナトリウム、塩化カルシウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム等)を含む水、アルコール(例えばメタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、1-ヘキサノール等)、水/アルコール混合溶媒等が挙げられる。 貧 A poor solvent for a thermoplastic resin is a solvent that does not dissolve the thermoplastic resin. More preferably, it is a solvent that does not dissolve the thermoplastic resin and is miscible with the organic solvent in which the thermoplastic resin dissolves. Examples of the poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a cellulose derivative) include water having a pH of 1 to 14, water containing an inorganic salt (eg, sodium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium silicate, etc.), and alcohol (eg, methanol, ethanol, and the like). Isopropanol, 1-hexanol, etc.), and a mixed solvent of water / alcohol.
 セルロース原料の解繊及び/又は化学修飾とセルロース誘導体の添加とを有機溶媒中で同時又は連続して行う場合には、DMSO、DMF、DMAc、NMP等、特に、DMSOを用いることが好ましい。この場合、熱分解開始温度が高い微細セルロースをより効率的に製造することができる。この作用機序は必ずしも明らかではないが、非プロトン性溶媒中でのセルロース原料の均質なミクロ膨潤に起因するものと推察される。 解 In the case where the fibrillation and / or chemical modification of the cellulose raw material and the addition of the cellulose derivative are performed simultaneously or continuously in an organic solvent, it is preferable to use DMSO, DMF, DMAc, NMP, etc., particularly, DMSO. In this case, fine cellulose having a high thermal decomposition initiation temperature can be produced more efficiently. The mechanism of this action is not necessarily clear, but is presumed to be due to the homogeneous micro-swelling of the cellulose raw material in the aprotic solvent.
 微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体との複合化を促進するために必要な攪拌又は剪断の手法については、特に限定されるわけではないが、例えば、遊星ボールミル及びビーズミルのような衝突剪断が加わる装置、ディスクリファイナー及びグラインダーのようなセルロースのフィブリル化を誘因する回転剪断場が加わる装置、或いは各種ニーダー及びプラネタリーミキサーのような混練、撹拌、及び分散の機能を高効率で実施可能な装置を用いることができる。 The method of stirring or shearing necessary to promote the compositing of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative is not particularly limited, but, for example, a device to which collision shear is applied such as a planetary ball mill and a bead mill, a disc refiner A device capable of performing kneading, stirring, and dispersing functions with high efficiency can be used, such as a device that adds a rotary shear field that induces fibrillation of cellulose, such as a grinder, and a grinder, or various kneaders and a planetary mixer. .
 複合粒子中の水分の割合は、複合粒子の総量に対し、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは0.01~95質量%、さらに好ましくは0.1~50質量%、特により好ましくは0.1~20質量%、最も好ましくは0.1~10質量%に制御することができる。乾燥操作は、複合粒子中の水分の割合が所望範囲となるように適宜恒温室等で実施すればよい。 The proportion of water in the composite particles is preferably not more than 95% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 95% by mass, still more preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, particularly preferably 0 to 50% by mass, based on the total amount of the composite particles. It can be controlled to 1 to 20% by mass, most preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. The drying operation may be appropriately performed in a constant temperature chamber or the like so that the proportion of water in the composite particles falls within a desired range.
 従来、微細セルロースのスラリーを濃縮するプロセスは、例えば濾過操作を使用した場合は目詰まりによって、非常に長い時間を要する。したがって、複数回の洗浄を行う場合の生産性は著しく低かった。しかしながら、上述した熱可塑性樹脂の貧溶媒を用いて析出させた後に洗浄及び濃縮を実施する製造方法((2)及び(3))は、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂が共に析出することにより濾過性が極めて改善され、濃縮工程の時間を著しく短縮することが可能である一方で、洗浄効率は従来と同等以上である。 Conventionally, the process of concentrating a slurry of fine cellulose requires a very long time due to clogging when, for example, a filtration operation is used. Therefore, the productivity when performing washing multiple times was remarkably low. However, the above production methods ((2) and (3)) in which washing and concentration are performed after precipitation using a poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin are performed, because the fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin are both precipitated, and the Is greatly improved, and the time for the concentration step can be significantly reduced, while the washing efficiency is equal to or higher than the conventional one.
≪樹脂組成物≫
 本発明の一態様は、前述の複合粒子と、ベース樹脂とを含む樹脂組成物(樹脂コンポジット)を提供する。ベース樹脂としては、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、光硬化性樹脂、ゴム等を用いることができる。典型的な態様においては、樹脂組成物中で複合粒子由来の熱可塑性樹脂がベース樹脂とともに(好ましくは当該熱可塑性樹脂とベース樹脂とが混和して)マトリクスを形成し、当該マトリクス中に微細セルロースが良好に微分散している。ベース樹脂が熱可塑性樹脂である場合の一態様において、ベース樹脂は、複合粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂とは異なる樹脂である。なお本開示で「異なる樹脂」とは樹脂の成分組成及び/又は分子構造(例えば分子量)が異なる樹脂を意味する。
≪Resin composition≫
One embodiment of the present invention provides a resin composition (resin composite) including the above-described composite particles and a base resin. As the base resin, a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, a photocurable resin, rubber, or the like can be used. In a typical embodiment, the thermoplastic resin derived from the composite particles forms a matrix together with the base resin (preferably by mixing the thermoplastic resin and the base resin) in the resin composition, and the fine cellulose is contained in the matrix. Are finely dispersed. In one embodiment in which the base resin is a thermoplastic resin, the base resin is a resin different from the thermoplastic resin contained in the composite particles. In the present disclosure, “different resins” means resins having different component compositions and / or molecular structures (for example, molecular weights) of the resins.
 本発明の一態様はまた、熱可塑性樹脂(ベース樹脂として)、繊維径が2nm以上1000nm未満である微細セルロース、及びセルロース誘導体を含む樹脂組成物を提供する。特定の態様は、熱可塑性樹脂(ベース樹脂として)、該熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対して0.1~40質量部の、繊維径が2nm以上1000nm未満である微細セルロース、及び該微細セルロース100質量部に対して1質量部~900質量部の、セルロース誘導体、を含む樹脂組成物を提供する。 の 一 One embodiment of the present invention also provides a resin composition containing a thermoplastic resin (as a base resin), fine cellulose having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and a cellulose derivative. Specific embodiments include a thermoplastic resin (as a base resin), 0.1 to 40 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm, and fine cellulose 100 Provided is a resin composition containing 1 to 900 parts by mass of a cellulose derivative with respect to parts by mass.
<ベース樹脂>
[熱可塑性樹脂]
 熱可塑性樹脂の具体例としては、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン等の塩化ビニル系樹脂;ポリ酢酸ビニル、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール等のビニル系樹脂;ポリアセタール系樹脂;ポリフッ化ビニリデン等のフッ素樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂;ポリスチレン、スチレン-ブタジエンブロック共重合体、スチレン-イソプレンブロック共重合体等のポリスチレン系樹脂;ポリアクリロニトリル、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体、ABS樹脂等のニトリル系樹脂;ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂;ポリアミド;ポリウレタン;ポリイミド;ポリアミドイミド;ポリメタクリル酸、ポリアクリル酸等のアクリル樹脂;ポリカーボネート;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルフォン;ポリエーテルスルフォン;ポリエーテルニトリル;ポリエーテルケトン;ポリケトン;液晶ポリマー;シリコーン樹脂;アイオノマー;セルロース(木材パルプ、綿等の天然セルロース;ビスコースレーヨン、銅アンモニアレーヨン及びテンセル等の再生セルロース);ニトロセルロース等のセルロース誘導体が挙げられる。これらの熱可塑性樹脂は、単独で使用してもよく、2種類以上をブレンドして用いてもよい。ブレンドする場合のブレンド比は各種用途に応じて適宜選択されればよい。
<Base resin>
[Thermoplastic resin]
Specific examples of the thermoplastic resin include, but are not particularly limited to, for example, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene copolymer; polyvinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and polyvinylidene chloride; Vinyl resins such as polyvinyl acetate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer and polyvinyl alcohol; polyacetal resins; fluororesins such as polyvinylidene fluoride; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; Polystyrene resins such as styrene-butadiene block copolymer and styrene-isoprene block copolymer; nitrile resins such as polyacrylonitrile, styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer and ABS resin; polyphenylene Acrylic resins such as polymethacrylic acid and polyacrylic acid; polycarbonate; polyphenylene sulfide; polysulfone; polyether sulfone; polyether nitrile; polyether ketone; polyketone; liquid crystal polymer; Resin; ionomer; cellulose (natural cellulose such as wood pulp and cotton; regenerated cellulose such as viscose rayon, cuprammonium rayon and Tencel); and cellulose derivatives such as nitrocellulose. These thermoplastic resins may be used alone or as a blend of two or more. The blending ratio when blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
 熱可塑性樹脂の中でも、100℃~350℃の範囲内に融点を有する結晶性樹脂、又は、100~250℃の範囲内にガラス転移温度を有する非晶性樹脂、例えばポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド系樹脂及びこれらの2種以上の混合物が好ましく挙げられ、取り扱い性及びコストの観点からより好ましくはポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂等が挙げられる。熱可塑性樹脂(特に結晶性樹脂)の融点は、樹脂組成物の耐熱性を高める観点から、好ましくは、140℃以上、又は150℃以上、又は160℃以上、又は170℃以上、又は180℃以上、又は190℃以上、又は200℃以上、又は210℃以上、220℃以上、又は230℃以上、又は240℃以上、又は245℃以上、又は250℃以上である。 Among the thermoplastic resins, a crystalline resin having a melting point in the range of 100 ° C. to 350 ° C. or an amorphous resin having a glass transition temperature in the range of 100 to 250 ° C., for example, a polyolefin resin, a polyamide resin , Polyester-based resin, polyacetal-based resin, polyphenylene ether-based resin, polyphenylene sulfide-based resin and a mixture of two or more thereof, preferably polyolefin-based resin, polyamide-based resin, polyester from the viewpoint of handleability and cost Resins, polyacetal resins and the like. From the viewpoint of increasing the heat resistance of the resin composition, the melting point of the thermoplastic resin (particularly, the crystalline resin) is preferably 140 ° C or higher, or 150 ° C or higher, or 160 ° C or higher, or 170 ° C or higher, or 180 ° C or higher. Or at least 190 ° C, or at least 200 ° C, or at least 210 ° C, at least 220 ° C, or at least 230 ° C, or at least 240 ° C, or at least 245 ° C, or at least 250 ° C.
 ここでいう結晶性樹脂の融点とは、示差走査熱量分析装置(DSC)を用いて、23℃から10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温していった際に現れる吸熱ピークのピークトップ温度を指し、吸熱ピークが2つ以上現れる場合は、最も高温側の吸熱ピークのピークトップ温度を指す。この時の吸熱ピークのエンタルピーは、10J/g以上であることが望ましく、より望ましくは20J/g以上である。また測定に際しては、サンプルを一度融点+20℃以上の温度条件まで加温し、樹脂を溶融させたのち、10℃/分の降温速度で23℃まで冷却したサンプルを用いることが望ましい。 The melting point of the crystalline resin as used herein refers to the peak top temperature of an endothermic peak that appears when the temperature is raised from 23 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC). When two or more endothermic peaks appear, it indicates the peak top temperature of the endothermic peak on the highest temperature side. At this time, the enthalpy of the endothermic peak is preferably at least 10 J / g, more preferably at least 20 J / g. In the measurement, it is preferable to use a sample which is once heated to a temperature condition of not less than the melting point + 20 ° C. to melt the resin, and then cooled to 23 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min.
 ここでいう非晶性樹脂のガラス転移温度とは、動的粘弾性測定装置を用いて、23℃から2℃/分の昇温速度で昇温しながら、印加周波数10Hzで測定した際に、貯蔵弾性率が大きく低下し、損失弾性率が最大となるピークのピークトップの温度をいう。損失弾性率のピークが2つ以上現れる場合は、最も高温側のピークのピークトップ温度を指す。この際の測定頻度は、測定精度を高めるため、少なくとも20秒に1回以上の測定とすることが望ましい。また、測定用サンプルの調製方法については特に制限はないが、成形歪の影響をなくす観点から、熱プレス成形品の切り出し片を用いることが望ましく、切り出し片の大きさ(幅及び厚み)はできるだけ小さい方が熱伝導の観点より望ましい。 The glass transition temperature of the amorphous resin as used herein means that the temperature is measured at an applied frequency of 10 Hz using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus while increasing the temperature from 23 ° C. at a rate of 2 ° C./min. The temperature at the peak top of the peak at which the storage modulus is greatly reduced and the loss modulus is maximized. When two or more peaks of the loss elastic modulus appear, it indicates the peak top temperature of the highest temperature peak. The measurement frequency at this time is desirably at least once every 20 seconds in order to increase the measurement accuracy. The method of preparing the measurement sample is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of eliminating the influence of molding distortion, it is preferable to use a cut piece of a hot press molded product, and the size (width and thickness) of the cut piece is as small as possible. Smaller is more desirable from the viewpoint of heat conduction.
 熱可塑性樹脂として好ましいポリオレフィン系樹脂は、オレフィン類(例えばα-オレフィン類)やアルケン類をモノマー単位として重合して得られる高分子である。ポリオレフィン系樹脂の具体例としては、低密度ポリエチレン(例えば線状低密度ポリエチレン)、高密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、超高分子量ポリエチレン等に例示されるエチレン系(共)重合体、ポリプロピレン、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体、エチレン-プロピレン-ジエン共重合体等に例示されるポリプロピレン系(共)重合体、エチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-メタクリル酸メチル共重合体、エチレン-グリシジルメタクリレート共重合体等に代表されるエチレン等α-オレフィンの共重合体等が挙げられる。 ポ リ Polyolefin resins that are preferable as thermoplastic resins are polymers obtained by polymerizing olefins (for example, α-olefins) or alkenes as a monomer unit. Specific examples of the polyolefin resin include ethylene (co) polymers exemplified by low-density polyethylene (for example, linear low-density polyethylene), high-density polyethylene, ultra-low-density polyethylene, ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene. -Polypropylene (co) polymers exemplified by ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer, etc., ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-methyl methacrylate copolymer, ethylene-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer Copolymers of α-olefins such as ethylene typified by coalescence are exemplified.
 ここで最も好ましいポリオレフィン系樹脂としては、ポリプロピレンが挙げられる。特に、ISO1133に準拠して230℃、荷重21.2Nで測定されたメルトマスフローレイト(MFR)が、3g/10分以上30g/10分以下であるポリプロピレンが好ましい。MFRの下限値は、より好ましくは5g/10分であり、さらにより好ましくは6g/10分であり、最も好ましくは8g/10分である。また、上限値は、より好ましくは25g/10分であり、さらにより好ましくは20g/10分であり、最も好ましくは18g/10分である。MFRは、組成物の靱性向上の観点から上記上限値を超えないことが望ましく、組成物の流動性の観点から上記下限値を超えないことが望ましい。 ポ リ プ ロ ピ レ ン Here, the most preferable polyolefin resin is polypropylene. Particularly, polypropylene having a melt mass flow rate (MFR) of 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less measured at 230 ° C. under a load of 21.2 N according to ISO 1133 is preferable. The lower limit of the MFR is more preferably 5 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 6 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 8 g / 10 minutes. Further, the upper limit is more preferably 25 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 20 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 18 g / 10 minutes. The MFR desirably does not exceed the above upper limit from the viewpoint of improving the toughness of the composition, and desirably does not exceed the above lower limit from the viewpoint of the fluidity of the composition.
 また、セルロースとの親和性を高めるため、酸変性されたポリオレフィン系樹脂も好適に使用可能である。この際の酸としては、マレイン酸、フマル酸、コハク酸、フタル酸及び、これらの無水物、並びにクエン酸等のポリカルボン酸から、適宜選択可能である。これらの中でも好ましいのは、変性率の高めやすさから、マレイン酸又はその無水物である。変性方法については特に制限はないが、過酸化物の存在下又は非存在下で融点以上に加熱して溶融混練する方法が一般的である。酸変性するポリオレフィン樹脂としては前出のポリオレフィン系樹脂はすべて使用可能であるが、ポリプロピレンが中でも好適に使用可能である。酸変性されたポリプロピレンは、単独で用いても構わないが、樹脂全体としての変性率を調整するため、変性されていないポリプロピレンと混合して使用することがより好ましい。この際のすべてのポリプロピレンに対する酸変性されたポリプロピレンの割合は、0.5質量%~50質量%である。より好ましい下限は、1質量%であり、更に好ましくは2質量%、更により好ましくは3質量%、特に好ましくは4質量%、最も好ましくは5質量%である。また、より好ましい上限は、45質量%であり、更に好ましくは40質量%、更により好ましくは35質量%、特に好ましくは30質量%、最も好ましくは20質量%である。樹脂とセルロースとの界面強度を維持するためには、下限以上が好ましく、樹脂としての延性を維持するためには、上限以下が好ましい。 酸 Further, in order to increase the affinity with cellulose, an acid-modified polyolefin-based resin can be suitably used. The acid at this time can be appropriately selected from maleic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, phthalic acid, anhydrides thereof, and polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid. Among these, maleic acid or its anhydride is preferred because of its high modification rate. The modification method is not particularly limited, but is generally a method of melting and kneading by heating to the melting point or higher in the presence or absence of a peroxide. As the polyolefin resin to be acid-modified, all of the above-mentioned polyolefin resins can be used, but polypropylene is particularly preferably used. The acid-modified polypropylene may be used alone, but it is more preferable to use it in combination with unmodified polypropylene in order to adjust the modification rate of the whole resin. At this time, the ratio of the acid-modified polypropylene to all the polypropylenes is 0.5% by mass to 50% by mass. A more preferred lower limit is 1% by mass, further preferably 2% by mass, still more preferably 3% by mass, particularly preferably 4% by mass, and most preferably 5% by mass. Further, a more preferable upper limit is 45% by mass, further preferably 40% by mass, still more preferably 35% by mass, particularly preferably 30% by mass, and most preferably 20% by mass. In order to maintain the interface strength between the resin and the cellulose, the lower limit is preferably greater than or equal to the lower limit. To maintain the ductility of the resin, the upper limit is preferably equal to or less than the upper limit.
 酸変性されたポリプロピレンのISO1133に準拠して230℃、荷重21.2Nで測定されたメルトマスフローレイト(MFR)は、セルロース界面との親和性を高めるため、50g/10分以上であることが好ましい。より好ましい下限は100g/10分であり、更により好ましくは150g/10分、最も好ましくは200g/10分である。上限は特にないが、機械的強度の維持から500g/10分である。MFRをこの範囲内とすることにより、セルロースと樹脂との界面に存在しやすくなるという利点を享受できる。 The melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the acid-modified polypropylene measured at 230 ° C. under a load of 21.2 N according to ISO 1133 is preferably 50 g / 10 min or more in order to increase the affinity with the cellulose interface. . A more preferred lower limit is 100 g / 10 minutes, still more preferably 150 g / 10 minutes, and most preferably 200 g / 10 minutes. There is no particular upper limit, but the upper limit is 500 g / 10 minutes from the viewpoint of maintaining the mechanical strength. By setting the MFR within this range, it is possible to enjoy the advantage that the MFR is easily present at the interface between the cellulose and the resin.
 熱可塑性樹脂として好ましいポリアミド系樹脂の例示としては、ラクタム類の重縮合反応により得られるポリアミド6、ポリアミド11、ポリアミド12や、1,6-ヘキサンジアミン、2-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジアミン、1,7-ヘプタンジアミン、2-メチル-1-6-ヘキサンジアミン、1,8-オクタンジアミン、2-メチル-1,7-ヘプタンジアミン、1,9-ノナンジアミン、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジアミン、1,10-デカンジアミン、1,11-ウンデカンジアミン、1,12-ドデカンジアミン、m-キシリレンジアミン等のジアミン類と、ブタン二酸、ペンタン二酸、ヘキサン二酸、ヘプタン二酸、オクタン二酸、ノナン二酸、デカン二酸、ベンゼン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,3-ジカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,4ジカルボン酸等、シクロヘキサン-1,3-ジカルボン酸、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジカルボン酸等のジカルボン酸類との共重合体として得られるポリアミド6,6、ポリアミド6,10、ポリアミド6,11、ポリアミド6,12、ポリアミド6,T、ポリアミド6,I、ポリアミド9,T、ポリアミド10,T、ポリアミド2M5,T、ポリアミドMXD,6、ポリアミド6、C、ポリアミド2M5,C及び、これらがそれぞれ共重合された共重合体、一例としてポリアミド6,T/6,I等の共重合体が挙げられる。 Illustrative examples of polyamide resins that are preferable as the thermoplastic resin include polyamide 6, polyamide 11, and polyamide 12 obtained by a polycondensation reaction of lactams, 1,6-hexanediamine, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediamine, and the like. 1,7-heptanediamine, 2-methyl-1-6-hexanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 2-methyl-1,7-heptanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 2-methyl-1,8- Diamines such as octanediamine, 1,10-decanediamine, 1,11-undecanediamine, 1,12-dodecanediamine, m-xylylenediamine, and butanedioic acid, pentanedioic acid, hexanedioic acid, heptadioic acid Octane diacid, nonane diacid, decane diacid, benzene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3- di Polyamide 6,6, polyamide 6,10 obtained as a copolymer with dicarboxylic acids such as cyclohexane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid and cyclohexane-1,4-dicarboxylic acid such as rubonic acid and benzene-1,4 dicarboxylic acid , Polyamide 6,11, polyamide 6,12, polyamide 6, T, polyamide 6, I, polyamide 9, T, polyamide 10, T, polyamide 2M5, T, polyamide MXD, 6, polyamide 6, C, polyamide 2M5, C And copolymers obtained by copolymerizing them, for example, copolymers of polyamide 6, T / 6, I, and the like.
 これらポリアミド系樹脂の中でも、ポリアミド6、ポリアミド11、ポリアミド12、ポリアミド6,6、ポリアミド6,10、ポリアミド6,11、ポリアミド6,12といった脂肪族ポリアミドや、ポリアミド6,C、ポリアミド2M5,Cといった脂環式ポリアミドがより好ましい。 Among these polyamide resins, aliphatic polyamides such as polyamide 6, polyamide 11, polyamide 12, polyamide 6,6, polyamide 6,10, polyamide 6,11 and polyamide 6,12, polyamide 6, C, polyamide 2M5, C The alicyclic polyamide is more preferable.
 ポリアミド系樹脂の末端カルボキシル基濃度には特に制限はないが、下限値は、20μモル/gであると好ましく、より好ましくは30μモル/gである。また、その末端カルボキシル基濃度の上限値は、150μモル/gであると好ましく、より好ましくは100μモル/gであり、更に好ましくは80μモル/gである。 末端 The terminal carboxyl group concentration of the polyamide resin is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 20 µmol / g, and more preferably 30 µmol / g. The upper limit of the terminal carboxyl group concentration is preferably 150 μmol / g, more preferably 100 μmol / g, and still more preferably 80 μmol / g.
 ポリアミド系樹脂において、全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])は、0.30~0.95であることがより好ましい。カルボキシル末端基比率下限は、より好ましくは0.35であり、さらにより好ましくは0.40であり、最も好ましくは0.45である。またカルボキシル末端基比率上限は、より好ましくは0.90であり、さらにより好ましくは0.85であり、最も好ましくは0.80である。上記カルボキシル末端基比率は、微細セルロースの組成物中への分散性の観点から0.30以上とすることが望ましく、得られる組成物の色調の観点から0.95以下とすることが望ましい。 に お い て In the polyamide resin, the ratio of the carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [total terminal group]) is more preferably 0.30 to 0.95. The lower limit of the carboxyl end group ratio is more preferably 0.35, even more preferably 0.40, and most preferably 0.45. The upper limit of the carboxyl terminal group ratio is more preferably 0.90, still more preferably 0.85, and most preferably 0.80. The carboxyl terminal group ratio is desirably 0.30 or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composition, and desirably 0.95 or less from the viewpoint of the color tone of the obtained composition.
 ポリアミド系樹脂の末端基濃度の調整方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、ポリアミドの重合時に所定の末端基濃度となるように、ジアミン化合物、モノアミン化合物、ジカルボン酸化合物、モノカルボン酸化合物、酸無水物、モノイソシアネート、モノ酸ハロゲン化物、モノエステル、モノアルコール等の末端基と反応する末端調整剤を重合液に添加する方法が挙げられる。 公 知 A known method can be used to adjust the terminal group concentration of the polyamide resin. For example, a diamine compound, a monoamine compound, a dicarboxylic acid compound, a monocarboxylic acid compound, an acid anhydride, a monoisocyanate, a monoacid halide, a monoester, a monoalcohol, etc., so as to have a predetermined terminal group concentration during polymerization of polyamide. A method in which a terminal adjuster that reacts with a terminal group is added to the polymerization solution may be used.
 末端アミノ基と反応する末端調整剤としては、例えば、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、カプリル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデカン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、ピバリン酸、イソ酪酸等の脂肪族モノカルボン酸;シクロヘキサンカルボン酸等の脂環式モノカルボン酸;安息香酸、トルイル酸、α-ナフタレンカルボン酸、β-ナフタレンカルボン酸、メチルナフタレンカルボン酸、フェニル酢酸等の芳香族モノカルボン酸;及びこれらから任意に選ばれる複数の混合物が挙げられる。これらの中でも、反応性、封止末端の安定性、価格等の点から、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、カプリル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデカン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸及び安息香酸からなる群より選ばれる1種以上の末端調整剤が好ましく、酢酸が最も好ましい。 Examples of the terminal regulator that reacts with a terminal amino group include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, lauric acid, tridecanoic acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, pivalic acid, and isobutyric acid. Aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as cyclohexanecarboxylic acid; aromatic monocarboxylic acids such as benzoic acid, toluic acid, α-naphthalenecarboxylic acid, β-naphthalenecarboxylic acid, methylnaphthalenecarboxylic acid, and phenylacetic acid A carboxylic acid; and a plurality of mixtures arbitrarily selected from these. Among them, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, lauric acid, tridecanoic acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, from the viewpoints of reactivity, sealed terminal stability, and price. And at least one terminal adjuster selected from the group consisting of benzoic acid and benzoic acid, and acetic acid is most preferred.
 末端カルボキシル基と反応する末端調整剤としては、例えば、メチルアミン、エチルアミン、プロピルアミン、ブチルアミン、ヘキシルアミン、オクチルアミン、デシルアミン、ステアリルアミン、ジメチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジプロピルアミン、ジブチルアミン等の脂肪族モノアミン;シクロヘキシルアミン、ジシクロヘキシルアミン等の脂環式モノアミン;アニリン、トルイジン、ジフェニルアミン、ナフチルアミン等の芳香族モノアミン及びこれらの任意の混合物が挙げられる。これらの中でも、反応性、沸点、封止末端の安定性、価格等の点から、ブチルアミン、ヘキシルアミン、オクチルアミン、デシルアミン、ステアリルアミン、シクロヘキシルアミン及びアニリンからなる群より選ばれる1種以上の末端調整剤が好ましい。 Examples of a terminal adjuster that reacts with a terminal carboxyl group include aliphatic amines such as methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, butylamine, hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, stearylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, dipropylamine, and dibutylamine. Monoamines; alicyclic monoamines such as cyclohexylamine and dicyclohexylamine; aromatic monoamines such as aniline, toluidine, diphenylamine, naphthylamine, and any mixtures thereof. Among them, at least one terminal selected from the group consisting of butylamine, hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, stearylamine, cyclohexylamine and aniline from the viewpoints of reactivity, boiling point, stability of a sealed terminal, and price. Modifiers are preferred.
 これら、アミノ末端基及びカルボキシル末端基の濃度は、1H-NMRにより、各末端基に対応する特性シグナルの積分値から求めるのが精度、簡便さの点で好ましい。それらの末端基の濃度を求める方法として、具体的に、特開平7-228775号公報に記載された方法が推奨される。この方法を用いる場合、測定溶媒としては、重トリフルオロ酢酸が有用である。また、1H-NMRの積算回数は、十分な分解能を有する機器で測定した際においても、少なくとも300スキャンは必要である。そのほか、特開2003-055549号公報に記載されているような滴定による測定方法によっても末端基の濃度を測定できる。ただし、混在する添加剤、潤滑剤等の影響をなるべく少なくするためには、1H-NMRによる定量がより好ましい。 The concentration of these amino terminal groups and carboxyl terminal groups is preferably determined from the integrated value of the characteristic signal corresponding to each terminal group by 1 H-NMR from the viewpoint of accuracy and simplicity. As a method for determining the concentrations of these terminal groups, a method described in JP-A-7-228775 is specifically recommended. When this method is used, deuterated trifluoroacetic acid is useful as a measuring solvent. Further, the number of times of integration of 1 H-NMR requires at least 300 scans even when measured by an instrument having a sufficient resolution. In addition, the concentration of the terminal group can be measured by a titration measurement method as described in JP-A-2003-055549. However, in order to minimize the influence of mixed additives, lubricants, and the like, quantification by 1 H-NMR is more preferable.
 ポリアミド系樹脂は、濃硫酸中30℃の条件下で測定した固有粘度[η]が、0.6~2.0dL/gであることが好ましく、0.7~1.4dL/gであることがより好ましく、0.7~1.2dL/gであることが更に好ましく、0.7~1.0dL/gであることが特に好ましい。好ましい範囲、その中でも特に好ましい範囲の固有粘度を有する上記ポリアミドを使用すると、樹脂組成物の射出成形時の金型内流動性を大幅に高め、成形片の外観を向上させるという効用を与えることができる。 The intrinsic viscosity [η] of the polyamide resin measured in concentrated sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. is preferably 0.6 to 2.0 dL / g, and 0.7 to 1.4 dL / g. Is more preferably 0.7 to 1.2 dL / g, and particularly preferably 0.7 to 1.0 dL / g. Use of the polyamide having an intrinsic viscosity in a preferable range, and particularly preferable range among them, can significantly increase the fluidity in a mold at the time of injection molding of the resin composition, and give an effect of improving the appearance of a molded piece. it can.
 本開示において、「固有粘度」とは、一般的に極限粘度と呼ばれている粘度と同義である。この粘度を求める具体的な方法は、96%濃硫酸中、30℃の温度条件下で、濃度の異なるいくつかの測定溶媒のηsp/cを測定し、そのそれぞれのηsp/cと濃度(c)との関係式を導き出し、濃度をゼロに外挿する方法である。このゼロに外挿した値が固有粘度である。
 これらの詳細は、例えば、Polymer Process Engineering(Prentice-Hall,Inc 1994)の291ページ~294ページ等に記載されている。
 このとき濃度の異なるいくつかの測定溶媒の点数は、少なくとも4点とすることが精度の観点より望ましい。このとき、推奨される異なる粘度測定溶液の濃度は、好ましくは、0.05g/dL、0.1g/dL、0.2g/dL、0.4g/dLの少なくとも4点である。
In the present disclosure, “intrinsic viscosity” has the same meaning as viscosity generally called intrinsic viscosity. A specific method for obtaining this viscosity is to measure ηsp / c of several measuring solvents having different concentrations in 96% concentrated sulfuric acid under a temperature condition of 30 ° C., and to determine the respective ηsp / c and the concentration (c ) And extrapolating the concentration to zero. The value extrapolated to zero is the intrinsic viscosity.
Details of these are described, for example, in Polymer Process Engineering (Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1994), pages 291 to 294.
At this time, it is desirable from the viewpoint of accuracy that the number of the measurement solvents having different concentrations be at least four. At this time, the recommended concentrations of the different viscosity measurement solutions are preferably at least four points of 0.05 g / dL, 0.1 g / dL, 0.2 g / dL, and 0.4 g / dL.
 熱可塑性樹脂として好ましいポリエステル系樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下、単にPETと称することもある)、ポリブチレンサクシネート(脂肪族多価カルボン酸と脂肪族ポリオールとからなるポリエステル樹脂(以下、単位PBSと称することもある)、ポリブチレンサクシネートアジペート(以下、単にPBSAと称することもある)、ポリブチレンアジペートテレフタレート(以下、単にPBATと称することもある)、ポリヒドロキシアルカン酸(3-ヒドロキシアルカン酸からなるポリエステル樹脂。以下、単にPHAと称することもある)、ポリ乳酸(以下、単にPLAと称することもある)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(以下、単にPBTと称することもある)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(以下、単にPENと称することもある)、ポリアリレート(以下、単にPARと称することもある)、ポリカーボネート(以下、単にPCと称することもある)等から選ばれる1種又は2種以上を用いることができる。 Preferred polyester resins as thermoplastic resins include polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PET), polybutylene succinate (a polyester resin comprising an aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol (hereinafter referred to as PBS). ), Polybutylene succinate adipate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PBSA), polybutylene adipate terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PBAT), polyhydroxyalkanoic acid (3-hydroxyalkanoic acid). A polyester resin comprising: PHA; polylactic acid (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as PLA); polybutylene terephthalate (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as PBT); polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter, simply referred to as PBT) , May be referred to as PEN), polyarylate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PAR), polycarbonate (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as PC), or one or more kinds selected therefrom. .
 これらの中でより好ましいポリエステル系樹脂は、PET、PBS、PBSA、PBT、PENが挙げられ、更に好ましくは、PBS、PBSA、PBTが挙げられる。 ポ リ エ ス テ ル Among these, more preferred polyester-based resins include PET, PBS, PBSA, PBT, and PEN, and more preferably, PBS, PBSA, and PBT.
 また、ポリエステル系樹脂は、重合時のモノマー比率や末端安定化剤の添加の有無や量によって、末端基を自由に変えることが可能であるが、該ポリエステル系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95であることがより好ましい。カルボキシル末端基比率下限は、より好ましくは0.35であり、さらにより好ましくは、0.40であり、最も好ましくは0.45である。また、カルボキシル末端基比率上限は、より好ましくは0.90であり、さらにより好ましくは、0.85であり、最も好ましくは0.80である。上記カルボキシル末端基比率は、微細セルロースの組成物中への分散性の観点から0.30以上とすることが望ましく、得られる組成物の色調の観点から0.95以下とすることが望ましい。 The end groups of the polyester resin can be freely changed depending on the monomer ratio at the time of polymerization and the presence / absence of the terminal stabilizer, and the amount of the carboxyl end group relative to all end groups of the polyester resin. The ratio ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) is more preferably 0.30 to 0.95. The lower limit of the carboxyl end group ratio is more preferably 0.35, even more preferably 0.40, and most preferably 0.45. The upper limit of the carboxyl terminal group ratio is more preferably 0.90, still more preferably 0.85, and most preferably 0.80. The carboxyl terminal group ratio is desirably 0.30 or more from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the fine cellulose in the composition, and desirably 0.95 or less from the viewpoint of the color tone of the obtained composition.
 熱可塑性樹脂として好ましいポリアセタール系樹脂には、ホルムアルデヒドを原料とするホモポリアセタールと、トリオキサンを主モノマーとし、1,3-ジオキソランをコモノマー成分として含むコポリアセタールが一般的であり、両者とも使用可能であるが、加工時の熱安定性の観点から、コポリアセタールが好ましく使用できる。特に、コモノマー成分(例えば1,3-ジオキソラン)由来構造の量としては0.01~4モル%の範囲内がより好ましい。コモノマー成分由来構造の量の好ましい下限量は、0.05モル%であり、より好ましくは0.1モル%であり、さらにより好ましくは0.2モル%である。また好ましい上限量は、3.5モル%であり、さらに好ましくは3.0モル%であり、さらにより好ましくは2.5モル%、最も好ましくは2.3モル%である。 Polyacetal resins preferred as thermoplastic resins include homopolyacetals using formaldehyde as a raw material and copolyacetals containing trioxane as a main monomer and 1,3-dioxolane as a comonomer component, and both are usable. However, from the viewpoint of thermal stability during processing, copolyacetal can be preferably used. In particular, the amount of the structure derived from a comonomer component (eg, 1,3-dioxolane) is more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 4 mol%. A preferred lower limit of the amount of the structure derived from the comonomer component is 0.05 mol%, more preferably 0.1 mol%, and even more preferably 0.2 mol%. A preferred upper limit is 3.5 mol%, more preferably 3.0 mol%, still more preferably 2.5 mol%, and most preferably 2.3 mol%.
 押出加工や成形加工時の熱安定性の観点から、下限は上述の範囲内とすることが望ましく、機械的強度の観点より、上限は上述の範囲内とすることが望ましい。 下限 From the viewpoint of thermal stability during extrusion and molding, the lower limit is preferably within the above range, and the upper limit is preferably within the above range from the viewpoint of mechanical strength.
[熱硬化性樹脂]
 熱硬化性樹脂の具体例としては、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールE型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールM型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールP型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールZ型エポキシ樹脂等のビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂等のノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニルアラルキル型エポキシ樹脂、アリールアルキレン型エポキシ樹脂、テトラフェニロールエタン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、フェノキシ型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ノルボルネン型エポキシ樹脂、アダマンタン型エポキシ樹脂、フルオレン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルメタアクリレート共重合系エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキシルマレイミドとグリシジルメタアクリレートとの共重合エポキシ樹脂、エポキシ変性のポリブタジエンゴム誘導体、CTBN変性エポキシ樹脂、トリメチロールプロパンポリグリシジルエーテル、フェニル-1,3-ジグリシジルエーテル、ビフェニル-4,4’-ジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、エチレングリコールまたはプロピレングリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、ソルビトールポリグリシジルエーテル、トリス(2,3-エポキシプロピル)イソシアヌレート、トリグリシジルトリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、フェノールノボラック樹脂、クレゾールノボラック樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック樹脂等のノボラック型フェノール樹脂、未変性のレゾールフェノール樹脂、桐油、アマニ油、クルミ油等で変性した油変性レゾールフェノール樹脂等のレゾール型フェノール樹脂等のフェノール樹脂、フェノキシ樹脂、尿素(ユリア)樹脂、メラミン樹脂等のトリアジン環含有樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ビスマレイミド樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン環を有する樹脂、ノルボルネン系樹脂、シアネート樹脂、イソシアネート樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ベンゾシクロブテン樹脂、マレイミド樹脂、ビスマレイミドトリアジン樹脂、ポリアゾメチン樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド等が挙げられる。
 これらの熱硬化性樹脂は、単独で使用してもよく、2種類以上をブレンドして用いてもよい。ブレンドする場合のブレンド比は各種用途に応じて適宜選択されればよい。
[Thermosetting resin]
Specific examples of the thermosetting resin are not particularly limited. For example, bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, bisphenol S epoxy resin, bisphenol E epoxy resin, bisphenol M epoxy resin Epoxy resins such as bisphenol P epoxy resin, bisphenol Z epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolak epoxy resin, phenol novolak epoxy resin, cresol novolak epoxy resin, novolak epoxy resin, biphenyl epoxy resin, biphenyl aralkyl Epoxy resin, arylalkylene epoxy resin, tetraphenylolethane epoxy resin, naphthalene epoxy resin, anthracene epoxy resin, phenoxy epoxy resin Epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin, norbornene epoxy resin, adamantane epoxy resin, fluorene epoxy resin, glycidyl methacrylate copolymer epoxy resin, copolymer epoxy resin of cyclohexylmaleimide and glycidyl methacrylate, epoxy-modified Polybutadiene rubber derivative, CTBN-modified epoxy resin, trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether, phenyl-1,3-diglycidyl ether, biphenyl-4,4′-diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol or Diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, tris (2,3-epoxypropyl) isocyanurate, triglycidyl Oil-modified resols modified with novolak-type phenol resins such as squirrel (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, phenol novolak resin, cresol novolak resin, bisphenol A novolak resin, unmodified resol phenol resin, tung oil, linseed oil, walnut oil, etc. Phenol resin such as resol type phenol resin such as phenol resin, phenoxy resin, urea (urea) resin, triazine ring-containing resin such as melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, bismaleimide resin, diallyl phthalate resin, silicone resin, benzoxazine ring Resin, norbornene resin, cyanate resin, isocyanate resin, urethane resin, benzocyclobutene resin, maleimide resin, bismaleimide triazine resin, polyazomethine resin, thermosetting resin Imide and the like.
These thermosetting resins may be used alone or as a blend of two or more. The blending ratio when blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
[光硬化性樹脂]
 光硬化性樹脂の具体例としては、特に制限されるものではないが、公知一般の(メタ)アクリレート樹脂、ビニル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。これらは、反応機構により、概ね光により発生したラジカルによりモノマーが反応するラジカル反応型と、モノマーがカチオン重合するカチオン反応型とに分類される。ラジカル反応型のモノマーには、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、ビニル化合物(例えばある種のビニルエーテル)等が該当する。カチオン反応型としては、エポキシ化合物、ある種のビニルエーテル等が該当する。なお、例えば、カチオン反応型として用いることができるエポキシ化合物は、熱硬化性樹脂及び光硬化性樹脂の両者のモノマーとなり得る。
[Photocurable resin]
Specific examples of the photocurable resin include, but are not particularly limited to, known general (meth) acrylate resins, vinyl resins, and epoxy resins. These are roughly classified into a radical reaction type in which a monomer reacts by radicals generated by light and a cation reaction type in which a monomer cationically polymerizes, according to a reaction mechanism. The radical reaction type monomers include (meth) acrylate compounds, vinyl compounds (for example, certain vinyl ethers), and the like. Epoxy compounds, certain vinyl ethers and the like correspond to the cation reaction type. In addition, for example, an epoxy compound that can be used as a cation reaction type can be a monomer of both a thermosetting resin and a photocurable resin.
 (メタ)アクリレート化合物とは、(メタ)アクリレート基を分子内に一つ以上有する化合物を指す。(メタ)アクリレート化合物の具体例としては、単官能(メタ)アクリレート、多官能(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等が挙げられる。 (Meth) acrylate compound refers to a compound having one or more (meth) acrylate groups in a molecule. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate compound include monofunctional (meth) acrylate, polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, and urethane acrylate.
 ビニル化合物としては、ビニルエーテル、スチレン及びスチレン誘導体、ビニル化合物等が挙げられる。ビニルエーテルとしては、エチルビニルエーテル、プロピルビニルエーテル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、エチレングリコールジビニルエーテル等が挙げられる。スチレン誘導体としては、メチルスチレン、エチルスチレン等が挙げられる。ビニル化合物としては、トリアリルイソイシアヌレート、トリメタアリルイソシアヌレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl compound include vinyl ether, styrene and styrene derivatives, and vinyl compounds. Examples of the vinyl ether include ethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, and ethylene glycol divinyl ether. Examples of the styrene derivative include methyl styrene and ethyl styrene. Examples of the vinyl compound include triallyl isocyanurate and trialmethallyl isocyanurate.
 さらに、光硬化性樹脂の原料として、いわゆる反応性オリゴマーを用いてもよい。反応性オリゴマーとしては、(メタ)アクリレート基、エポキシ基、ウレタン結合、及びエステル結合から選ばれる任意の組合せを同一分子内に併せ持つオリゴマー、例えば、(メタ)アクリレート基とウレタン結合とを同一分子内に併せ持つウレタンアクリレート、(メタ)アクリレート基とエステル結合とを同一分子内に併せ持つポリエステルアクリレート、エポキシ樹脂から誘導され、エポキシ基と(メタ)アクリレート基とを同一分子内に併せ持つエポキシアクリレート、等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, a so-called reactive oligomer may be used as a raw material of the photocurable resin. As the reactive oligomer, an oligomer having any combination selected from a (meth) acrylate group, an epoxy group, a urethane bond, and an ester bond in the same molecule, for example, a (meth) acrylate group and a urethane bond in the same molecule Urethane acrylate, a polyester acrylate having a (meth) acrylate group and an ester bond in the same molecule, an epoxy acrylate derived from an epoxy resin and having an epoxy group and a (meth) acrylate group in the same molecule, and the like. Can be
 光硬化性樹脂は、単独で使用してもよく、2種類以上をブレンドして用いてもよい。ブレンドする場合のブレンド比は各種用途に応じて適宜選択されればよい。 (4) The photocurable resin may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used as a blend. The blending ratio in the case of blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
[エラストマー(ゴム)]
 エラストマー(すなわちゴム)の具体例としては、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、天然ゴム(NR)、ブタジエンゴム(BR)、スチレン-ブタジエン共重合体ゴム(SBR)、イソプレンゴム(IR)、ブチルゴム(IIR)、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエンゴム(NBR)、アクリロニトリル-スチレン-ブタジエン共重合体ゴム、クロロプレンゴム、スチレン-イソプレン共重合体ゴム、スチレン-イソプレン-ブタジエン共重合体ゴム、イソプレン-ブタジエン共重合体ゴム、クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム、改質天然ゴム(エポキシ化天然ゴム(ENR)、水素化天然ゴム、脱タンパク天然ゴム等)、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体ゴム、アクリルゴム、エピクロルヒドリンゴム、多硫化ゴム、シリコーンゴム、フッ素ゴム、ウレタンゴム等が挙げられる。これらのゴムは、単独で使用してもよく、2種類以上をブレンドして用いてもよい。ブレンドする場合のブレンド比は各種用途に応じて適宜選択されればよい。
[Elastomer (rubber)]
Specific examples of the elastomer (that is, rubber) are not particularly limited, and include, for example, natural rubber (NR), butadiene rubber (BR), styrene-butadiene copolymer rubber (SBR), isoprene rubber (IR) Butyl rubber (IIR), acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber (NBR), acrylonitrile-styrene-butadiene copolymer rubber, chloroprene rubber, styrene-isoprene copolymer rubber, styrene-isoprene-butadiene copolymer rubber, isoprene-butadiene copolymer Combined rubber, chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber, modified natural rubber (epoxidized natural rubber (ENR), hydrogenated natural rubber, deproteinized natural rubber, etc.), ethylene-propylene copolymer rubber, acrylic rubber, epichlorohydrin rubber, polysulfide Rubber, silicone rubber, rubber Containing rubbers, urethane rubbers, and the like. These rubbers may be used alone or as a blend of two or more. The blending ratio when blending may be appropriately selected according to various uses.
[添加剤]
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、その性能を向上させるために、必要に応じて添加剤をさらに含んでも良い。添加剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、分散安定剤;微細セルロース以外の高耐熱性の有機ポリマーからなる微細繊維フィラー成分(例えば、アラミド繊維のフィブリル化繊維又は微細繊維);相溶化剤;可塑剤;でんぷん類、アルギン酸等の多糖類;ゼラチン、ニカワ、カゼイン等の天然たんぱく質;ゼオライト、セラミックス、タルク、シリカ、金属酸化物、金属粉末等の無機化合物;着色剤;香料;顔料;流動調整剤;レベリング剤;導電剤;帯電防止剤;紫外線吸収剤;紫外線分散剤;消臭剤等が挙げられる。任意の添加剤の樹脂組成物中の含有割合は、本発明の所望の効果が損なわれない範囲で適宜選択されるが、例えば0.01~50質量%、又は0.1~30質量%であってよい。
[Additive]
The resin composition of the present embodiment may further include an additive as needed in order to improve its performance. The additive is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a dispersion stabilizer; a fine fiber filler component (eg, fibrillated fiber or fine fiber of aramid fiber) composed of a high heat-resistant organic polymer other than fine cellulose; Agents; polysaccharides such as starches and alginic acid; natural proteins such as gelatin, glue and casein; inorganic compounds such as zeolites, ceramics, talc, silica, metal oxides and metal powders; coloring agents; fragrances; pigments; Leveling agent; conductive agent; antistatic agent; ultraviolet absorber; ultraviolet dispersant; The content ratio of the optional additive in the resin composition is appropriately selected within a range that does not impair the desired effect of the present invention, and is, for example, 0.01 to 50% by mass, or 0.1 to 30% by mass. May be.
(分散安定剤)
 好ましい態様においては、微細セルロースを樹脂組成物中で安定に分散させる機能を有する分散安定剤を用いてもよい。分散安定剤は、樹脂組成物中での微細セルロースの分散状態を向上、制御することによって、樹脂組成物の力学物性を向上させることができる。分散安定剤は、界面活性剤、沸点160℃以上の有機化合物、及び微細セルロースを高度に分散可能な化学構造を有する樹脂からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることができる。
(Dispersion stabilizer)
In a preferred embodiment, a dispersion stabilizer having a function of stably dispersing fine cellulose in the resin composition may be used. The dispersion stabilizer can improve the mechanical properties of the resin composition by improving and controlling the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the resin composition. The dispersion stabilizer can be at least one selected from the group consisting of a surfactant, an organic compound having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher, and a resin having a chemical structure capable of highly dispersing fine cellulose.
 樹脂組成物の総質量に対する分散安定剤の質量比率は、下限が、樹脂組成物の機械特性及び熱安定性の向上効果を良好に得る観点から、好ましくは、0.01質量%以上、又は0.5質量%以上、又は0.1質量%以上、又は0.5質量%以上、又は1質量%以上であり、上限が、樹脂組成物中のベース樹脂の所望の特性を良好に維持する観点から、好ましくは、20質量%以下、又は10質量%以下、又は5質量%以下、又は3質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the mass ratio of the dispersion stabilizer to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, or 0%, from the viewpoint of favorably improving the mechanical properties and thermal stability of the resin composition. 0.5% by mass or more, or 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.5% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, and the upper limit is in terms of favorably maintaining the desired properties of the base resin in the resin composition. Therefore, it is preferably 20% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less, or 3% by mass or less.
 界面活性剤としては、親水性の置換基を有する部位と疎水性の置換基を有する部位とが共有結合した化学構造を有していればよく、食用、工業用等様々な用途で利用されているものを用いることができる。例えば、以下のものを1種又は2種以上併用できる。
 界面活性剤は、陰イオン系界面活性剤、非イオン系界面活性剤、両性イオン系界面活性剤、及び陽イオン系界面活性剤のいずれも使用することができるが、セルロースとの親和性の点で、陰イオン系界面活性剤、及び非イオン系界面活性剤が好ましく、非イオン系界面活性剤がより好ましい。
The surfactant only needs to have a chemical structure in which a site having a hydrophilic substituent and a site having a hydrophobic substituent are covalently bonded. Can be used. For example, the following can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
As the surfactant, any of an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, and a cationic surfactant can be used. In the above, an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant are preferable, and a nonionic surfactant is more preferable.
 上述の中でも、セルロースとの親和性の点で、親水基としてポリオキシエチレン鎖、カルボン酸基、又は水酸基を有する界面活性剤が好ましく、親水基としてポリオキシエチレン鎖を有するポリオキシエチレン系界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレン誘導体)がより好ましく、非イオン系のポリオキシエチレン誘導体がさらに好ましい。ポリオキシエチレン誘導体のポリオキシエチレン鎖長としては、3以上が好ましく、5以上がより好ましく、10以上がさらに好ましく、15以上が特に好ましい。鎖長は長ければ長いほど、セルロースとの親和性が高まるが、コーティング性とのバランスにおいて、上限としては60以下が好ましく、50以下がより好ましく、40以下がさらに好ましく、30以下が特に好ましく、20以下が最も好ましい。 Among the above, in terms of affinity with cellulose, a surfactant having a polyoxyethylene chain as a hydrophilic group, a carboxylic acid group, or a hydroxyl group is preferable, and a polyoxyethylene-based surfactant having a polyoxyethylene chain as a hydrophilic group. Agents (polyoxyethylene derivatives) are more preferred, and nonionic polyoxyethylene derivatives are even more preferred. The polyoxyethylene chain length of the polyoxyethylene derivative is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, still more preferably 10 or more, and particularly preferably 15 or more. The longer the chain length, the higher the affinity for cellulose, but in the balance with coating properties, the upper limit is preferably 60 or less, more preferably 50 or less, still more preferably 40 or less, and particularly preferably 30 or less. Most preferred is 20 or less.
 上述の界面活性剤でも、特に、疎水基としては、アルキルエーテル型、アルキルフェニルエーテル型、ロジンエステル型、ビスフェノールA型、βナフチル型、スチレン化フェニル型、及び硬化ひまし油型が、ベース樹脂との親和性が高いため、好適に使用できる。好ましいアルキル鎖長(アルキルフェニルの場合はフェニル基を除いた炭素数)としては、炭素鎖が5以上であることが好ましく、10以上がより好ましく、12以上がさらに好ましく、16以上が特に好ましい。ベース樹脂がポリオレフィンの場合、炭素数が多いほど、ベース樹脂との親和性が高まるため上限はないが、上限は30以下が好ましく、25以下がより好ましい。 In the above-mentioned surfactants, in particular, as the hydrophobic group, alkyl ether type, alkyl phenyl ether type, rosin ester type, bisphenol A type, β naphthyl type, styrenated phenyl type, and hardened castor oil type, Since it has a high affinity, it can be suitably used. The preferred alkyl chain length (in the case of alkylphenyl, the number of carbon atoms excluding the phenyl group) is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 16 or more. When the base resin is a polyolefin, there is no upper limit because the greater the number of carbon atoms, the higher the affinity with the base resin. However, the upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 25 or less.
 これらの疎水基の中でも、環状構造を有するもの、又は嵩高く多官能構造を有するものが好ましい。環状構造を有するものとしては、アルキルフェニルエーテル型、ロジンエステル型、ビスフェノールA型、βナフチル型、及びスチレン化フェニル型が好ましく、多官能構造を有するものとしては、硬化ひまし油型が好ましい。
 これらの中でも、特にロジンエステル型、及び硬化ひまし油型がより好ましい。
Among these hydrophobic groups, those having a cyclic structure or those having a bulky and multifunctional structure are preferable. Those having a cyclic structure are preferably alkylphenyl ether type, rosin ester type, bisphenol A type, β-naphthyl type, and styrenated phenyl type, and those having a polyfunctional structure are preferably hardened castor oil type.
Among these, the rosin ester type and the hardened castor oil type are particularly preferable.
 また、ベース樹脂の種類に依存するが、非界面活性剤系の分散媒体として、沸点160℃以上の有機化合物が有効であることがある。このような有機化合物の具体例として、例えばベース樹脂がポリオレフィン系樹脂である場合には、流動パラフィン、デカリン等の高沸点有機溶媒が有効である。また、ベース樹脂がナイロン系樹脂及びポリアセテート系樹脂のような極性樹脂の場合には、微細セルロースを製造する際に使用できる非プロトン性溶媒と同様の溶媒、例えば、DMSOを使用することが有効な場合がある。 有機 Although depending on the type of the base resin, an organic compound having a boiling point of 160 ° C. or higher may be effective as a non-surfactant-based dispersion medium in some cases. As a specific example of such an organic compound, for example, when the base resin is a polyolefin-based resin, a high-boiling organic solvent such as liquid paraffin or decalin is effective. When the base resin is a polar resin such as a nylon-based resin and a polyacetate-based resin, it is effective to use a solvent similar to an aprotic solvent that can be used in producing fine cellulose, for example, DMSO. It may be.
 ベース樹脂100質量部に対する複合粒子の量の下限は0.1質量部以上、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは2質量部以上、さらに好ましくは3質量部以上であって、上限は100質量部以下、好ましくは80質量部以下、より好ましくは70質量部以下、特に好ましくは50質量部以下である。樹脂組成物の溶融時の流動性と機械的特性とのバランスの観点から、微細セルロース量を上述の範囲内とすることが望ましい。 The lower limit of the amount of the composite particles relative to 100 parts by mass of the base resin is at least 0.1 part by mass, preferably at least 1 part by mass, more preferably at least 2 parts by mass, even more preferably at least 3 parts by mass, and the upper limit is 100 parts by mass. Parts by mass, preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 50 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of the balance between the fluidity of the resin composition at the time of melting and the mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose be within the above range.
 樹脂組成物の総質量に対する微細セルロースの質量比率は、下限が、樹脂組成物の機械特性及び熱安定性の向上効果を良好に得る観点から、好ましくは、0.05質量%以上、又は0.1質量%以上、又は1質量%以上であり、上限が、樹脂組成物中のベース樹脂の所望の特性を良好に維持する観点から、好ましくは、50質量%以下、又は40質量%以下、又は30質量%以下、又は20質量%以下である。 The lower limit of the mass ratio of the fine cellulose to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, or 0. 0 mass% from the viewpoint of favorably improving the mechanical properties and thermal stability of the resin composition. 1% by mass or more, or 1% by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 50% by mass or less, or 40% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of favorably maintaining desired properties of the base resin in the resin composition. 30% by mass or less, or 20% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物の総質量に対するベース樹脂(一態様において熱可塑性樹脂)の質量比率は、熱安定性(線熱膨張率の低減、及び高温時の弾性保持)を発揮する観点から、好ましくは、50質量%以上、又は60質量%以上、又は70質量%以上、又は80質量%以上であり、樹脂組成物に対して高弾性率化、熱膨張率の低減等の機能を付与する観点から、好ましくは、99.5質量%以下、又は90質量%以下である。 The mass ratio of the base resin (thermoplastic resin in one embodiment) to the total mass of the resin composition is preferably 50 from the viewpoint of exhibiting thermal stability (reduction of linear thermal expansion coefficient and retention of elasticity at high temperatures). % By mass or more, or 60% by mass or more, or 70% by mass or more, or 80% by mass or more, from the viewpoint of imparting functions such as a high elastic modulus and a decrease in thermal expansion coefficient to the resin composition. Is 99.5% by mass or less, or 90% by mass or less.
 ベース樹脂(一態様において熱可塑性樹脂)100質量部に対する微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)の量は、好ましくは、0.1質量部以上、又は1質量部以上、又は2質量部以上、又は3質量部以上であり、上限は、好ましくは、40質量部以下、又は30質量部以下、又は20質量部以下、又は10質量部以下である。樹脂組成物の溶融時の流動性と機械的特性とのバランスの観点から、微細セルロース量を上述の範囲内とすることが望ましい。一態様においては、乾燥状態の複合粒子がベース樹脂に混入された後に高度に再分散するため、樹脂対比の微細セルロース量が少なくても十分な力学的特性を実現することができる。具体的には、微細セルロースは、ベース樹脂100質量部に対し、好ましくは1質量部以上10質量部以下の割合とすることができる。特に、ベース樹脂100質量部に対し、1質量部以上5質量部以下であっても優れた力学的物性を実現することができるため、着色及び臭気と同時に組成物の吸湿性といった問題を極小化することができる。 The amount of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, or 1 part by mass or more, or 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the base resin (the thermoplastic resin in one embodiment). Or 3 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less, or 20 parts by mass or less, or 10 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of the balance between the fluidity of the resin composition at the time of melting and the mechanical properties, it is desirable that the amount of fine cellulose be within the above range. In one embodiment, since the composite particles in a dry state are highly redispersed after being mixed into the base resin, sufficient mechanical properties can be realized even if the amount of fine cellulose relative to the resin is small. Specifically, the ratio of the fine cellulose can be preferably 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the base resin. In particular, since excellent mechanical properties can be realized even when the amount is 1 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the base resin, problems such as moisture absorption of the composition as well as coloring and odor are minimized. can do.
 樹脂組成物中の複合粒子の含有量は、0.5~40質量%であることができ、10~20質量%がより好ましい。 複合 The content of the composite particles in the resin composition may be 0.5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 10 to 20% by mass.
 一態様において、本開示の複合粒子を用いた樹脂組成物は、微細セルロースを単独で(すなわち複合粒子としてではなく)用いかつ樹脂組成物中の微細セルロース比率が同じである比較の樹脂組成物での値に対する比として評価したときに、
 引張破断強度が、好ましくは1.03以上、より好ましくは1.05以上、さらに好ましくは1.10以上、最も好ましくは1.15以上であり、及び/又は
 引張破断伸度が、好ましくは1.05以上、より好ましくは1.10以上、さらに好ましくは1.20以上、最も好ましくは1.30以上であり、及び/又は
 曲げ弾性率が、好ましくは1.03以上、より好ましくは1.05以上、さらに好ましくは1.10以上、最も好ましくは1.15以上であり、及び/又は
 線膨張係数が、好ましくは0.90以下、より好ましくは0.85以下、さらに好ましくは0.80以下、最も好ましくは0.75以下である。
In one embodiment, a resin composition using the composite particles of the present disclosure is a comparative resin composition using fine cellulose alone (ie, not as composite particles) and having the same fine cellulose ratio in the resin composition. When evaluated as a ratio to the value of
The tensile breaking strength is preferably 1.03 or more, more preferably 1.05 or more, still more preferably 1.10 or more, and most preferably 1.15 or more, and / or the tensile breaking elongation is preferably 1 or more. 0.05 or more, more preferably 1.10 or more, still more preferably 1.20 or more, and most preferably 1.30 or more, and / or a flexural modulus of preferably 1.03 or more, more preferably 1.30 or more. 05 or more, more preferably 1.10 or more, most preferably 1.15 or more, and / or the coefficient of linear expansion is preferably 0.90 or less, more preferably 0.85 or less, and still more preferably 0.80 or less. Or less, most preferably 0.75 or less.
 一態様においては、樹脂組成物の貯蔵弾性率変化が、好ましくは0.98以下、より好ましくは0.95、さらに好ましくは0.90以下、最も好ましくは0.85以下である。
なお、貯蔵弾性率変化は下記式に従って算出される。
 貯蔵弾性率変化=低温の貯蔵弾性率/高温の貯蔵弾性率
例えば、ポリアミド6については低温/高温の温度は0℃/150℃とし、ポリプロピレンについては-50℃/100℃とする。一般に貯蔵弾性率は高温になるほど小さくなるため、貯蔵弾性率変化は1以上となる。この値が1に近いほど、高温での貯蔵弾性率変化が小さく、耐熱性が高い(高温での剛性が高い)といえる。
In one embodiment, the change in storage modulus of the resin composition is preferably 0.98 or less, more preferably 0.95, even more preferably 0.90 or less, and most preferably 0.85 or less.
The change in storage modulus is calculated according to the following equation.
Change in storage modulus = storage modulus at low temperature / storage modulus at high temperature For example, for polyamide 6, the low / high temperature is 0 ° C / 150 ° C, and for polypropylene is -50 ° C / 100 ° C. Generally, the storage elastic modulus decreases as the temperature increases, so that the change in the storage elastic modulus becomes 1 or more. The closer this value is to 1, the smaller the change in storage modulus at high temperature and the higher the heat resistance (the higher the rigidity at high temperature).
 複合粒子の形態で微細セルロースがベース樹脂中に添加されている樹脂組成物においては、微細セルロースが直接ベース樹脂中に添加されている樹脂組成物と比較し、微細セルロースの分散性が改善される。微細セルロースの分散性が悪い状態は微細セルロースが粗大凝集物として存在していることを意味する。粗大凝集物は引張試験時の破断起点となるため、粗大凝集物の存在は、理想的な分散状態と比較したときに引張破断強度及び伸度を低下させるため、樹脂組成物製造において好ましくない。また、粗大凝集物の存在は、フィラーとして有効に寄与する微細セルロース量の減少を意味し、理想的な分散状態と比較したときに曲げ弾性率を低下させ、線膨張係数及び貯蔵弾性率変化を悪化させるため、樹脂組成物製造において好ましくない。 In the resin composition in which fine cellulose is added to the base resin in the form of composite particles, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose is improved as compared with the resin composition in which fine cellulose is directly added to the base resin. . A state in which the dispersibility of the fine cellulose is poor means that the fine cellulose exists as a coarse aggregate. Since coarse aggregates serve as fracture starting points at the time of a tensile test, the presence of coarse aggregates is not preferable in the production of a resin composition because the tensile strength at break and elongation are reduced when compared with an ideal dispersion state. Also, the presence of coarse aggregates means a decrease in the amount of fine cellulose that effectively contributes as a filler, lowers the flexural modulus when compared to the ideal dispersion state, and changes the linear expansion coefficient and the storage modulus. It is not preferable in the production of the resin composition because it deteriorates.
 本開示の樹脂組成物は、微細セルロースの改善された分散性を有することができるため、微細セルロースを含む従来の樹脂組成物よりも低い線膨張性を示すことが可能となる。一態様において、樹脂組成物の温度範囲0℃~60℃における線膨張係数は、好ましくは80ppm/k以下、より好ましくは70ppm/k以下、さらに好ましくは60ppm/k以下、さらに好ましくは55ppm/k以下、特に好ましくは50ppm/k以下、最も好ましくは45ppm/k以下である。線膨張係数は、低いほど好ましいが、樹脂組成物の製造容易性の観点から、例えば10ppm/k以上、又は15ppm/k以上であってよい。 樹脂 Since the resin composition of the present disclosure can have improved dispersibility of fine cellulose, it can exhibit lower linear expansion than a conventional resin composition containing fine cellulose. In one embodiment, the linear expansion coefficient of the resin composition in a temperature range of 0 ° C. to 60 ° C. is preferably 80 ppm / k or less, more preferably 70 ppm / k or less, further preferably 60 ppm / k or less, and further preferably 55 ppm / k. Or less, particularly preferably 50 ppm / k or less, most preferably 45 ppm / k or less. The linear expansion coefficient is preferably as low as possible, but may be, for example, 10 ppm / k or more, or 15 ppm / k or more from the viewpoint of ease of production of the resin composition.
 本開示の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる成形体の強度欠陥の解消の観点から、一態様において、樹脂組成物の引張破断強度の変動係数CVは、好ましくは15%以下である。ここでいう変動係数とは、標準偏差(σ)を算術平均(μ)除して100を乗じた百分率であらわされる値であり、相対的なばらつきを表す単位のない数である。
  CV=(σ/μ)×100
  ここで、μとσは、下式により与えられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 ここで、xiは、n個のデータ x1、x2、x3・・・・Xnのうちの引張破断強度の単一の個データである。
 引張破断強度の変動係数CVを算出する際のサンプル数(n)は、樹脂組成物の欠陥を見つけやすくするため、少なくとも10以上であることが望ましい。より望ましくは15以上である。
From the viewpoint of eliminating strength defects of a molded article obtained by using the resin composition of the present disclosure, in one embodiment, the variation coefficient CV of tensile strength at break of the resin composition is preferably 15% or less. The coefficient of variation referred to here is a value expressed as a percentage obtained by dividing the standard deviation (σ) by the arithmetic mean (μ) and multiplying by 100, and is a number without a unit representing relative variation.
CV = (σ / μ) × 100
Here, μ and σ are given by the following equations.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
Here, xi is a single piece of data of the tensile breaking strength among the n pieces of data x1, x2, x3,... Xn.
The number of samples (n) for calculating the coefficient of variation CV of the tensile rupture strength is desirably at least 10 or more in order to easily find defects in the resin composition. More preferably, it is 15 or more.
 変動係数のより好ましい上限は、12%、又は10%、又は9%、又は8%、又は7%、又は6%、又は5%である。下限はゼロ%が好ましいが、製造容易性の観点からは好ましくは0.1%である。上記範囲の変動係数は、一態様において、微細セルロース(特に微細セルロース繊維)とセルロース誘導体との併用によって実現できる。一態様において、微細セルロース繊維とセルロース誘導体とを併用する場合、微細セルロース繊維単独よりも高分散性かつ高濃度で樹脂組成物中に微細セルロース繊維を存在させることが可能となる。これにより、微細セルロース繊維を含む従来の樹脂組成物からなる樹脂成形品に見られた、部分的な強度欠陥の発生を解消し、実製品としての信頼性が大幅に向上するという、画期的な効果を得ることが可能となる。 よ り A more preferable upper limit of the coefficient of variation is 12%, or 10%, or 9%, or 8%, or 7%, or 6%, or 5%. The lower limit is preferably 0%, but is preferably 0.1% from the viewpoint of manufacturability. In one embodiment, the coefficient of variation in the above range can be realized by using a combination of fine cellulose (particularly fine cellulose fibers) and a cellulose derivative. In one embodiment, when a fine cellulose fiber and a cellulose derivative are used in combination, the fine cellulose fiber can be present in the resin composition at a higher dispersibility and a higher concentration than the fine cellulose fiber alone. This breakthrough eliminates the occurrence of partial strength defects found in resin molded products made of conventional resin compositions containing fine cellulose fibers, and significantly improves the reliability as actual products. Effects can be obtained.
 従来の樹脂成形品の上記のような部分的な強度欠陥は、微細セルロース(一態様において微細セルロース繊維)がベース樹脂(一態様において熱可塑性樹脂)中で凝集することで、その凝集体周辺に生じる空隙(ボイド)の形成が原因と考えられる。この強度欠陥の形成しやすさを評価する指標としては、複数の試験片の引張試験を実施し、破断強度のバラツキの有無・数を確認する方法が挙げられる。 The partial strength defect as described above of a conventional resin molded product is caused by the aggregation of fine cellulose (fine cellulose fibers in one embodiment) in a base resin (thermoplastic resin in one embodiment), and the vicinity of the aggregate. It is considered that the formation of voids (voids) occurs. As an index for evaluating the easiness of formation of the strength defect, there is a method in which a tensile test is performed on a plurality of test pieces and the presence / absence and the number of variations in the breaking strength are confirmed.
 たとえば、自動車のボディや、ドアパネル、バンパーといった構造部品の成形体中に、微細セルロースの凝集体に由来するボイドが存在すると、成形体に瞬間的に大きな応力がかかった際、若しくは振動の様に、小さい応力ではあるが、応力が繰り返しかかった際に、上述した均一ではない部分やボイドに応力が集中することとなる。そして最終的には、集中した応力によりこれら成形体が破壊される事態に至る。これが製品としての信頼性低下となっている。 For example, if voids derived from aggregates of fine cellulose are present in the molded bodies of automobile bodies, structural parts such as door panels and bumpers, when a large stress is instantaneously applied to the molded bodies, or as in vibration Although the stress is small, when the stress is repeatedly applied, the stress concentrates on the above-mentioned non-uniform portions and voids. Eventually, these compacts are destroyed by the concentrated stress. This is a reduction in the reliability of the product.
 従来、この実製品で起こる構造欠陥を試験段階で予見する手法として、例えば、製品中の微細セルロースの分散性を顕微鏡等で確認するような手法が用いられていた。しかしながら顕微鏡での観察等は、極めて微視的な観察であり、試験片全体、製品全体を網羅的に評価できるものではなく、精度よく予見することは困難であった。 Conventionally, as a method of predicting the structural defects occurring in the actual product at the test stage, for example, a method of confirming the dispersibility of fine cellulose in the product with a microscope or the like has been used. However, observation with a microscope or the like is extremely microscopic observation, cannot comprehensively evaluate the entire test piece and the entire product, and it is difficult to foresee accurately.
 本発明者らは、種々の検討を進める中で、引張破断強度の変動係数と、製品の構造欠陥の割合に相関関係があることを見出した。 (4) The present inventors have found out that there is a correlation between the coefficient of variation of the tensile strength at break and the ratio of structural defects of a product during various studies.
 より詳細に説明すると、例えば内部構造が均質で、ボイド等もない材料であれば、複数のサンプルの引張破断試験を行った際にも、破断に至る際の応力は、当該複数のサンプル間でほぼ同値であり、その変動係数は非常に小さい。しかしながら内部に不均一部やボイドを有する材料は、あるサンプルにおいて破断に至る応力がその他のサンプルの応力と大きな差異を有する。このような、他のサンプルの応力と異なる応力を示すサンプルの多さの程度を、変動係数という尺度を用いることで明確にすることができる。 To describe in more detail, for example, if the material has a homogeneous internal structure and does not have voids and the like, even when a tensile break test of a plurality of samples is performed, the stress at the time of breakage is between the plurality of samples. The values are almost the same, and the coefficient of variation is very small. However, in a material having a non-uniform portion or a void inside, the stress leading to fracture in one sample has a great difference from the stress of another sample. Such a degree of the number of samples exhibiting stress different from the stress of other samples can be clarified by using a scale called a coefficient of variation.
 例を挙げると、例えば、降伏強度を有さない材料の場合は、内部に欠陥を有するサンプルは、その他のサンプルに比して、より低い強度で破断に至る。また、降伏強度を有する材料の場合は、降伏に至ったのち、ネッキングに至る途中で破断に至ることが多く、内部に欠陥を有するサンプルは、その他のサンプルに比して、より高い強度で破断に至る傾向を示す。このように挙動の違いはあるが、引張破断強度の変動係数という尺度により、実製品の強度欠陥の発生可能性を予期しえる。 と For example, in the case of a material having no yield strength, for example, a sample having an internal defect leads to fracture at a lower strength than other samples. Also, in the case of a material having a yield strength, after the yield, it often breaks on the way to necking, and the sample having a defect inside has a higher strength than the other samples. The tendency to reach. Although there is a difference in the behavior in this way, the possibility of occurrence of a strength defect in an actual product can be expected by using a scale of a coefficient of variation of tensile strength at break.
 引張破断強度の変動係数には、組成物中における微細セルロースの分散状態が大きく影響を与えていると考えられる。分散状態を良好にする手法は種々ある。例として、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体の比率を最適化する方法、微細セルロースの径及び/又はL/Dを最適化する方法、押出機での溶融混練の際に、スクリュー配置の最適化、温度のコントロールによる樹脂粘度の最適化等により、微細セルロースに充分なせん断を与える方法、最適な有機成分(例えば界面活性剤)を追加添加することにより樹脂と微細セルロースの界面を強化する方法、樹脂と微細セルロースとの間に何らかの化学結合を形成させる方法、微細セルロース表面を化学修飾する方法、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体の複合体作製方法を最適化する方法等、様々なアプローチが挙げられる。微細セルロースの分散状態を改善するためにこれらのアプローチのいずれを採用してもよい。引張破断強度の変動係数CVを10%以下とすることは、得られる成形体の強度欠陥の解消に高く寄与することができ、成形体の強度に対する信頼性が大幅に向上するという効果を与える。 (4) It is considered that the dispersion state of the fine cellulose in the composition greatly affects the coefficient of variation of the tensile strength at break. There are various techniques for improving the dispersion state. For example, a method for optimizing the ratio of fine cellulose to a cellulose derivative, a method for optimizing the diameter and / or L / D of fine cellulose, optimizing screw arrangement during melt kneading in an extruder, Method of giving sufficient shearing to fine cellulose by optimizing resin viscosity by control, method of strengthening interface between resin and fine cellulose by adding an optimal organic component (for example, surfactant) additionally, There are various approaches such as a method for forming some kind of chemical bond with cellulose, a method for chemically modifying the surface of fine cellulose, and a method for optimizing a method for preparing a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative. Either of these approaches may be employed to improve the dispersion of the fine cellulose. Setting the coefficient of variation CV of the tensile strength at break to 10% or less can contribute to the elimination of the strength defect of the obtained molded article, and has the effect of greatly improving the strength of the molded article.
 一態様においては、引張降伏強度が、樹脂組成物中の熱可塑性樹脂単独に比して飛躍的に改善する傾向がある。樹脂組成物の引張降伏強度の、微細セルロースを含まない組成物又は熱可塑性樹脂単独の引張降伏強度を1.0としたときの比率は、1.05倍以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1.10倍以上、さらにより好ましくは1.15倍以上、特に好ましくは1.20倍以上、最も好ましくは1.3倍以上である。上記比率の上限は特に制限されないが、製造容易性の観点から、例えば、5.0倍であることが好ましく、より好ましくは4.0倍である。 In one embodiment, the tensile yield strength tends to be dramatically improved as compared to the thermoplastic resin alone in the resin composition. The ratio of the tensile yield strength of the resin composition when the tensile yield strength of the composition containing no fine cellulose or the thermoplastic resin alone is set to 1.0 is preferably 1.05 times or more, more preferably It is at least 1.10 times, still more preferably at least 1.15 times, particularly preferably at least 1.20 times, and most preferably at least 1.3 times. The upper limit of the ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably, for example, 5.0 times, and more preferably 4.0 times, from the viewpoint of ease of production.
 一態様において、樹脂組成物は、微細セルロースの組成物内での分散均一性に優れるため、大型成形体における線膨張係数のバラツキが小さいという特徴をも有する。具体的には、大型成形体の異なる部位から採取した試験片を用いて測定した線膨張係数のバラツキが非常に低いという特徴を示す。 In one embodiment, the resin composition has excellent dispersion uniformity in the composition of fine cellulose, and thus also has a feature that the variation in linear expansion coefficient in a large molded product is small. Specifically, the characteristic is that the variation of the coefficient of linear expansion measured using the test pieces collected from different portions of the large molded body is extremely low.
 微細セルロースの組成物内での分散が不均一で、部位による線膨張係数の違いが大きい場合、温度変化により、成形体に歪みや、反りが生じるといった不具合を生じやすい。しかもこの不具合は熱膨張の違いにより生じ、温度の上下により可逆的に発生する故障モードである。そのため、室温状態でのチェックでは認識できないという潜在的危険性を有する故障モードとなりうるものである。 場合 When the dispersion of the fine cellulose in the composition is not uniform and the difference in linear expansion coefficient is large depending on the site, a problem such as distortion or warpage of the molded body is likely to occur due to temperature change. In addition, this failure is a failure mode that occurs due to a difference in thermal expansion and reversibly occurs when the temperature rises and falls. Therefore, the failure mode may have a potential danger that it cannot be recognized by checking at room temperature.
 線膨張係数のバラツキの大小は、部位の異なる部分より得た測定サンプルの線膨張係数の変動係数を用いて表すことが可能である。ここでいう変動係数とは、上述の引張破断強度の変動係数の項で説明したものと計算方法は同じである。 大 The magnitude of the variation of the linear expansion coefficient can be expressed by using the variation coefficient of the linear expansion coefficient of the measurement sample obtained from a different portion of the site. The coefficient of variation here is the same as that described in the section on the coefficient of variation of tensile strength at break.
 一態様において、樹脂組成物から得られる線膨張係数の変動係数は、15%以下であることが好ましい。より好ましい変動係数の上限は、13%であり、さらに好ましくは11%、より好ましくは10%、更により好ましくは9%、最も好ましくは8%である。下限はゼロ%が好ましいが、製造容易性の観点からは好ましくは0.1%である。
 線膨張係数の変動係数を算出する際のサンプル数(n)は、データの誤差等による影響を少なくするため、少なくとも10以上であることが望ましい。
In one embodiment, the coefficient of variation of the linear expansion coefficient obtained from the resin composition is preferably 15% or less. A more preferred upper limit of the variation coefficient is 13%, further preferably 11%, more preferably 10%, still more preferably 9%, and most preferably 8%. The lower limit is preferably 0%, but is preferably 0.1% from the viewpoint of ease of production.
The number of samples (n) for calculating the coefficient of variation of the linear expansion coefficient is desirably at least 10 or more in order to reduce the influence of data errors and the like.
≪樹脂組成物の製造方法≫
 一態様において、樹脂組成物は、複合粒子とベース樹脂とを混合し、熱溶融混練、熱硬化、光硬化、加硫等を行うことにより製造できる。更に、その樹脂組成物を成形することにより成形体を製造できる。なお、複合粒子を樹脂組成物製造において添加する際の形態は、特に限定されず、乾燥粉体だけでなく水を含むスラリー状であっても良い。水を含むスラリーは、上述した複合粒子の製造方法の乾燥過程の途中で乾燥を中止する方法、一度乾燥させた後、水を添加する方法等によって調製できる。
製造 Method for producing resin composition≫
In one embodiment, the resin composition can be produced by mixing the composite particles and the base resin, and performing hot-melt kneading, thermosetting, light curing, vulcanization, and the like. Further, a molded article can be produced by molding the resin composition. The form in which the composite particles are added in the production of the resin composition is not particularly limited, and may be a slurry containing water as well as the dry powder. The slurry containing water can be prepared by a method of stopping the drying in the course of the drying process of the above-described method for producing composite particles, a method of once drying, and a method of adding water.
 一態様において、樹脂組成物の製造方法は、複合粒子を、乾燥粉末又は水分散体の形態で、熱可塑性樹脂(一態様において、複合粒子中の熱可塑性樹脂と異なる熱可塑性樹脂)と溶融混練成型機の内部で混練し、次いで成形する工程を含む。
 別の一態様において、樹脂組成物の製造方法は、複合粒子を熱硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで熱硬化処理を行う工程、又は複合粒子を光硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで光硬化処理を行う工程、を含む。
 別の一態様において、樹脂組成物の製造方法は、複合粒子をゴムと混合し、次いで成形し、次いで加硫を行う工程を含む。
In one embodiment, the method for producing a resin composition comprises melt-kneading the composite particles in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin (in one embodiment, a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin in the composite particles). Kneading inside a molding machine and then molding.
In another aspect, a method for producing a resin composition comprises mixing the composite particles with a thermosetting resin, then molding and then performing a thermosetting treatment, or mixing the composite particles with a photocurable resin, Molding and then photo-curing.
In another aspect, a method for producing a resin composition includes the steps of mixing the composite particles with a rubber, molding, and then vulcanizing.
 ベース樹脂が熱可塑性樹脂である場合の樹脂組成物の製法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、
1.単軸又は二軸押出機を用いて、複合粒子(乾燥粉末又は水分散体)と熱可塑性樹脂との混合物を溶融混練した後、
(1)ストランド状に押出し、水浴中で冷却固化させ、樹脂組成物のペレット状成形体を得る方法、
(2)棒状又は筒状に押出し冷却して、樹脂組成物の押出成形体を得る方法、若しくは
(3)Tダイより押出し、樹脂組成物のシート状又はフィルム状成形体を得る方法、又は
2.複合粒子(乾燥粉末又は水分散体)と熱可塑性樹脂モノマーとを混合し、重合反応(具体的には固相重合、乳化重合、懸濁重合、溶液重合、塊状重合等)を行い、得られた生成物を、上記(1)~(3)のいずれかの方法で押出して、樹脂組成物の成形体を得る方法、
3.ベース樹脂モノマー、微細セルロース、セルロース誘導体の水分散液を混合し、重合反応を行い、得られた生成物を、上記(1)~(3)のいずれかの方法で押出して、樹脂組成物の成形体を得る方法、
等が挙げられる。
The method for producing the resin composition when the base resin is a thermoplastic resin is not particularly limited, for example,
1. Using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, after melt-kneading a mixture of composite particles (dry powder or aqueous dispersion) and a thermoplastic resin,
(1) a method of extruding into a strand, cooling and solidifying in a water bath to obtain a pellet-shaped molded product of the resin composition,
(2) a method of obtaining an extruded product of the resin composition by extruding and cooling into a rod or a tube, or (3) a method of extruding from a T-die to obtain a sheet or film of the resin composition, or 2 . The composite particles (dry powder or aqueous dispersion) and a thermoplastic resin monomer are mixed, and a polymerization reaction (specifically, solid-phase polymerization, emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, or the like) is performed, and the obtained mixture is obtained. Extruding the resulting product by any of the above methods (1) to (3) to obtain a molded article of the resin composition;
3. An aqueous dispersion of a base resin monomer, fine cellulose, and a cellulose derivative is mixed, a polymerization reaction is performed, and the obtained product is extruded by any one of the above (1) to (3) to obtain a resin composition. A method of obtaining a molded body,
And the like.
 別の一態様において、より具体的な樹脂組成物の製造方法は、以下を例示できる。
1.ベース樹脂、微細セルロース乾燥体、セルロース誘導体粉末、必要により分散剤を所望の比率で混合した後、一括溶融混練する方法、
2.ベース樹脂、微細セルロース水スラリー、セルロース誘導体粉末、必要により分散剤を所望の比率で混合した後、一括で溶融混練する方法、
3.微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体の複合体を予め作製した後、ベース樹脂及び必要により分散剤を所望の比率で混合した後、一括で溶融混練する方法、
4.ベース樹脂及び必要により分散剤を溶融混練した後、所望の比率で混合された微細セルロース乾燥体及びセルロース誘導体粉末を添加して、更に溶融混練する方法、
5.ベース樹脂及び必要により分散剤を溶融混練した後、所望の比率で混合された微細セルロース水スラリー及びセルロース誘導体粉末を添加して、更に溶融混練する方法、
6.ベース樹脂及び必要により分散剤を溶融混練した後、予め作製した微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体の複合体を所望の比率で添加して、更に溶融混練する方法、
等が挙げられる。
In another aspect, a more specific method for producing a resin composition can include the following.
1. After mixing the base resin, the dried fine cellulose, the cellulose derivative powder, and the dispersant in a desired ratio as needed, a method of collective melt kneading,
2. After mixing the base resin, the fine cellulose water slurry, the cellulose derivative powder, and the dispersant in a desired ratio as needed, a method of melt-kneading all at once,
3. After preparing a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative in advance, after mixing the base resin and the dispersant as required in a desired ratio, a method of melt-kneading all at once,
4. After melt-kneading the base resin and, if necessary, the dispersant, adding a dried fine cellulose and cellulose derivative powder mixed in a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading,
5. After melt-kneading the base resin and the dispersant as necessary, adding a fine cellulose water slurry and cellulose derivative powder mixed in a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading,
6. After melt-kneading the base resin and the dispersant if necessary, adding a composite of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative prepared in advance at a desired ratio, and further melt-kneading,
And the like.
 ベース樹脂が熱可塑性樹脂である場合、複合粒子とベース樹脂との混合物を溶融混練する際の加熱温度は、使用する樹脂に合わせて調整することができる。熱可塑性樹脂供給業者が推奨する最低加工温度は、ナイロン66では255~270℃、ナイロン6では225~240℃、ポリアセタール樹脂では170℃~190℃、ポリプロピレンでは160~180℃である。加熱設定温度は、これらの推奨最低加工温度より20℃高い温度の範囲が好ましい。混合温度をこの温度範囲とすることにより、混合成分を均一に混合することができる。 (4) When the base resin is a thermoplastic resin, the heating temperature when melt-kneading the mixture of the composite particles and the base resin can be adjusted according to the resin used. The minimum processing temperature recommended by the thermoplastic resin supplier is 255 to 270 ° C for nylon 66, 225 to 240 ° C for nylon 6, 170 to 190 ° C for polyacetal resin, and 160 to 180 ° C for polypropylene. The heating set temperature is preferably in the range of 20 ° C. higher than these recommended minimum processing temperatures. By setting the mixing temperature within this temperature range, the mixed components can be uniformly mixed.
 樹脂組成物の水分率は特に制限はないが、例えばポリアミドの場合、溶融時のポリアミドの分子量上昇を抑えるために、10ppm以上であることが好ましく、溶融時のポリアミドの加水分解を抑えるために1200ppm以下であることが好ましく、900ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、700ppm以下であることが最も好ましい。水分率は、ISO 15512に準拠した方法でカールフィッシャー水分計を用いて測定される値である。 The moisture content of the resin composition is not particularly limited. For example, in the case of polyamide, it is preferably 10 ppm or more in order to suppress an increase in the molecular weight of the polyamide during melting, and 1200 ppm in order to suppress hydrolysis of the polyamide during melting. It is preferably at most 900 ppm, more preferably at most 900 ppm, most preferably at most 700 ppm. The moisture content is a value measured using a Karl Fischer moisture meter by a method based on ISO # 15512.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、種々の形状での提供が可能である。具体的には、樹脂ペレット状、シート状、繊維状、板状、棒状等が挙げられる。中でも、樹脂ペレット形状が、後加工の容易性や運搬の容易性からより好ましい。この際の好ましいペレット形状としては、丸型、楕円型、円柱型等が挙げられ、これらは押出加工時のカット方式により異なる。アンダーウォーターカットと呼ばれるカット方法で切断されたペレットは、丸型になることが多く、ホットカットと呼ばれるカット方法で切断されたペレットは丸型又は楕円型になることが多く、ストランドカットと呼ばれるカット方法で切断されたペレットは円柱状になることが多い。丸型ペレットの場合、その好ましい大きさは、ペレット直径として1mm以上、3mm以下である。また、円柱状ペレットの場合の好ましい直径は、1mm以上3mm以下であり、好ましい長さは、2mm以上10mm以下である。上記の直径及び長さは、押出時の運転安定性の観点から、下限以上とすることが望ましく、後加工での成形機への噛み込み性の観点から、上限以下とすることが望ましい。 樹脂 The resin composition of the present embodiment can be provided in various shapes. Specific examples include resin pellets, sheets, fibers, plates, and rods. Among them, the resin pellet shape is more preferable from the viewpoint of easiness of post-processing and transportation. Preferable pellet shapes at this time include a round shape, an elliptical shape, a cylindrical shape, and the like, and these differ depending on a cutting method at the time of extrusion. Pellets cut by a cutting method called underwater cut are often round, and pellets cut by a cutting method called hot cut are often round or oval, and cuts called strand cuts The pellets cut by the method often have a columnar shape. In the case of a round pellet, the preferred size is 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less as a pellet diameter. Further, in the case of a cylindrical pellet, a preferred diameter is 1 mm or more and 3 mm or less, and a preferred length is 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less. The above-mentioned diameter and length are desirably not less than the lower limit from the viewpoint of operation stability during extrusion, and desirably not more than the upper limit from the viewpoint of biting into a molding machine in post-processing.
 一態様において、樹脂組成物は、セルロース誘導体が付着した微細セルロース繊維から成る不織布(単に不織布とも称す)と、熱可塑性樹脂との複合体であってよい。このような樹脂組成物は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば以下のような操作によって製造できる。
(A)熱可塑性樹脂前駆体を不織布に含浸させて、該前駆体を重合させる方法。
(B)熱可塑性樹脂又は熱可塑性樹脂前駆体を含む溶液を不織布に含浸又は塗布した後、乾燥し、加熱プレス等で密着させ、必要に応じて熱可塑性樹脂又は熱可塑性樹脂前駆体を重合硬化させる方法。
(C)熱可塑性樹脂の溶融体を不織布に含浸し、加熱プレス等で密着させる方法。
(D)熱可塑性樹脂シートと不織布とを交互に配置し、加熱プレス等で密着させる方法。
In one embodiment, the resin composition may be a composite of a nonwoven fabric (which is also simply referred to as a nonwoven fabric) made of fine cellulose fibers to which a cellulose derivative is attached, and a thermoplastic resin. Although not particularly limited, such a resin composition can be produced by, for example, the following operation.
(A) A method of impregnating a non-woven fabric with a thermoplastic resin precursor and polymerizing the precursor.
(B) A nonwoven fabric is impregnated or coated with a solution containing a thermoplastic resin or a thermoplastic resin precursor, dried, adhered by a hot press or the like, and polymerized and cured as necessary. How to let.
(C) A method in which a non-woven fabric is impregnated with a melt of a thermoplastic resin and adhered by a hot press or the like.
(D) A method in which a thermoplastic resin sheet and a non-woven fabric are alternately arranged and closely adhered by a hot press or the like.
 セルロース誘導体が付着した微細セルロース繊維から成る不織布を得る方法としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、前述したような、セルロース誘導体が付着した微細セルロース繊維水スラリーを抄紙又は塗布した後に乾燥する方法、始めに微細セルロース繊維単独で不織布を得た後、セルロース誘導体を溶解した有機溶剤を不織布に塗布した後に乾燥する方法等を例示できる。 The method for obtaining the nonwoven fabric composed of the fine cellulose fibers to which the cellulose derivative is attached is not particularly limited. For example, as described above, the fine cellulose fiber water slurry to which the cellulose derivative is attached is dried after papermaking or coating. And a method in which a nonwoven fabric is first obtained by using fine cellulose fibers alone, an organic solvent in which a cellulose derivative is dissolved is applied to the nonwoven fabric, and then dried.
 熱可塑性樹脂をベース樹脂とした樹脂組成物は、種々の形状(例えば、フィルム状、シート状、繊維状、板状、ペレット状、粉末状、立体構造等)の樹脂成形体に成形できる。樹脂成形体の製造方法に特に制限はないが、射出成形(例えば射出圧縮成形、射出プレス成形、ガスアシスト射出成形、及び超高速射出成形)、各種押出成形(コールドランナー方式又はホットランナー方式)、発泡成形(超臨界流体の注入によるものを含む)、インサート成形、インモールドコーティング成形、断熱金型成形、急速加熱冷却金型成形、各種異形押出成形(例えば二色成形及びサンドイッチ成形)等を例示できる。例えば、シート、フィルム、繊維等の成形には種々の押出成形が好適である。シート又はフィルムの成形にはインフレーション法、カレンダー法、キャスティング法等も用いることができる。さらに、特定の延伸操作をかけることにより熱収縮チューブとして成形することも可能である。また、回転成形又はブロー成形等により中空成形品とすることも可能である。これらの中では射出成形法がデザイン性とコストの観点より、特に好ましい。 樹脂 The resin composition using a thermoplastic resin as a base resin can be molded into a resin molded article having various shapes (for example, a film shape, a sheet shape, a fiber shape, a plate shape, a pellet shape, a powder shape, and a three-dimensional structure). Although there is no particular limitation on the method for producing the resin molded body, injection molding (for example, injection compression molding, injection press molding, gas assist injection molding, and ultra high speed injection molding), various extrusion molding (cold runner method or hot runner method), Examples include foam molding (including by injection of supercritical fluid), insert molding, in-mold coating molding, heat-insulating mold molding, rapid heating / cooling mold molding, and various shape extrusion molding (eg, two-color molding and sandwich molding). it can. For example, various extrusion moldings are suitable for molding sheets, films, fibers and the like. For forming a sheet or film, an inflation method, a calendar method, a casting method, or the like can be used. Furthermore, it is also possible to form a heat-shrinkable tube by performing a specific stretching operation. It is also possible to form a hollow molded product by rotational molding or blow molding. Among these, the injection molding method is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of design and cost.
 ベース樹脂が熱硬化性樹脂又は光硬化性樹脂である樹脂組成物の製法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、ベース樹脂溶液又はベース樹脂粉末分散体中に複合粒子を十分に分散させて乾燥する方法、ベース樹脂モノマー液中に複合粒子を十分に分散させて熱、UV照射、重合開始剤等によって重合する方法、複合粒子からなる成形体(例えば、シート、粉末粒子成形体等)にベース樹脂溶液又はベース樹脂粉末分散体を十分に含浸させて乾燥する方法、複合粒子からなる成形体にベース樹脂モノマー液を十分に含浸させて熱、UV照射、重合開始剤等によって重合する方法等が挙げられる。硬化に際し、種々の重合開始剤、硬化剤、硬化促進剤、重合禁止剤等を配合することができる。 The method for producing the resin composition in which the base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin is not particularly limited. For example, the composite particles are sufficiently dispersed in a base resin solution or a base resin powder dispersion and dried. A method in which the composite particles are sufficiently dispersed in a base resin monomer liquid and polymerized by heat, UV irradiation, a polymerization initiator, etc., and a base formed of the composite particles (eg, a sheet, a powder particle formed body, etc.) A method of sufficiently impregnating and drying a resin solution or a base resin powder dispersion, a method of sufficiently impregnating a molded body composed of composite particles with a base resin monomer liquid, and polymerizing with heat, UV irradiation, a polymerization initiator, and the like. No. Upon curing, various polymerization initiators, curing agents, curing accelerators, polymerization inhibitors and the like can be blended.
 熱硬化性樹脂又は光硬化性樹脂をベース樹脂とした樹脂組成物は、種々の樹脂成形体として利用が可能である。樹脂成形体の製造方法に特に制限はない。 樹脂 A resin composition containing a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin as a base resin can be used as various resin molded articles. There is no particular limitation on the method for producing the resin molded body.
 熱硬化性樹脂の場合、板状の製品を製造するのであれば、押出成形法が一般的であるが、平面プレスによっても可能である。この他、異形押出成形法、ブロー成形法、圧縮成形法、真空成形法、射出成形法等を用いることが可能である。またフィルム状の製品を製造するのであれば、溶融押出法の他、溶液キャスト法を用いることができ、溶融成形方法を用いる場合、インフレーションフィルム成形、キャスト成形、押出ラミネーション成形、カレンダー成形、シート成形、繊維成形、ブロー成形、射出成形、回転成形、被覆成形等が挙げられる。 In the case of a thermosetting resin, if a plate-like product is to be manufactured, an extrusion molding method is generally used, but a flat press can also be used. In addition, a profile extrusion method, a blow molding method, a compression molding method, a vacuum molding method, an injection molding method, or the like can be used. In addition, if a film-shaped product is to be produced, a solution casting method can be used in addition to a melt extrusion method. When a melt molding method is used, blown film molding, cast molding, extrusion lamination molding, calender molding, sheet molding. , Fiber molding, blow molding, injection molding, rotational molding, coating molding and the like.
 また、未硬化又は半硬化のプリプレグと呼ばれるシートを作製した後、プリプレグを単層又は積層にして、加圧及び加熱して樹脂を硬化及び成形させる方法を用いてもよい。熱及び圧力を付与する方法には、プレス成形法、オートクレーブ成形法、バッギング成形法、ラッピングテープ法、内圧成形法等が挙げられるが、これらの成形方法に限定されない。 Alternatively, a method may be used in which after a sheet called an uncured or semi-cured prepreg is produced, the prepreg is formed into a single layer or a laminate, and the resin is cured and molded by applying pressure and heat. The method of applying heat and pressure includes a press molding method, an autoclave molding method, a bagging molding method, a wrapping tape method, an internal pressure molding method, and the like, but is not limited to these molding methods.
 さらに、炭素繊維等の強化繊維のフィラメント又はプリフォームにベース樹脂硬化前の樹脂組成物を含浸させた後、当該ベース樹脂を硬化させて成形物を得る方法(例えば、RTM、VaRTM、フィラメントワインディング、RFI等の成形方法)が挙げられるが、これら成形方法に限定されない。 Further, a method of impregnating a filament or preform of a reinforcing fiber such as a carbon fiber with a resin composition before the base resin is cured, and then curing the base resin to obtain a molded product (for example, RTM, VaRTM, filament winding, RFI etc.), but are not limited to these molding methods.
 ベース樹脂が光硬化性樹脂である場合、活性エネルギー線を用いた各種硬化方法を用いて成形体を製造する事ができる。 場合 When the base resin is a photocurable resin, a molded article can be manufactured by various curing methods using active energy rays.
 ベース樹脂がゴムである場合の樹脂組成物の製法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、複合粒子とゴムとを乾式で混練する方法、複合粒子とゴムとを分散媒中に分散又は溶解させた後、乾燥させて混練する方法等が挙げられる。混合方法としては、高い剪断力と圧力とをかけ、分散を促進できる点で、ホモジナイザーによる混合方法が好ましいが、その他、プロペラ式攪拌装置、ロータリー攪拌装置、電磁攪拌装置、手動による攪拌、等の方法を用いることもできる。得られた樹脂組成物は所望の形状に成形され、成形材料として用いることができる。成形材料の形状としては、例えば、シート、ペレット、粉末等が挙げられる。 The method for producing the resin composition when the base resin is rubber is not particularly limited.For example, a method of kneading the composite particles and the rubber in a dry manner, dispersing or dissolving the composite particles and the rubber in a dispersion medium. And then kneading by drying. As a mixing method, a high shearing force and pressure are applied, and a mixing method using a homogenizer is preferable in that the dispersion can be promoted.In addition, a propeller-type stirring device, a rotary stirring device, an electromagnetic stirring device, manual stirring, etc. A method can also be used. The obtained resin composition is molded into a desired shape and can be used as a molding material. Examples of the shape of the molding material include a sheet, a pellet, and a powder.
 ゴムをベース樹脂とした樹脂組成物は、種々の樹脂成形体として利用が可能である。樹脂成形体の製造方法に特に制限はなく、成形材料を、例えば金型成形、射出成形、押出成形、中空成形、発泡成形等の所望の成形方法を用いて成形し、所望の形状の未加硫の成形体を得ることができる。未加硫の成形体は、必要に応じて熱処理等で加硫することができる。 樹脂 Resin compositions using rubber as a base resin can be used as various resin molded articles. There is no particular limitation on the method for producing the resin molded body, and the molding material is molded using a desired molding method such as, for example, mold molding, injection molding, extrusion molding, hollow molding, foam molding, or the like. A molded product of sulfur can be obtained. The unvulcanized molded body can be vulcanized by heat treatment or the like as necessary.
 本開示の一態様は、
 ベース樹脂としての熱可塑性樹脂、及び
 本開示の複合粒子(例えば、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体とで構成された複合粒子)、
を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 押出機において熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
 第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に該複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
を含む方法を提供する。本開示において、複合粒子が「微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体とで構成され」とは、複合粒子が、微細セルロース及びセルロース誘導体を主成分として(すなわち、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体との合計量が複合粒子100質量%に対して50質量%超となるように)含むことを意味し、添加剤等の第三成分を含むことを排除しない。
One aspect of the present disclosure is:
A thermoplastic resin as a base resin, and composite particles of the present disclosure (for example, composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative),
A method for producing a resin composition comprising:
A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
A method comprising: In the present disclosure, the phrase “the composite particle is composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative” means that the composite particle is composed mainly of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative (that is, the total amount of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative is the composite particle 100). (To be more than 50% by mass with respect to% by mass), and does not exclude inclusion of a third component such as an additive.
 高弾性率である微細セルロースの集合体であるパルプを叩解レベルで解繊し、樹脂フィラーとして活用することは従来より行われている。解繊度の低いパルプは樹脂中への分散も比較的良好であるため、パルプ乾燥物を熱可塑性樹脂に添加しても混練は可能であり、その後の押出成形品でも一定の品質レベルを維持することができる。しかし、このようなパルプと熱可塑性樹脂との複合材では、数ミリメートルから数百マイクロメートルレベルのパルプ繊維が弱い相互作用でフィラーとして熱可塑性樹脂中に分散しているに過ぎず、複合材の物性を向上させるためには、タルク等の他のフィラーと同様、大量のパルプ繊維を熱可塑性樹脂中に投入しなければならない(少なくとも、複合材総質量の20質量%以上)。一方、ナノメートルサイズ(すなわち1μm未満)の微細セルロースをフィラー成分として用いる場合、微細セルロース間の相互作用を適切に制御することにより、樹脂組成物総質量の10質量%以下、好ましくは5質量%以下の微細セルロース量で、熱可塑性樹脂中に高度に広がったネットワーク構造を形成させることが可能となる。このネットワーク構造は微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂との複合材の力学的特性を著しく向上させる。なお、典型的な態様において、上記のネットワーク構造を形成可能な微細セルロースは、熱可塑性樹脂との混練前において、例えば水分散媒中において高弾性なゲルの状態を形成し得る。セルロース誘導体は、微細セルロース間の相互作用を制御し、したがってベース樹脂中での微細セルロース間の分散状態を制御することに寄与する。 パ ル Pulp, which is an aggregate of fine cellulose having a high elastic modulus, is defibrated at a beating level and used as a resin filler. Since pulp with a low degree of defibration has a relatively good dispersion in the resin, kneading is possible even if the dried pulp is added to the thermoplastic resin, and a constant quality level is maintained in the subsequent extruded product. be able to. However, in such a composite material of pulp and thermoplastic resin, pulp fibers of a few millimeters to hundreds of micrometer level are only dispersed in the thermoplastic resin as a filler due to weak interaction, and the In order to improve the physical properties, a large amount of pulp fibers must be put into the thermoplastic resin as in other fillers such as talc (at least 20% by mass or more of the total mass of the composite material). On the other hand, when fine cellulose having a nanometer size (ie, less than 1 μm) is used as a filler component, by appropriately controlling the interaction between the fine celluloses, 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass of the total mass of the resin composition. With the following amount of fine cellulose, it is possible to form a highly extended network structure in the thermoplastic resin. This network structure significantly improves the mechanical properties of the composite of fine cellulose and thermoplastic resin. In a typical embodiment, the fine cellulose capable of forming the above network structure can form a highly elastic gel state in, for example, an aqueous dispersion medium before kneading with a thermoplastic resin. The cellulose derivative controls the interaction between the fine celluloses, and thus contributes to controlling the state of dispersion between the fine celluloses in the base resin.
 微細セルロース(特にセルロースウィスカー及び/又はセルロースファイバー)単体での径がナノメートルサイズ(すなわち1μm未満)であることは、第二の工程においてセルロース凝集体を効果的に形成させる観点から好ましい。 (4) It is preferable that the diameter of fine cellulose (particularly cellulose whiskers and / or cellulose fibers) alone be nanometer-sized (that is, less than 1 μm) from the viewpoint of effectively forming a cellulose aggregate in the second step.
 第2の工程において、押出機としては、単軸押出機、二軸押出機等を使用できるが、二軸押出機がセルロースの分散性を制御する上で好ましい。押出機のシリンダー長(L)をスクリュー径(D)で除したL/Dは、40以上が好ましく、特に好ましくは50以上である。また、混練時のスクリュー回転数は、100~800rpmの範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは150~600rpmの範囲内である。これらはスクリューのデザインにより、変化する。 に お い て In the second step, a single-screw extruder, a twin-screw extruder, or the like can be used as an extruder, but a twin-screw extruder is preferable in controlling the dispersibility of cellulose. L / D obtained by dividing the cylinder length (L) of the extruder by the screw diameter (D) is preferably 40 or more, and particularly preferably 50 or more. The screw rotation speed during kneading is preferably in the range of 100 to 800 rpm, more preferably in the range of 150 to 600 rpm. These vary depending on the screw design.
 押出機のシリンダー内の各スクリューは、楕円形の二翼のねじ形状のフルフライトスクリュー、ニーディングディスクと呼ばれる混練エレメント、等を組み合わせて最適化される。 各 Each screw in the cylinder of the extruder is optimized by combining an elliptical two-wing screw-shaped full flight screw, a kneading element called a kneading disk, and the like.
 一態様においては、押出機のシリンダーの途中部分に添加口が設置され、添加口に投入された原料はシリンダー内のスクリューに導かれる。一態様において、添加口の位置は、第1の工程を行う溶融混練ゾーンより下流に配置される。押出機を用いた通常の混練では、最初の樹脂溶融ゾーンが最も強く剪断がかかる領域であるため、搬送ゾーンを移動する未溶融状態の樹脂に対しフィラー成分を添加することにより、その後の加熱溶融下での剪断力でフィラーが微分散される。しかしながら、セルロースを強化フィラーとして樹脂に微分散させる場合、樹脂溶融ゾーンの手前でセルロースを添加すると、樹脂溶融ゾーンでの強い剪断力が原因でセルロースが劣化する場合がある。特に、セルロース単体での径がナノメートルサイズ(すなわち1μm未満)である微細セルロースを使用する場合、その表面積は極めて大きいため、通常のフィラー成分の樹脂に対する添加量比(具体的には、フィラー成分と樹脂との合計100質量%に対してフィラー成分20質量%以上)で強化樹脂組成を設計しようとした場合、上記剪断力による微細セルロースの劣化が大きくなり、微細セルロースのもつ本来の強固な結晶構造の損失、強化樹脂としての力学的特性の低下、着色及び臭気といった問題が生じる場合がある。 In one embodiment, an addition port is provided in the middle of the cylinder of the extruder, and the raw material charged into the addition port is guided to a screw in the cylinder. In one aspect, the position of the addition port is located downstream of the melt-kneading zone where the first step is performed. In normal kneading using an extruder, the first resin melting zone is the region where the shearing is most intense. The filler is finely dispersed by the shearing force below. However, when cellulose is finely dispersed in a resin as a reinforcing filler, if cellulose is added before the resin melting zone, the cellulose may deteriorate due to strong shearing force in the resin melting zone. In particular, in the case of using fine cellulose having a diameter of nanometer (i.e., less than 1 μm) in a simple substance of cellulose, since the surface area is extremely large, the addition ratio of the usual filler component to the resin (specifically, the filler component When a reinforced resin composition is designed with a filler component of 20% by mass or more with respect to a total of 100% by mass of the resin and the resin, the degradation of the fine cellulose due to the above-mentioned shearing force increases, and the original strong crystal of the fine cellulose is Problems such as loss of structure, deterioration of mechanical properties as a reinforced resin, coloring and odor may occur.
 本開示の複合粒子は、乾燥状態にあっても優れた再分散性を有することができるため、上記剪断下に複合粒子をさらすことなく微分散が可能である。すなわち、第1の工程で溶融された熱可塑性樹脂に対して、第2の工程で複合粒子を添加できる。微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体とで構成された複合粒子は、既に溶融状態にある樹脂中で速やかに微分散し、その添加量が極めて微量、例えばベース樹脂である熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対し10質量部以下であっても強化フィラーとして良好な機能を発揮し得、最終的に得られる樹脂組成物の力学的特性を確実に向上し、かつ着色及び臭気といった問題も良好に抑制することができる。 複合 Since the composite particles of the present disclosure can have excellent redispersibility even in a dry state, they can be finely dispersed without exposing the composite particles under the above-mentioned shearing. That is, the composite particles can be added in the second step to the thermoplastic resin melted in the first step. The composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative are rapidly and finely dispersed in a resin already in a molten state, and the amount thereof is extremely small, for example, 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of a thermoplastic resin as a base resin. Parts or less, it can exhibit a good function as a reinforcing filler, can reliably improve the mechanical properties of the finally obtained resin composition, and can also satisfactorily suppress problems such as coloring and odor.
 シリンダー内部を通過する際に受ける熱履歴の軽減を目的とし、添加口は、押出機の溶融混練ゾーンよりも下流側に設計することが好ましい。具体的には、シリンダーの全長(L1)に対し、シリンダーの出口から添加口までの長さ(L2)を1/2以下に設計することが好ましい。なおシリンダーの全長には混練に関与しない部分(例えば搬送ゾーン)も含まれる。 添加 The addition port is preferably designed downstream of the melt-kneading zone of the extruder for the purpose of reducing the heat history received when passing through the inside of the cylinder. Specifically, the length (L2) from the outlet of the cylinder to the addition port is preferably designed to be 1 / or less of the total length (L1) of the cylinder. Note that the entire length of the cylinder includes a portion not involved in kneading (for example, a transport zone).
 添加口からは、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体とで構成された複合粒子が投入され、押出機内で溶融混練された熱可塑性樹脂中に混入される。本実施形態の複合粒子は再分散性に優れているため、押出機内の後工程で投入されても樹脂中で高度に分散させることができる。 複合 Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative are introduced from the addition port and mixed into the thermoplastic resin melt-kneaded in the extruder. Since the composite particles of this embodiment are excellent in redispersibility, they can be highly dispersed in the resin even when introduced in a subsequent step in an extruder.
 熱可塑性樹脂が耐熱性に優れたエンジニアプラスチックであった場合、その溶融温度は非常に高温であるため、加工時には強い熱履歴が微細セルロースにもかかり、焼けによる着色及び臭気の問題が生じやすい。また、この強い熱履歴は、セルロース(特に天然セルロース)のもつ優れた力学的特性を部分的に失わせるため、熱可塑性樹脂にセルロースをフィラーとして添加したときの樹脂組成物の力学的特性の向上効果を低下させる。 場合 If the thermoplastic resin is an engineered plastic having excellent heat resistance, its melting temperature is extremely high, so that during processing, a strong heat history is applied to the fine cellulose, and coloring and odor problems due to burning are likely to occur. In addition, since this strong thermal history partially loses the excellent mechanical properties of cellulose (particularly natural cellulose), the mechanical properties of the resin composition are improved when cellulose is added as a filler to the thermoplastic resin. Decrease the effect.
 本実施形態では、微細セルロースを、予めセルロース誘導体を用いて、乾燥状態にあっても優れた再分散性をもつ複合粒子に改質しているため、第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に対して(好ましくは押出機の溶融混練ゾーンよりも下流、より好ましくはL2/L1が1/2以下、更に好ましくはL2/L1が1/3以下、最も好ましくはL2/L1が1/4以下に位置する添加口から)シリンダーに複合粒子を添加しても、微細セルロースが高度に分散した樹脂組成物を製造することができる。上記のような態様で投入された微細セルロースにおいては、熱履歴が緩和されているため、焼けによる着色及び臭気の発生が抑制される。また、本実施形態の方法によれば、熱履歴の緩和ととともに微細セルロースの高度な分散も実現できるため、樹脂組成物の高度な力学特性を実現することができる。 In the present embodiment, since the fine cellulose is modified into a composite particle having excellent redispersibility even in a dry state using a cellulose derivative in advance, the resin melted in the first step (Preferably downstream of the melt kneading zone of the extruder, more preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less, further preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less, most preferably L2 / L1 is 1 / or less. Even if the composite particles are added to the cylinder (from the addition port located), a resin composition in which fine cellulose is highly dispersed can be produced. In the fine cellulose charged in the above-described mode, the heat history is reduced, so that the generation of coloring and odor due to burning is suppressed. In addition, according to the method of the present embodiment, a high degree of dispersion of the fine cellulose can be realized together with the relaxation of the heat history, so that a high mechanical property of the resin composition can be realized.
 押出機の、添加口を含む部位(サイドフィーダー)の下流には、ガス抜きシリンダー、真空引きベント等を適宜設け、複合粒子投入時に混入した空気及び微量の水分(水蒸気)を脱気することができる。 Downstream of the extruder including the addition port (side feeder), a degas cylinder, a vacuum vent, etc. are provided as appropriate to degas air and a small amount of water (water vapor) mixed when the composite particles are charged. it can.
 また、二軸押出機は、先端排出部で樹脂に高圧がかかり、樹脂温度が上昇しやすい。この樹脂圧力を制御したり樹脂温度上昇を軽減する目的で、下流にギヤポンプを設置することができる。 二 In the twin-screw extruder, high pressure is applied to the resin at the tip discharge section, and the resin temperature tends to rise. A gear pump can be installed downstream for the purpose of controlling the resin pressure and reducing the rise in resin temperature.
 本実施形態では、微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体とで構成された複合粒子が押出機内を搬送される距離を、熱可塑性樹脂と比較して短くできるため、複合粒子混入後のシリンダー内のスクリューの構成を工夫することで確実な均質分散を実現することができる。具体的には、これに限定するものではないが、進行方向と逆向きのフィードを作り出す反時計回りのスクリューを1箇所以上、添加口よりも下流側のシリンダー内に設けることにより、微細セルロースの高度な分散をより確実に実現することができる。 In the present embodiment, the distance in which the composite particles composed of the fine cellulose and the cellulose derivative are conveyed in the extruder can be shortened as compared with the thermoplastic resin, so that the configuration of the screw in the cylinder after mixing the composite particles is reduced. By devising it, it is possible to realize reliable homogeneous dispersion. Specifically, the present invention is not limited to this. By providing at least one counterclockwise screw that creates a feed in the direction opposite to the traveling direction in the cylinder downstream of the addition port, the fine cellulose is removed. Advanced dispersion can be realized more reliably.
≪成形体≫
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物から得られる成形体は、用途によってどのような形状であってもよく、三次元の立体形状でも、シート状、フィルム状又は繊維状でも構わない。例えば、成形体の一部(例えば数箇所)を加熱処理する事により溶融させ、例えば樹脂又は金属の基板に接着して用いても構わない。成形体は、樹脂又は金属の基板に塗布された塗膜であってもよく、基板との積層体を形成してもよい。また、シート状、フィルム状又は繊維状の成形体につき、アニール処理、エッチング処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、シボ転写、切削、表面研磨等の二次加工を行っても構わない。
≪Molded body≫
The molded article obtained from the resin composition of the present embodiment may have any shape depending on the application, and may have a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape, a sheet shape, a film shape, or a fibrous shape. For example, a part (for example, several places) of the molded body may be melted by heat treatment, and may be used by being adhered to a resin or metal substrate, for example. The molded body may be a coating film applied to a resin or metal substrate, or may form a laminate with the substrate. The sheet, film, or fibrous formed body may be subjected to secondary processing such as annealing, etching, corona processing, plasma processing, grain transfer, cutting, and surface polishing.
 本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、高耐熱かつ軽量であることから、鋼板の代替、又は炭素繊維強化プラスチック、ガラス繊維強化プラスチック等の繊維強化プラスチック、無機フィラーを含む樹脂コンポジット等の代替ができる。例えば、産業用機械部品(例えば、電磁機器筐体、ロール材、搬送用アーム、医療機器部材等)、一般機械部品、自動車・鉄道・車両等部品(例えば外板、シャーシ、空力部材、座席、トランスミッション内部の摩擦材等)、船舶部材(例えば船体、座席等)、航空関連部品(例えば、胴体、主翼、尾翼、動翼、フェアリング、カウル、ドア、座席、内装材等)、宇宙機、人工衛星部材(モーターケース、主翼、構体、アンテナ等)、電子・電気部品(例えばパーソナルコンピュータ筐体、携帯電話筐体、OA機器、AV機器、電話機、ファクシミリ、家電製品、玩具用品等)、建築・土木材料(例えば、鉄筋代替材料、トラス構造体、つり橋用ケーブル等)、生活用品、スポーツ・レジャー用品(例えば、ゴルフクラブシャフト、釣り竿、テニス又はバトミントンのラケット等)、風力発電用筐体部材等、また容器・包装部材、例えば、燃料電池に使用されるような水素ガス等を充填する高圧力容器用の材料となり得る。
 これらの中でも、既存の樹脂組成物と比べて高耐熱化、軽量化されることで優位性を発揮できるのは、樹脂成形が必要な自動車用部材である。特に高温環境下で使用されるエンジン周辺の部材であるギア、エンジンカバー、ラジエータータンク、インテークマニホールド等に有用である。高温環境下での剛性が低い場合、ギアのような複雑な構造において歯の噛み合わせのズレ又は欠損の発生、エンジンカバー、ラジエータータンク、インテークマニホールド等の容器において他の部材との接合部の破損や変形がある。したがって、高温剛性に優れる本実施形態の樹脂組成物は高温環境下で使用される部材に最適である。また、本実施形態の樹脂組成物は、微細セルロースが良好に分散していることで、高耐熱、軽量及び高強度である上に、低線膨張であり、更に表面性状及び摺動特性にも優れることから、特に、クーリングファン、キャニスター、ロッカーカバー、オーナメントカバー、ラジエタードレンキャップ、ラジエターファン、シリンダーヘッドカバー、オイルパン、オイルリザーバータンク、ガソリンタンク、ケーブルライナー、ファスナークリップ、エンジンマウント、エンジンファン、スパークプラグカバー、スパークプラグキャップ、ジャンクションブロック、リレーブロック、コネクター、ブレーキ配管、燃料配管用チューブ、廃ガス系統部品吸気系部品、排気系部品等の部材に適している。
Since the resin composition of the present embodiment has high heat resistance and light weight, it can be substituted for a steel plate, or a fiber reinforced plastic such as a carbon fiber reinforced plastic or a glass fiber reinforced plastic, or a resin composite containing an inorganic filler. For example, industrial machine parts (for example, electromagnetic equipment housing, roll material, transfer arm, medical equipment members, etc.), general machine parts, automobile / railway / vehicle parts (for example, outer plates, chassis, aerodynamic members, seats, Frictional material inside the transmission, etc.), marine components (for example, hull, seat, etc.), aviation-related parts (for example, fuselage, main wing, tail wing, rotor blade, fairing, cowl, door, seat, interior materials, etc.), spacecraft, Satellite members (motor case, main wing, structure, antenna, etc.), electronic and electric parts (for example, personal computer housing, mobile phone housing, OA equipment, AV equipment, telephone, facsimile, home appliances, toy supplies, etc.), architecture・ Civil engineering materials (for example, reinforcing steel substitute materials, truss structures, suspension bridge cables, etc.), daily necessities, sports and leisure goods (for example, golf club shafts, fishing rods, Varnish or badminton rackets or the like), a wind power generation housing member or the like, also containers and packaging member, for example, can be a material for the high pressure container to be filled with hydrogen gas or the like, such as those used in fuel cells.
Among these, automotive members that require resin molding can exhibit advantages due to higher heat resistance and lighter weight than existing resin compositions. In particular, it is useful for gears, engine covers, radiator tanks, intake manifolds and the like, which are members around the engine used in a high temperature environment. When rigidity in a high temperature environment is low, misalignment or loss of teeth occurs in complicated structures such as gears, and damage to joints with other members in containers such as engine covers, radiator tanks, intake manifolds, etc. And deformation. Therefore, the resin composition of the present embodiment having excellent high-temperature stiffness is most suitable for a member used in a high-temperature environment. In addition, the resin composition of the present embodiment has high heat resistance, light weight and high strength, as well as low linear expansion, because the fine cellulose is satisfactorily dispersed, and also has excellent surface properties and sliding properties. Cooling fan, canister, rocker cover, ornament cover, radiator drain cap, radiator fan, cylinder head cover, oil pan, oil reservoir tank, gasoline tank, cable liner, fastener clip, engine mount, engine fan, spark Suitable for plug cover, spark plug cap, junction block, relay block, connector, brake pipe, fuel pipe tube, waste gas system parts intake system parts, exhaust system parts, etc.
 本開示の一態様に係る樹脂組成物は、高機械的特性及び低線膨張性を有することができ、及び/又は大型部品に対応可能な高い流動性を有することができ、及び/又は部分的な強度欠陥を実質的に含まない成形体を与えることができるため、成形体は種々の大型部品であってよい。 The resin composition according to one aspect of the present disclosure can have high mechanical properties and low linear expansion, and / or can have high fluidity that can accommodate large parts, and / or have a partial fluidity. Since it is possible to provide a molded article substantially free of high strength defects, the molded article may be various large parts.
 本開示は以下の態様を包含する。
<態様A>
[1] 微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子であって、
 前記複合粒子中の微細セルロースの比率が10質量%以上95質量%以下であり、
 分散液中の微細セルロース濃度が1質量%となるように前記複合粒子をDMSO中に分散させて得た分散液の、液温25℃及び剪断速度10s-1における粘度η10が、10mPa・s以上である、複合粒子。
[2] 前記分散液の、液温25℃における、剪断速度100s-1での粘度η100に対する剪断速度10s-1での粘度η10の比η10/η100であるチキソトロピーインデックス(TI)が、2以上である、上記態様1に記載の複合粒子。
[3] メジアン粒径が1μm以上5000μm以下である、上記態様1又は2に記載の複合粒子。
[4] 前記熱可塑性樹脂がDMSOに可溶である、上記態様1~3のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[5] 前記熱可塑性樹脂がセルロース誘導体である、上記態様4に記載の複合粒子。
[6] 前記微細セルロースが、比表面積相当径2nm以上1000nm未満を有する、上記態様1~5のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[7] 前記微細セルロースの一部が化学修飾されており、かつ前記微細セルロースがI型結晶構造を有する、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の複合粒子。
[8] 前記化学修飾がアセチル化である、上記態様7に記載の複合粒子。
[9] 上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
 微細セルロースの水分散体と熱可塑性樹脂の粒子とを混合し、次いで乾燥させて、複合粒子を回収する、粉末化工程を含む、方法。
[10] 前記微細セルロースの水分散体を、
 有機溶媒中でセルロースの解繊処理を行って微細セルロース分散体を得る解繊工程、及び
 前記微細セルロース分散体中の有機溶媒を水に置換する精製工程、
によって調製する、上記態様9に記載の製造方法。
[11] 前記解繊工程と同時に、又は前記解繊工程の後かつ前記精製工程の前に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、上記態様10に記載の方法。
[12] 上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
 微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体中に熱可塑性樹脂を添加して、有機溶媒中に微細セルロースが分散しかつ熱可塑性樹脂が溶解している微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を得る微細セルロース/樹脂分散体調製工程、
 前記微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を前記熱可塑性樹脂の貧溶媒と混合し、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子を析出させることによって、複合粒子分散体を得る析出工程、
 前記複合粒子分散体中の前記有機溶媒を水に置換して水分散体を得る精製工程、及び
 前記水分散体を乾燥させて複合粒子を回収する粉末化工程、
を含む、方法。
[13] 前記微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体を、有機溶媒中でセルロースを解繊処理する解繊工程によって調製する、上記態様12に記載の複合粒子の製造方法。
[14] 前記解繊工程と同時又は前記解繊工程の後に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、上記態様13に記載の方法。
[15] 上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の複合粒子とベース樹脂とを含む、樹脂組成物。
[16] 前記ベース樹脂が、熱可塑性樹脂である、上記態様15に記載の樹脂組成物。
[17] 前記ベース樹脂が、熱硬化性樹脂又は光硬化性樹脂である、上記態様15に記載の樹脂組成物。
[18] 前記ベース樹脂が、ゴムである、上記態様15に記載の樹脂組成物。
[19] 上記態様16に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 複合粒子を、乾燥粉末又は水分散体の形態で、熱可塑性樹脂と溶融混練成型機の内部で混練し、次いで成形する工程を含む、方法。
[20] 上記態様17に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 複合粒子を熱硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで熱硬化処理を行う工程、又は
 複合粒子を光硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで光硬化処理を行う工程、
を含む、方法。
[21] 上記態様18に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 複合粒子をゴムと混合し、次いで成形し、次いで加硫を行う工程を含む、方法。
The present disclosure includes the following aspects.
<Aspect A>
[1] A composite particle containing fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin,
The ratio of fine cellulose in the composite particles is 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less,
The dispersion η10 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 10 s −1 has a viscosity η 10 of 10 mPa · s, obtained by dispersing the composite particles in DMSO such that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion becomes 1% by mass. That is the composite particle.
[2] The thixotropic index (TI), which is the ratio of the viscosity η 10 at a shear rate of 10 s −1 to the viscosity η 100 at a shear rate of 100 s −1 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C., η 10 / η 100 , is obtained. 2. The composite particle according to the above aspect 1, which is 2 or more.
[3] The composite particles according to the above aspect 1 or 2, wherein the median particle diameter is 1 μm or more and 5000 μm or less.
[4] The composite particles according to any one of the above-described embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the thermoplastic resin is soluble in DMSO.
[5] The composite particles according to the above aspect 4, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative.
[6] The composite particle according to any of the above aspects 1 to 5, wherein the fine cellulose has a specific surface area equivalent diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm.
[7] The composite particle according to any one of Aspects 1 to 6, wherein a part of the fine cellulose is chemically modified, and the fine cellulose has an I-type crystal structure.
[8] The composite particle according to the above aspect 7, wherein the chemical modification is acetylation.
[9] The method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 8,
A method comprising a powdering step of mixing an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose and particles of a thermoplastic resin and then drying to collect the composite particles.
[10] The aqueous dispersion of the fine cellulose is
Fibrillation step of performing a fibrillation treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and a purification step of substituting water for the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion,
The production method according to the above aspect 9, which is prepared by the following method.
[11] The method according to the above aspect 10, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with the defibration step or after the defibration step and before the purification step.
[12] The method for producing a composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 8,
Preparation of fine cellulose / resin dispersion by adding thermoplastic resin to organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose to obtain fine cellulose / resin dispersion in which fine cellulose is dispersed in organic solvent and thermoplastic resin is dissolved Process,
A precipitation step of obtaining a composite particle dispersion by mixing the fine cellulose / resin dispersion with a poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin and precipitating composite particles containing the fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin;
A purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the composite particle dispersion with water to obtain an aqueous dispersion, and a powdering step of drying the aqueous dispersion to collect composite particles,
Including, methods.
[13] The method for producing composite particles according to the above aspect 12, wherein the organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose is prepared by a defibration step of defibrating cellulose in an organic solvent.
[14] The method according to the above aspect 13, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with or after the defibration step.
[15] A resin composition comprising the composite particle according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 8 and a base resin.
[16] The resin composition according to the above aspect 15, wherein the base resin is a thermoplastic resin.
[17] The resin composition according to the above aspect 15, wherein the base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin.
[18] The resin composition according to the above aspect 15, wherein the base resin is a rubber.
[19] The method for producing a resin composition according to the above aspect 16, wherein
A method comprising kneading the composite particles in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin inside a melt-kneading molding machine, and then molding.
[20] The method for producing a resin composition according to the above aspect 17, wherein
Mixing the composite particles with a thermosetting resin and then molding and then performing a thermosetting process; or mixing the composite particles with a photocurable resin and then molding and then performing a photocuring process,
Including, methods.
[21] The method for producing a resin composition according to the above aspect 18, wherein
Mixing the composite particles with rubber, then molding and then vulcanizing.
<態様B>
[1] 熱可塑性樹脂、
 前記熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対して0.1~40質量部の、繊維径が2nm以上1μm未満である微細セルロース繊維、及び
 前記微細セルロース繊維100質量部に対して1質量部~500質量部の、セルロース誘導体、
を含む、樹脂組成物。
[2] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド系樹脂及びこれらのいずれか2種以上の混合物からなる群より選択される、上記態様1に記載の樹脂組成物。
[3] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリプロピレンであり、該ポリプロピレンのISO1133に準拠して230℃で測定されたメルトマスフローレイト(MFR)が、3g/10分以上30g/10分以下である、上記態様1に記載の樹脂組成物。
[4] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアミド系樹脂であり、該ポリアミド系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、上記態様1に記載の樹脂組成物。
[5] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリエステル系樹脂であり、該ポリエステル系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、上記態様1に記載の樹脂組成物。
[6] 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアセタール系樹脂であり、該ポリアセタール系樹脂が、0.01~4モル%のコモノマー由来構造を含有するコポリアセタールである、上記態様1に記載の樹脂組成物。
[7] 前記セルロース誘導体が、セルロースアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、及びセルロースアセテートブチレートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[8] 前記微細セルロース繊維の繊維径が500nm以下である、上記態様1~7のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[9] 前記微細セルロース繊維の結晶化度が50%以上である、上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[10] 前記微細セルロース繊維が化学修飾微細セルロース繊維である、上記態様1~9のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[11] 前記化学修飾微細セルロース繊維がエステル化微細セルロース繊維である、上記態様10に記載の樹脂組成物。
[12] セルロースウィスカーを、前記微細セルロース繊維100質量部に対して10~500質量部の量で更に含む、上記態様1~11のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[13] 前記樹脂組成物の引張破断強度の変動係数(標準偏差/算術平均値)が、15%以下である、上記態様1~12のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[14] 前記樹脂組成物の引張降伏強度が、前記熱可塑性樹脂の引張降伏強度の1.05倍以上である、上記態様1~13のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[15] 前記樹脂組成物の0℃~60℃の範囲での線膨張係数が80ppm/k以下である、上記態様1~14のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[16] 上記態様1~15のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂ペレット。
[17] 上記態様1~15のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂成形体。
<Aspect B>
[1] thermoplastic resin,
0.1 to 40 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose fibers having a fiber diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1 μm, and 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers Of a cellulose derivative,
A resin composition comprising:
[2] The thermoplastic resin is selected from the group consisting of polyolefin resins, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyphenylene ether resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, and mixtures of any two or more of these. The resin composition according to the above aspect 1.
[3] The above aspect, wherein the thermoplastic resin is polypropylene, and the melt mass flow rate (MFR) of the polypropylene measured at 230 ° C. based on ISO1133 is 3 g / 10 min or more and 30 g / 10 min or less. 2. The resin composition according to 1.
[4] The thermoplastic resin is a polyamide resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyamide resin is 0.30 to 0.95. The resin composition according to the above aspect 1.
[5] The thermoplastic resin is a polyester resin, and the ratio of carboxyl terminal groups to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyester resin is 0.30 to 0.95. The resin composition according to the above aspect 1.
[6] The resin composition according to the above aspect 1, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a polyacetal resin, and the polyacetal resin is a copolyacetal containing 0.01 to 4 mol% of a comonomer-derived structure.
[7] The resin composition according to any one of Aspects 1 to 6, wherein the cellulose derivative is at least one selected from the group consisting of cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
[8] The resin composition according to any one of Aspects 1 to 7, wherein the fine cellulose fiber has a fiber diameter of 500 nm or less.
[9] The resin composition according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the crystallinity of the fine cellulose fibers is 50% or more.
[10] The resin composition according to any of aspects 1 to 9, wherein the fine cellulose fibers are chemically modified fine cellulose fibers.
[11] The resin composition according to the above aspect 10, wherein the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber is an esterified fine cellulose fiber.
[12] The resin composition according to any of the above aspects 1 to 11, further comprising cellulose whiskers in an amount of 10 to 500 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers.
[13] The resin composition according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 12, wherein the coefficient of variation (standard deviation / arithmetic mean) of the tensile rupture strength of the resin composition is 15% or less.
[14] The resin composition according to any of aspects 1 to 13, wherein the tensile yield strength of the resin composition is at least 1.05 times the tensile yield strength of the thermoplastic resin.
[15] The resin composition according to any of aspects 1 to 14, wherein the resin composition has a coefficient of linear expansion in the range of 0 ° C to 60 ° C of 80 ppm / k or less.
[16] A resin pellet formed from the resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 15.
[17] A resin molded article formed from the resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 15.
<態様C>
[1] 熱可塑性樹脂と、
 微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体で構成された複合粒子と、
を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
 押出機において前記熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
 第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に前記複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
を含む、製造方法。
[2] 前記第1の工程は、押出機が備えるシリンダー内の溶融混練ゾーンで行われ、
 前記第2の工程は、前記シリンダーに設けられた添加口から前記複合粒子を供給することにより行われる、上記態様1に記載の製造方法。
[3] 前記添加口は、前記溶融混練ゾーンよりも下流に配置される、上記態様2に記載の製造方法。
[4] 前記シリンダーの全長(L1)に対し、前記シリンダーの出口から前記添加口までの長さ(L2)が1/2以下である、上記態様2又は3に記載の製造方法。
[5] 前記添加口よりも下流側のシリンダー内に、前記複合粒子を前記熱可塑性樹脂中で混練分散させるための反時計回りスクリューが1箇所以上設けられている、上記態様2~4のいずれかに記載の製造方法。
[6] 前記複合粒子を構成する微細セルロースは化学修飾されている、上記態様1~5のいずれかに記載の製造方法。
[7] 前記微細セルロースの化学修飾は、アセチル化である、上記態様6に記載の製造方法。
[8] 前記樹脂組成物は、前記微細セルロースを、前記熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対し1質量部以上10質量部以下の割合で含む、上記態様1~7のいずれかに記載の製造方法。
[9] 前記微細セルロースは、長さ/径比率(L/D比)が15未満のセルロースウィスカーと、L/D比が150以上のセルロースファイバーとを含む、上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の製造方法。
[10] 前記熱可塑性樹脂の融点が220℃以上である、上記態様1~9のいずれかに記載の製造方法。
<Aspect C>
[1] a thermoplastic resin,
Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative,
A method for producing a resin composition comprising:
A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
And a manufacturing method.
[2] The first step is performed in a melt-kneading zone in a cylinder provided in the extruder,
The manufacturing method according to the above aspect 1, wherein the second step is performed by supplying the composite particles from an addition port provided in the cylinder.
[3] The production method according to the above aspect 2, wherein the addition port is disposed downstream of the melt-kneading zone.
[4] The production method according to the above aspect 2 or 3, wherein the length (L2) from the outlet of the cylinder to the addition port is 1/2 or less of the total length (L1) of the cylinder.
[5] Any of the above-described embodiments 2 to 4, wherein one or more counterclockwise screws for kneading and dispersing the composite particles in the thermoplastic resin are provided in a cylinder downstream of the addition port. The production method described in Crab.
[6] The production method according to any one of the first to fifth embodiments, wherein the fine cellulose constituting the composite particles is chemically modified.
[7] The production method according to the above aspect 6, wherein the chemical modification of the fine cellulose is acetylation.
[8] The method according to any one of Aspects 1 to 7, wherein the resin composition contains the fine cellulose in an amount of 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin.
[9] The microscopic cellulose according to any of the above aspects 1 to 8, wherein the fine cellulose comprises a cellulose whisker having a length / diameter ratio (L / D ratio) of less than 15 and a cellulose fiber having an L / D ratio of 150 or more. The manufacturing method as described.
[10] The production method according to any of the above aspects 1 to 9, wherein the melting point of the thermoplastic resin is 220 ° C. or higher.
 以下に、本発明を実施例に基づいて更に説明するが、本発明はこれら実施例に限定されない。 本 Hereinafter, the present invention will be further described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
1.原料
 以下に、使用した原料について説明する。
1. Raw Materials The raw materials used are described below.
≪ベース樹脂≫
 ポリアミド
  ポリアミド6(以下、単にPA6と称す。)
  宇部興産株式会社より入手可能な「UBEナイロン 1013B」
  カルボキシル末端基比率が、([COOH]/[全末端基])=0.6
 ポリプロピレン
  ホモポリプロピレン(以下、単にPPと称す)
     プライムポリマーから入手可能な「プライムポリプロ J105B」
     ISO1133に準拠230℃測定MFR=9.0g/10分
  マレイン酸変性ポリプロピレン(以下、単にMPPと称す)
     三洋化成工業株式会社から入手可能な「ユーメックス1001」
     ISO1133に準拠して230℃で測定されたMFR=230g/10分
≪Base resin≫
Polyamide Polyamide 6 (hereinafter simply referred to as PA6)
"UBE Nylon 1013B" available from Ube Industries, Ltd.
Carboxyl end group ratio is ([COOH] / [all end groups]) = 0.6
Polypropylene homopolypropylene (hereinafter simply referred to as PP)
"Prime Polypro J105B" available from Prime Polymer
MFR = 9.0 g / 10 min. Measured at 230 ° C. according to ISO 1133 Maleic acid-modified polypropylene (hereinafter simply referred to as MPP)
"UMEX 1001" available from Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.
MFR measured at 230 ° C. according to ISO 1133 = 230 g / 10 min
≪複合粒子(複合体)の熱可塑性樹脂≫
[セルロース誘導体]
 セルロースアセテートブチレート CAB0.1(イーストマンケミカル社製、製品名CAB381-0.1、分子量20000、エステル化度:ブチル基37wt%、アセチル基13wt%、ヒドロキシ基1.5wt%)
 セルロースアセテートブチレート CAB20(イーストマンケミカル社製、製品名CAB381-20、分子量70000、エステル化度:ブチル基37wt%、アセチル基13.5wt%、ヒドロキシ基1.5wt%)
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート CAP20(イーストマンケミカル社製、製品名CAP482-20、エステル化度:プロピオニル基48wt%、アセチル基1.3wt%、ヒドロキシ基1.7wt%)
[ポリアミド]
 ポリアミド6パウダーPA6(メタルカラー社製、製品名SNP-613NS)
熱 Composite particle (composite) thermoplastic resin≫
[Cellulose derivative]
Cellulose acetate butyrate CAB0.1 (manufactured by Eastman Chemical Company, product name CAB381-0.1, molecular weight 20,000, degree of esterification: butyl group 37 wt%, acetyl group 13 wt%, hydroxy group 1.5 wt%)
Cellulose acetate butyrate CAB20 (manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., product name CAB381-20, molecular weight 70000, degree of esterification: butyl group 37 wt%, acetyl group 13.5 wt%, hydroxy group 1.5 wt%)
Cellulose acetate propionate CAP20 (product name: CAP482-20, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Company, esterification degree: propionyl group 48 wt%, acetyl group 1.3 wt%, hydroxy group 1.7 wt%)
[polyamide]
Polyamide 6 powder PA6 (manufactured by Metal Color Co., product name SNP-613NS)
≪実施例A≫
<微細セルロースの製造>
 複合粒子、及び微細セルロースのみの単独粒子のそれぞれの製造で用いる微細セルローススラリーを、下記製造例A~E2の方法で表1の組成に従って製造した。
<< Example A >>
<Production of fine cellulose>
Fine cellulose slurries used in the production of the composite particles and the single particles of the fine cellulose alone were produced according to the compositions shown in Table 1 by the following Production Examples A to E2.
[セルロースウィスカー(以下、CNCともいう。)]
 市販DPパルプ(平均重合度1600)を裁断し、10質量%塩酸水溶液中で、105℃で30分間加水分解した。得られた酸不溶解残さを濾過、洗浄、pH調整し、固形分濃度14質量%、pH6.5の結晶セルロース分散体を調製した。この結晶セルロース分散体を噴霧乾燥し、結晶セルロースの乾燥物を得た。次に、供給量を10kg/hrとして、気流型粉砕機(STJ-400型、セイシン企業社製)に上記で得た乾燥物を供給して粉砕し、結晶セルロース微粉末としてセルロースウィスカーを得た。得られたセルロースウィスカーの特性を後述の方法で評価した。結果を下記に示す。
         L/D=1.6
         平均径=200nm
         結晶化度=78%
         重合度=200
[Cellulose whisker (hereinafter also referred to as CNC)]
Commercial DP pulp (average degree of polymerization: 1600) was cut and hydrolyzed in a 10% by mass aqueous hydrochloric acid solution at 105 ° C. for 30 minutes. The obtained acid-insoluble residue was filtered, washed and pH-adjusted to prepare a crystalline cellulose dispersion having a solid content of 14% by mass and a pH of 6.5. The crystalline cellulose dispersion was spray-dried to obtain a dried crystalline cellulose. Next, the dried product obtained above was supplied to an air-flow type pulverizer (STJ-400, manufactured by Seishin Enterprise Co., Ltd.) at a supply rate of 10 kg / hr and pulverized to obtain cellulose whiskers as crystalline cellulose fine powder. . The properties of the obtained cellulose whiskers were evaluated by the methods described below. The results are shown below.
L / D = 1.6
Average diameter = 200 nm
Crystallinity = 78%
Degree of polymerization = 200
[製造例A](水中で解繊)
 コットンリンターパルプ3質量部を水27質量部に浸漬させてオートクレーブ内で130℃、4時間の熱処理を行った。得られた膨潤パルプは水洗し、水を含む精製パルプ(30質量部)を得た。つづいて、水を含む精製パルプ30質量部に水を170質量部入れて水中に分散させて(固形分率1.5質量%)、ディスクリファイナー装置として相川鉄工(株)製SDR14型ラボリファイナー(加圧型DISK式)を用い、ディスク間のクリアランスを1mmで該水分散体を20分間叩解処理した。それに引き続き、クリアランスをほとんどゼロに近いレベルにまで低減させた条件下で徹底的に叩解を行い、叩解水分散体(固形分濃度:1.5質量%)を得た。得られた叩解水分散体を、そのまま高圧ホモジナイザー(ニロ・ソアビ社(伊)製NSO15H)を用いて操作圧力100MPa下で15回の微細化処理し、微細セルローススラリー(固形分濃度:1.5質量%)を得た。そして、脱水機により固形分率10質量%まで濃縮し、スラリーA(水溶媒)30質量部を得た。
[Production Example A] (fibrillation in water)
3 parts by mass of cotton linter pulp were immersed in 27 parts by mass of water and heat-treated at 130 ° C. for 4 hours in an autoclave. The obtained swollen pulp was washed with water to obtain a purified pulp containing water (30 parts by mass). Subsequently, 170 parts by mass of water was added to 30 parts by mass of purified pulp containing water and dispersed in water (solid content ratio: 1.5% by mass), and SDR14 type laboratory refiner (manufactured by Aikawa Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a disc refiner ( The aqueous dispersion was beaten for 20 minutes with a clearance between disks of 1 mm using a pressurized DISK method. Subsequently, thorough beating was performed under the condition that the clearance was reduced to a level close to almost zero to obtain a beaten water dispersion (solid content concentration: 1.5% by mass). The obtained beaten water dispersion was directly subjected to micronization treatment at an operating pressure of 100 MPa for 15 times using a high-pressure homogenizer (NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)) to obtain a fine cellulose slurry (solid content: 1.5%). % By mass). Then, the mixture was concentrated to a solid content of 10% by mass with a dehydrator to obtain 30 parts by mass of slurry A (aqueous solvent).
[製造例B1](DMSO中で解繊)
 コットンリンターパルプ1質量部を、一軸撹拌機(アイメックス社製 DKV-1 φ125mmディゾルバー)を用いジメチルスルホキサイド(DMSO)30質量部中で500rpmにて1時間、常温で攪拌した。続いて、ホースポンプでビーズミル(アイメックス社製 NVM-1.5)にフィードし、DMSOのみで180分間循環運転させ、固形分率3.2質量%のスラリーB1(DMSO溶媒)を31質量部得た。
 循環運転の際、ビーズミルの回転数は2500rpm、周速12m/sとし、用いたビーズはジルコニア製で、φ2.0mm、充填率70%とした(ビーズミルのスリット隙間は0.6mmとした)。また、循環運転の際は、摩擦による発熱を吸収するためにチラーによりスラリー温度を40℃に温度管理した。
[Production Example B1] (fibrillation in DMSO)
One part by mass of the cotton linter pulp was stirred at 500 rpm for 1 hour at room temperature in 30 parts by mass of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) using a uniaxial stirrer (DKV-1 φ125 mm dissolver manufactured by Imex). Subsequently, the mixture was fed to a bead mill (NVM-1.5, manufactured by IMEX Co., Ltd.) using a hose pump, and circulated for 180 minutes using only DMSO to obtain 31 parts by mass of a slurry B1 (DMSO solvent) having a solid content of 3.2% by mass. Was.
At the time of circulation operation, the rotation speed of the bead mill was 2500 rpm, the peripheral speed was 12 m / s, the beads used were made of zirconia, φ2.0 mm, and the filling rate was 70% (the slit gap of the bead mill was 0.6 mm). During the circulation operation, the slurry temperature was controlled at 40 ° C. by a chiller in order to absorb heat generated by friction.
[製造例B2](DMSO中で解繊、次いで水に溶媒置換)
 スラリーB1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーB2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example B2] (fibrillation in DMSO, followed by solvent replacement with water)
After adding 30 parts by mass of pure water to the slurry B1 and sufficiently stirring, the mixture was put into a dehydrator and concentrated. A washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water is repeated a total of 5 times to remove the unreacted reagent solvent and the like, thereby obtaining a slurry B2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 10 parts by mass.
[製造例C1](DMSO中で解繊、次いで化学修飾)
 スラリーB1を防爆型ディスパーザータンクに投入した後、酢酸ビニル3.2質量部、炭酸水素ナトリウム0.49質量部を加え、タンク内温度を70℃とし、120分間撹拌を行い、固形分率2.9質量%のスラリーC1(DMSO溶媒)を35質量部を得た。
[Production Example C1] (fibrillation in DMSO followed by chemical modification)
After putting the slurry B1 into an explosion-proof disperser tank, 3.2 parts by mass of vinyl acetate and 0.49 parts by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate were added, the temperature in the tank was adjusted to 70 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 120 minutes to obtain a solid content of 2 parts. 35 parts by mass of a slurry C1 (DMSO solvent) of 9.9% by mass was obtained.
[製造例C2](DMSO中で解繊、次いで化学修飾、次いで水に溶媒置換)
 スラリーC1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーC2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example C2] (fibrillation in DMSO, then chemical modification, then solvent replacement with water)
After 30 parts by mass of pure water was added to the slurry C1 and sufficiently stirred, the mixture was put into a dehydrator and concentrated. The washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water is repeated a total of 5 times to remove the unreacted reagent solvent and the like, thereby obtaining a slurry C2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent).
[製造例D1](CNC使用、DMSO中で解繊、次いで化学修飾)
 セルロース原料をリンターパルプ0.6質量部及びCNC0.4質量部に変更した以外は製造例B1と同様の手法で微細セルロースDMSOスラリーを得た。つづいて、製造例C1と同様の手法で微細セルロースのアセチル化を行い、固形分率2.9質量%のスラリーD1(DMSO溶媒)を35質量部得た。
[Production Example D1] (using CNC, defibrating in DMSO, and then chemically modifying)
A fine cellulose DMSO slurry was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example B1, except that the cellulose raw material was changed to 0.6 parts by mass of linter pulp and 0.4 parts by mass of CNC. Subsequently, fine cellulose was acetylated in the same manner as in Production Example C1 to obtain 35 parts by mass of a slurry D1 (DMSO solvent) having a solid content of 2.9% by mass.
[製造例D2](CNC併用、DMSO中で解繊、次いで化学修飾、次いで水に溶媒置換)
 スラリーD1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーD2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example D2] (CNC combined, defibration in DMSO, then chemical modification, then solvent replacement with water)
After 30 parts by mass of pure water was added to the slurry D1 and sufficiently stirred, the mixture was put into a dehydrator and concentrated. The washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water is repeated a total of 5 times to remove the unreacted reagent solvent and the like, thereby obtaining a slurry D2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 10 parts by mass.
[製造例E1](木材パルプ使用、DMSO中で解繊と同時に化学修飾)
 セルロース原料を針葉樹晒クラフトパルプNBKP1質量部に変更したとともに、ビーズミル処理直前に酢酸ビニル3.2質量部、炭酸水素ナトリウム0.49質量部を加え、40℃、180分間循環運転を行った以外は製造例B1と同様の手法で処理を行い、固形分率2.9質量%のスラリーE1(DMSO溶媒)を35質量部得た(微細セルロースは1質量部)。
[Production Example E1] (using wood pulp, chemical modification simultaneously with defibration in DMSO)
Except that the cellulose raw material was changed to 1 part by mass of softwood bleached kraft pulp NBKP, 3.2 parts by mass of vinyl acetate and 0.49 parts by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate were added immediately before bead milling, and the circulation operation was performed at 40 ° C. for 180 minutes. The same treatment as in Production Example B1 was carried out to obtain 35 parts by mass of a slurry E1 (DMSO solvent) having a solid content of 2.9% by mass (1 part by mass of fine cellulose).
[製造例E2](木材パルプ使用、DMSO中で解繊と同時に化学修飾、次いで水に溶媒置換)
 スラリーE1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーE2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example E2] (using wood pulp, chemical modification simultaneously with fibrillation in DMSO, and then solvent replacement with water)
After adding 30 parts by mass of pure water to the slurry E1 and sufficiently stirring, the mixture was put into a dehydrator and concentrated. The washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water is repeated a total of 5 times to remove the unreacted reagent solvent and the like, thereby obtaining a slurry E2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 10 parts by mass.
<複合粒子の製造>
 実施例A1~A9、比較例A1~A8で用いる複合粒子及び微細セルロースのみの単独粒子は、下記製造例V~Zの方法で表2の組成に従って製造した。
<Production of composite particles>
The composite particles and single particles of only fine cellulose used in Examples A1 to A9 and Comparative Examples A1 to A8 were produced according to the compositions of Table 2 by the methods of Production Examples V to Z described below.
[製造例V]
 スラリーB1,C1,D1,E1について、全量防爆型ディスパーザータンクに各々を投入した後、セルロース誘導体粉末を加え、10分間、回転数100rpm、常温で撹拌しセルロース誘導体を完全に溶解させた。続いて、別の防爆型ディスパーザータンクに入れた純水30質量部を200rpmで撹拌しながら、該スラリーを1L/minの速度で全量滴下し、滴下終了後も10分間続けて撹拌し、セルロース誘導体を析出させた(析出工程)。得られた水分散体から脱水機により液体分を取り除いた。この後、純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、DMSOを除去し、水を含む複合粒子10質量部を製造した(固形分率10質量%)。
[Production Example V]
After putting all of the slurries B1, C1, D1, and E1 into explosion-proof disperser tanks, cellulose derivative powder was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at a rotation speed of 100 rpm at room temperature to completely dissolve the cellulose derivatives. Subsequently, while stirring 30 parts by mass of pure water in another explosion-proof type disperser tank at 200 rpm, the entire amount of the slurry was dropped at a rate of 1 L / min. The derivative was precipitated (precipitation step). A liquid component was removed from the obtained aqueous dispersion by a dehydrator. Thereafter, 30 parts by mass of pure water was added, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred. A washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water was repeated a total of five times to remove DMSO, thereby producing 10 parts by mass of water-containing composite particles (solid content ratio). 10% by mass).
[製造例W]
 スラリーB1,C1,D1について、製造例Vで製造した水を含む複合粒子を全量プラネタリミキサー(ハイビスミックス2P-1)を用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、乾燥複合粒子を得た。
[Production Example W]
With respect to the slurries B1, C1, and D1, the total amount of the water-containing composite particles produced in Production Example V was vacuum-dried at 50 rpm at 40 ° C. using a planetary mixer (Hibismix 2P-1) to obtain dried composite particles. Obtained.
[製造例X]
 スラリーC2についてナイロン6粉末を添加し、プラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、室温、2hr混練した後、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、乾燥複合粒子を得た。
[Production Example X]
Nylon 6 powder was added to the slurry C2, and the mixture was kneaded with a planetary mixer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at room temperature for 2 hours, followed by vacuum drying at 40 ° C. to obtain dried composite particles.
[製造例Y]
 スラリーB2、C2、D2、E2について熱可塑性樹脂粉末を一切添加せず、プラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、単独粒子を得た。
[Production Example Y]
The slurries B2, C2, D2, and E2 were dried at 50 rpm at 40 ° C. under vacuum using a planetary mixer without adding any thermoplastic resin powder, to obtain single particles.
[製造例Z]
 スラリーAについてセルロース誘導体粉末を添加し、プラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、室温、2hr混練し、40℃、真空乾燥をして固形分率30質量%まで濃縮することで、水を含む複合粒子を製造した。
[Production Example Z]
The cellulose derivative powder is added to the slurry A, the mixture is kneaded with a planetary mixer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at room temperature for 2 hours, and dried at 40 ° C. under vacuum to concentrate to a solid content of 30% by mass. Was manufactured.
<測定方法-微細セルロース>
[測定サンプル作製]
 製造例A、B1、C1、C2、D1、E1の微細セルロースの物性を表1に示す。これらの物性は製造例A、B1、C1、C2、D1、E1の水スラリー及び下記手法で作製された多孔質シートを用いて評価した。
 まず、固形分濃度10質量%の微細セルロース濃縮スラリー又は化学修飾微細セルロース濃縮スラリー4gをtert-ブタノール96g中に分散させ、さらにホモジナイザー(IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)で処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で凝集物が無い状態まで分散処理した(固形分濃度0.4質量%)。得られたtert-ブタノール分散液100gをろ紙(5C,アドバンテック,直径90mm)上で濾過した。ろ過で得られた湿紙はろ紙が貼りついた状態で、かつ、直径150mmろ紙2枚に挟んで、かつ、湿紙の周囲を300g程度の円筒状(内径110mm)の重りで抑えた状態で150℃、5min間加熱し、乾燥シートを得た。この時、このシートの透気抵抗度がシート目付10g/m2あたり100sec/100ml以下のものを多孔質シートとし、測定サンプルとして使用した。
 23℃、50%RHの環境で1日静置したサンプルの目付W(g/m2)を測定した後、王研式透気抵抗試験機(旭精工(株)製、型式EG01)を用いて透気抵抗度R(sec/100ml)を測定した。この時、下記式に従い、10g/m2目付あたりの値を算出した。
目付10g/m2あたり透気抵抗度(sec/100ml)=R/W×10
<Measurement method-fine cellulose>
[Preparation of measurement sample]
Table 1 shows the physical properties of the fine celluloses of Production Examples A, B1, C1, C2, D1, and E1. These physical properties were evaluated using the aqueous slurries of Production Examples A, B1, C1, C2, D1, and E1 and the porous sheet prepared by the following method.
First, 4 g of a fine cellulose concentrated slurry or a chemically modified fine cellulose concentrated slurry having a solid concentration of 10% by mass was dispersed in 96 g of tert-butanol, and further treated with a homogenizer (trade name "Ultra Turrax T18" manufactured by IKA): The dispersion treatment was performed at a rotation speed of 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes until there was no aggregate (solid content concentration: 0.4% by mass). 100 g of the obtained tert-butanol dispersion was filtered on filter paper (5C, Advantech, diameter 90 mm). The wet paper obtained by the filtration is in a state where the filter paper is stuck, and is sandwiched between two filter papers of 150 mm in diameter, and the circumference of the wet paper is suppressed by a cylindrical weight (inner diameter 110 mm) of about 300 g. Heating was performed at 150 ° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a dried sheet. At this time, a sheet having an air permeability resistance of 100 sec / 100 ml or less per 10 g / m 2 of sheet weight was defined as a porous sheet and used as a measurement sample.
After measuring the basis weight W (g / m 2 ) of the sample which was allowed to stand for 1 day in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, an Oken-type air resistance tester (model EG01, manufactured by Asahi Seiko Co., Ltd.) was used. The air resistance R (sec / 100 ml) was measured. At this time, a value per 10 g / m 2 basis weight was calculated according to the following equation.
Permeation resistance per unit weight of 10 g / m 2 (sec / 100 ml) = R / W × 10
[数平均径]
 製造例A、B1、C1、C2、D1、E1における水スラリー及びセルロースウィスカーをtert-ブタノールで0.01質量%まで希釈し、高剪断ホモジナイザー(IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)を用い、処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で分散させ、マイカ上にキャスト、風乾したものを測定サンプルとし、高分解能走査型顕微鏡で計測して求めた。具体的には、100本の微細セルロースが観測されるように倍率が調整された観察視野にて、無作為に選んだ100本の微細セルロースの径及び長さを計測した。つづいて、得られた100個の径及び長さの平均値を微細セルロースの数平均径、数平均長とした。また、数平均径及び数平均長よりL/Dを算出した。
[Number average diameter]
The water slurries and cellulose whiskers in Production Examples A, B1, C1, C2, D1, and E1 were diluted to 0.01% by mass with tert-butanol, and a high-shear homogenizer (trade name “Ultra Turrax T18” manufactured by IKA) was used. Processing conditions: Dispersed at 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes, cast on mica and air-dried to obtain a measurement sample, which was measured with a high-resolution scanning microscope. Specifically, the diameter and length of 100 randomly selected microcellulose were measured in an observation visual field whose magnification was adjusted so that 100 microcellulose were observed. Subsequently, the average value of the diameters and lengths of the obtained 100 pieces was defined as the number average diameter and number average length of the fine cellulose. L / D was calculated from the number average diameter and the number average length.
[結晶化度]
 多孔質シートのX線回折測定を行い、下記式より結晶化度を算出した。
結晶化度(%)=[I(200)-I(amorphous)]/I(200)×100
(200):セルロースI型結晶における200面(2θ=22.5°)による回折ピーク強度
(amorphous):セルロースI型結晶におけるアモルファスによるハローピーク強度であって、200面の回折角度より4.5°低角度側(2θ=18.0°)のピーク強度
[Crystallinity]
The X-ray diffraction measurement of the porous sheet was performed, and the crystallinity was calculated from the following equation.
Crystallinity (%) = [I (200) -I (amorphous) ] / I (200) × 100
I (200) : Diffraction peak intensity due to 200 planes (2θ = 22.5 °) in cellulose I-type crystal I (amorphous) : Halo peak intensity due to amorphous phase in cellulose I-type crystal Peak intensity at the low angle side of 0.5 ° (2θ = 18.0 °)
(X線回折測定条件)
 装置     MiniFlex(株式会社リガク製)
 操作軸    2θ/θ
 線源     CuKα
 測定方法   連続式
 電圧     40kV
 電流     15mA
 開始角度   2θ=5°
 終了角度   2θ=30°
 サンプリング幅 0.020°
 スキャン速度 2.0°/min
 サンプル:試料ホルダー上に多孔質シートを貼り付け
(X-ray diffraction measurement conditions)
Equipment MiniFlex (manufactured by Rigaku Corporation)
Operation axis 2θ / θ
Source CuKα
Measurement method Continuous type Voltage 40kV
Current 15mA
Starting angle 2θ = 5 °
End angle 2θ = 30 °
Sampling width 0.020 °
Scan speed 2.0 ° / min
Sample: Paste porous sheet on sample holder
[IRインデックス、DS]
 多孔質シートのATR-IR法による赤外分光スペクトルを、フーリエ変換赤外分光光度計(JASCO社製 FT/IR-6200)で測定した。赤外分光スペクトル測定は以下の条件で行った。
 積算回数:64回、
 波数分解能:4cm-1
 測定波数範囲:4000~600cm-1
 ATR結晶:ダイヤモンド、
 入射角度:45°
得られたIRスペクトルよりIRインデックスを、下記式(1):
 IRインデックス= H1730/H1030(1)
に従って算出した。式中、H1730およびH1030は1730cm-1、1030cm-1(セルロース骨格鎖C-O伸縮振動の吸収バンド)における吸光度である。ただし、それぞれ1900cm-1と1500cm-1を結ぶ線と800cm-1と1500cm-1を結ぶ線をベースラインとして、このベースラインを吸光度0とした時の吸光度を意味する。
 そして、平均置換度(DS)をIRインデックスより下記式(2)に従って算出した。
 DS=4.13×IRインデックス・・・(2)
[IR index, DS]
The infrared spectrum of the porous sheet by the ATR-IR method was measured with a Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer (FT / IR-6200 manufactured by JASCO). The infrared spectrum was measured under the following conditions.
Number of accumulation: 64 times,
Wave number resolution: 4 cm -1 ,
Measurement wave number range: 4000 to 600 cm -1 ,
ATR crystal: diamond,
Incident angle: 45 °
From the obtained IR spectrum, the IR index was calculated by the following formula (1):
IR index = H1730 / H1030 (1)
It calculated according to. In the formula, H1730 and H1030 are absorbances at 1730 cm −1 and 1030 cm −1 (absorption band of cellulose backbone chain CO stretching vibration). Here, the line connecting 1900 cm -1 and 1500 cm -1 and the line connecting 800 cm -1 and 1500 cm -1 are used as the baseline, and the absorbance is defined as the absorbance of which is 0.
Then, the average degree of substitution (DS) was calculated from the IR index according to the following equation (2).
DS = 4.13 × IR index (2)
<測定方法-複合粒子>
[DMSO分散液粘度、チキソトロピーインデックス(TI)]
 微細セルロースが1質量%となるように所定量の複合粒子をDMSO中に添加し、複合粒子を含むDMSO分散液100mlを調製した。つづいて、マグネチックスターラーで1200rpmの回転数で1時間以上撹拌した。液温が25℃であることを確認した後、撹拌中の分散液を一部分取し、レオメーター(TAインスツルメント社、製品名:ARES)にて二重円筒ジオメトリで粘度測定を直ちに行った。なお装置は事前に25℃に温調した。
測定条件として、100秒かけて剪断速度を100s-1から1s-1まで下降させた後、100秒かけて100s-1まで上昇させるサイクルを2回繰り返した。そして、最後に100s-1から1s-1まで100秒かけて下降させ、1sec毎に粘度データを取得した。そして、剪断速度10s-1、100s-1時の粘度をそれぞれη10、η100とした。
下記式に従い、チキソトロピーインデックスTIを算出した。
 TI=η10/η100
<Measurement method-composite particles>
[DMSO dispersion viscosity, thixotropic index (TI)]
A predetermined amount of composite particles was added to DMSO so that the fine cellulose was 1% by mass, to prepare 100 ml of a DMSO dispersion containing the composite particles. Subsequently, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer at a rotation speed of 1200 rpm for 1 hour or more. After confirming that the liquid temperature was 25 ° C., a part of the dispersion during stirring was taken, and the viscosity was immediately measured with a rheometer (TA Instruments, product name: ARES) in a double cylindrical geometry. . The temperature of the apparatus was previously adjusted to 25 ° C.
As a measurement condition, a cycle in which the shear rate was decreased from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds and then increased to 100 s -1 over 100 seconds was repeated twice. And finally, it was lowered from 100 s -1 to 1 s -1 over 100 seconds, and viscosity data was acquired every 1 second. The viscosities at a shear rate of 10 s -1 and 100 s -1 were defined as η 10 and η 100 , respectively.
The thixotropic index TI was calculated according to the following equation.
TI = η 10 / η 100
[複合粒子-メジアン粒径]
 複合粒子1質量%を含む水分散体200mlを調製した。つづいて、家庭用ミキサー(Panasonic社、ファイバーミキサーMX-X701)で1分間処理した。そして、レーザー回折式粒度分布測定装置(ベックマンコールター社、LSI3320)を用い、4回測定における平均値をメジアン粒径とした。
[Composite particle-median particle size]
200 ml of an aqueous dispersion containing 1% by mass of the composite particles was prepared. Subsequently, the mixture was treated with a household mixer (Panasonic, fiber mixer MX-X701) for 1 minute. Then, using a laser diffraction type particle size distribution analyzer (Beckman Coulter, LSI3320), the average value in four measurements was taken as the median particle size.
<測定方法-樹脂組成物>
 射出成形機を用いて、ISO294-3に準拠した多目的試験片を成形した。
 ポリアミド系材料:JIS K6920-2に準拠した条件
 ポリプロピレン系材料:JIS K6921-2に準拠した条件
<Measurement method-resin composition>
A multipurpose test piece based on ISO294-3 was molded using an injection molding machine.
Polyamide-based material: Conditions according to JIS K6920-2 Polypropylene-based material: Conditions according to JIS K6921-2
[引張破断強度、引張破断伸度、曲げ弾性率]
 樹脂組成物及びベース樹脂単独の各々について、ISO527に準拠して引張破断強度及び引張破断伸度、並びにISO179に準拠して曲げ弾性率を測定した。
 なお、ポリアミド系材料は、吸湿による変化が起きるため、成形直後にアルミ防湿袋に保管し、吸湿を抑制した。
[Tensile breaking strength, tensile breaking elongation, flexural modulus]
For each of the resin composition and the base resin alone, the tensile strength at break and tensile elongation at break were measured in accordance with ISO527, and the flexural modulus was measured in accordance with ISO179.
In addition, since the polyamide-based material changes due to moisture absorption, it was stored in an aluminum moisture-proof bag immediately after molding to suppress moisture absorption.
[線膨張係数]
 樹脂複合体又は樹脂を、3mm幅×25mm長に切断し、測定サンプルとした。SII製TMA6100型装置を用いて、引っ張りモードでチャック間10mm、荷重5g、窒素雰囲気下、室温から120℃まで5℃/min.で昇温した後、25℃まで5℃/min.で降温し、再び25℃から120℃まで5℃/min.で昇温した。この際、2度目の昇温時における30℃~100℃の間の平均の線熱膨張率を測定した。
[Linear expansion coefficient]
The resin composite or the resin was cut into a 3 mm width × 25 mm length to obtain a measurement sample. Using a TMA6100 type device manufactured by SII, in a tensile mode, the distance between the chucks was 10 mm, the load was 5 g, and the temperature was from 5 ° C./min. And then up to 25 ° C at 5 ° C / min. At 25 ° C to 120 ° C again at 5 ° C / min. The temperature rose. At this time, the average linear thermal expansion coefficient between 30 ° C. and 100 ° C. at the time of the second heating was measured.
[貯蔵弾性率]
 樹脂複合体ペレットを射出成形機にてPA6については260℃、PPについては160℃で溶融し、JIS K7127規格のダンベル状試験片を作製した。貯蔵弾性率測定に用いた装置と測定条件は下記である。
  装置:GABO社エプレクサー
  測定モード:引張
  周波数:10Hz
  温度範囲:-130℃~150℃
  昇温速度:3℃/分
  測定雰囲気:窒素
貯蔵弾性率変化は、下記式に従って算出した。
 貯蔵弾性率変化=低温の貯蔵弾性率/高温の貯蔵弾性率
PA6については低温/高温の温度は0℃/150℃とし、PPについては-50℃/100℃とした。一般に貯蔵弾性率は高温になるほど小さくなるため、貯蔵弾性率変化は1以上となる。この値が1に近いほど、高温での貯蔵弾性率変化が小さく、耐熱性(高温剛性)が優れる。
[Storage modulus]
The resin composite pellets were melted by an injection molding machine at 260 ° C. for PA6 and 160 ° C. for PP to prepare dumbbell-shaped test pieces conforming to JIS K7127. The equipment and measurement conditions used for storage elastic modulus measurement are as follows.
Equipment: GABO Eplexer Measurement mode: Tensile Frequency: 10 Hz
Temperature range: -130 ° C to 150 ° C
Heating rate: 3 ° C./min Measurement atmosphere: Nitrogen storage modulus change was calculated according to the following equation.
Change in storage modulus = storage modulus at low temperature / storage modulus at high temperature The low / high temperature was set to 0 ° C./150° C. for PA6, and −50 ° C./100° C. for PP. Generally, the storage elastic modulus decreases as the temperature increases, so that the change in the storage elastic modulus becomes 1 or more. The closer this value is to 1, the smaller the change in storage modulus at high temperatures and the better the heat resistance (high temperature rigidity).
 上述の測定方法で測定した樹脂組成物の5つの物性(引張破断強度、引張破断伸度、曲げ弾性率、線膨張係数、貯蔵弾性率変化)について、複合粒子に代えて微細セルロースのみを用いて形成した樹脂組成物の値に対する、複合粒子を用いて形成した樹脂組成物の値の比を求めた。 Regarding the five physical properties (tensile rupture strength, tensile rupture elongation, flexural modulus, linear expansion coefficient, change in storage modulus) of the resin composition measured by the above-described measuring method, only fine cellulose was used instead of the composite particles. The ratio of the value of the resin composition formed using the composite particles to the value of the formed resin composition was determined.
<実施例A1~A9及び比較例A1~A8>
 樹脂組成物の製造において、二軸押出機(東芝機械(株)製TEM-26SS押出機(L/D=48、真空ベント付き))を用い、ポリアミド系材料は260℃、ポリプロピレン系材料は190℃にシリンダー温度を設定した。複合粒子及びベース樹脂が表3に記載の割合になるように混合して定量フィーダーより供給し、押出量15kg/時間、スクリュー回転数250rpmの条件で溶融混練、真空脱気後、ダイからストランド状に押出した。ストランドはストランドバスにて急冷し、ストランドカッターで切断しペレット形状の樹脂組成物を得た。
<Examples A1 to A9 and Comparative Examples A1 to A8>
In the production of the resin composition, a twin-screw extruder (TEM-26SS extruder manufactured by Toshiba Machine Co., Ltd. (L / D = 48, with a vacuum vent)) is used. The cylinder temperature was set to ° C. The composite particles and the base resin were mixed in the proportions shown in Table 3 and supplied from a quantitative feeder. The mixture was melt-kneaded under the conditions of an extrusion rate of 15 kg / hour, a screw rotation speed of 250 rpm, vacuum deaeration, and a strand from the die. Extruded. The strand was quenched by a strand bath and cut by a strand cutter to obtain a pellet-shaped resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
≪実施例B≫
<微細セルロース繊維(以下、CNFと略すことがある)の製造>
[製造例A]
 コットンリンターパルプ3質量部を水27質量部に浸漬させてオートクレーブ内で130℃、4時間の熱処理を行った。得られた膨潤パルプは水洗し、水を含む精製パルプ(30質量部)を得た。つづいて、水を含む精製パルプ30質量部に水を170質量部入れて水中に分散させて(固形分率1.5質量%)、ディスクリファイナー装置として相川鉄工(株)製SDR14型ラボリファイナー(加圧型DISK式)を用い、ディスク間のクリアランスを1mmで該水分散体を20分間叩解処理した。それに引き続き、クリアランスをほとんどゼロに近いレベルにまで低減させた条件下で徹底的に叩解を行い、叩解水分散体(固形分濃度:1.5質量%)を得た。得られた叩解水分散体を、そのまま高圧ホモジナイザー(ニロ・ソアビ社(伊)製NSO15H)を用いて操作圧力100MPa下で15回の微細化処理を実施し、微細セルローススラリー(固形分濃度:1.5質量%)を得た。そして、脱水機により固形分率10質量%まで濃縮し、スラリーa(水溶媒)30質量部を得た。
<< Example B >>
<Manufacture of fine cellulose fiber (hereinafter may be abbreviated as CNF)>
[Production Example A]
3 parts by mass of cotton linter pulp were immersed in 27 parts by mass of water and heat-treated at 130 ° C. for 4 hours in an autoclave. The obtained swollen pulp was washed with water to obtain a purified pulp containing water (30 parts by mass). Subsequently, 170 parts by mass of water was added to 30 parts by mass of purified pulp containing water and dispersed in water (solid content ratio: 1.5% by mass), and SDR14 type laboratory refiner (manufactured by Aikawa Tekko Co., Ltd.) as a disc refiner ( The aqueous dispersion was beaten for 20 minutes with a clearance between disks of 1 mm using a pressurized DISK method. Subsequently, thorough beating was performed under the condition that the clearance was reduced to a level close to almost zero to obtain a beaten water dispersion (solid content concentration: 1.5% by mass). The obtained beaten water dispersion was directly subjected to micronization treatment 15 times under an operating pressure of 100 MPa using a high-pressure homogenizer (NSO15H manufactured by Niro Soavi Co., Ltd. (Italy)) to obtain a fine cellulose slurry (solid content: 1). 0.5% by mass). Then, the mixture was concentrated to a solid content of 10% by mass with a dehydrator to obtain 30 parts by mass of slurry a (aqueous solvent).
[製造例B1]
 コットンリンターパルプ1質量部を、一軸撹拌機(アイメックス社製 DKV-1 φ125mmディゾルバー)を用いジメチルスルホキサイド(DMSO)30質量部中で500rpmにて1時間、常温で攪拌した。続いて、ホースポンプでビーズミル(アイメックス社製 NVM-1.5)にフィードし、DMSOのみで180分間循環運転させ、スラリーb1(DMSO溶媒)を31質量部得た。
 循環運転の際、ビーズミルの回転数は2500rpm、周速12m/sとし、用いたビーズはジルコニア製で、Φ2.0mm、充填率70%とした(ビーズミルのスリット隙間は0.6mmとした)。また、循環運転の際は、摩擦による発熱を吸収するためにチラーによりスラリー温度を40℃に温度管理した。
[Production Example B1]
One part by mass of the cotton linter pulp was stirred at 500 rpm for 1 hour at room temperature in 30 parts by mass of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) using a uniaxial stirrer (DKV-1 φ125 mm dissolver manufactured by Imex). Subsequently, the mixture was fed to a bead mill (NVM-1.5, manufactured by IMEX Co., Ltd.) using a hose pump, and circulated with only DMSO for 180 minutes to obtain 31 parts by mass of a slurry b1 (DMSO solvent).
During the circulation operation, the rotation speed of the bead mill was 2500 rpm, the peripheral speed was 12 m / s, the beads used were made of zirconia, Φ2.0 mm, and the filling rate was 70% (the slit gap of the bead mill was 0.6 mm). During the circulation operation, the slurry temperature was controlled at 40 ° C. by a chiller in order to absorb heat generated by friction.
[製造例B2]
 スラリーb1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーb2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example B2]
After adding 30 parts by mass of pure water to the slurry b1 and sufficiently stirring, the mixture was put into a dehydrator and concentrated. A washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water was repeated a total of 5 times to remove the unreacted reagent solvent and the like, and to obtain a slurry b2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 10 parts by mass.
[製造例C1]
 スラリーb1を防爆型ディスパーザータンクに投入した後、酢酸ビニル3.2質量部、炭酸水素ナトリウム0.49質量部を加え、タンク内温度を70℃とし、120分間撹拌を行い、スラリーc1(DMSO溶媒)を35質量部得た。
[Production Example C1]
After putting the slurry b1 into the explosion-proof disperser tank, 3.2 parts by mass of vinyl acetate and 0.49 parts by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate were added, the temperature in the tank was set to 70 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 120 minutes to obtain a slurry c1 (DMSO Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 35 parts by mass.
[製造例C2]
 スラリーc1に純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、未反応試薬溶媒等を除去し、固形分率10質量%のスラリーc2(水溶媒)を10質量部得た。
[Production Example C2]
After adding 30 parts by mass of pure water to the slurry c1 and sufficiently stirring, the mixture was placed in a dehydrator and concentrated. A washing operation of dispersing, stirring, and concentrating the obtained wet cake again in 30 parts by mass of pure water is repeated a total of 5 times to remove unreacted reagent solvents and the like, thereby obtaining a slurry c2 (water) having a solid content of 10% by mass. Solvent) was obtained in an amount of 10 parts by mass.
<セルロース誘導体複合体の製造>
 実施例B1~B23、比較例B1~B6で用いるセルロース誘導体複合体は、下記製造例W~Zの方法で表5の組成に従って製造した。
<Production of cellulose derivative composite>
The cellulose derivative composites used in Examples B1 to B23 and Comparative Examples B1 to B6 were produced according to the compositions of Table 5 by the methods of Production Examples W to Z below.
[製造例W1~W5]
 スラリーaに対し、セルロース誘導体粉末CAB又はCAPを加え、プラネタリミキサー(プライミクス社製、ハイビスミックス2P-1)を用いて10分間、回転数50rpm、常温で撹拌し、水を含む複合体W1~W5を製造した。
[Production Examples W1 to W5]
The cellulose derivative powder CAB or CAP is added to the slurry a, and the mixture is stirred for 10 minutes using a planetary mixer (manufactured by Primix, Hibismix 2P-1) at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at room temperature to obtain a composite W1 to W5 containing water. Was manufactured.
[製造例W-6]
 スラリーaに対し、プラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、微細セルロース繊維粉末W6を得た。
[Production Example W-6]
The slurry a was vacuum-dried at 40 rpm at 50 rpm using a planetary mixer to obtain a fine cellulose fiber powder W6.
[製造例X-1]
 スラリーb2にセルロース誘導体粉末CABを加え、プラネタリミキサーを用いて10分間、回転数50rpm、常温で撹拌した後、さらに回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより乾燥複合体X1を製造した。
[Production Example X-1]
The cellulose derivative powder CAB was added to the slurry b2, and the mixture was stirred at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at room temperature for 10 minutes using a planetary mixer, and further dried at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at 40 ° C. under vacuum to produce a dry composite X1.
[製造例X-2]
 スラリーb2についてプラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、化学修飾微細セルロース繊維粉末X2を得た。
[Production Example X-2]
The slurry b2 was vacuum-dried at 50 rpm at 40 ° C. using a planetary mixer to obtain a chemically modified fine cellulose fiber powder X2.
[製造例Y]
 スラリーb1について、全量を防爆型ディスパーザータンクに投入した後、セルロース誘導体粉末CAB又はCAPを加え、10分間、回転数100rpm、常温で撹拌しセルロース誘導体を完全に溶解させた。続いて、別の防爆型ディスパーザータンクに入れた純水30質量部を200rpmで撹拌しながら、該スラリーを1L/minの速度で全量滴下し、滴下終了後も10分間続けて撹拌し、セルロース誘導体を析出させた(析出工程)。得られた水分散体から脱水機により液体分を取り除いた。この後、純水30質量部を加えて十分に撹拌した後、脱水機に入れて濃縮した。得られたウェットケーキを再度30質量部の純水に分散、撹拌、濃縮する洗浄操作を合計5回繰り返すことで、DMSOを除去し、水を含む複合体Y10質量部(固形分率10質量%)を製造した。
[Production Example Y]
After putting the entire amount of the slurry b1 into the explosion-proof disperser tank, the cellulose derivative powder CAB or CAP was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at a rotation speed of 100 rpm at room temperature to completely dissolve the cellulose derivative. Subsequently, while stirring 30 parts by mass of pure water in another explosion-proof disperser tank at 200 rpm, the slurry was dripped in a total amount of 1 L / min at a rate of 1 L / min. The derivative was precipitated (precipitation step). A liquid component was removed from the obtained aqueous dispersion by a dehydrator. Thereafter, 30 parts by mass of pure water was added, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred. The obtained wet cake is again dispersed in 30 parts by mass of pure water, and the washing operation of stirring and concentrating is repeated a total of 5 times to remove DMSO, and to remove 10 parts by mass of the water-containing composite Y (solid content: 10% by mass). ) Manufactured.
[製造例Z-1~Z-5]
 使用するスラリーをスラリーc1にした以外は製造例Y-1と同様の方法で水を含む複合体を製造した後、プラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、乾燥複合体Z1~Z5を製造した。
[Production Examples Z-1 to Z-5]
A water-containing composite was produced in the same manner as in Production Example Y-1 except that the slurry used was changed to the slurry c1, and then dried at 50 rpm at 40 ° C. under vacuum using a planetary mixer to obtain a dry composite. The bodies Z1 to Z5 were produced.
[製造例Z-6]
 製造例Z-1~Z-5と同様に水を含む複合体を製造した後、セルロースウィスカー粉末を添加した上でプラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、セルロースウィスカーを含む乾燥複合体Z6を製造した。
[Production Example Z-6]
After producing a composite containing water in the same manner as in Production Examples Z-1 to Z-5, cellulose whisker powder was added, and the mixture was dried under vacuum at 50 rpm at 40 ° C. using a planetary mixer to obtain cellulose whiskers. To produce a dry composite Z6.
[製造例Z-7]
 スラリーc2についてプラネタリミキサーを用いて回転数50rpm、40℃、真空乾燥させることにより、化学修飾微細セルロース繊維粉末Z7を得た。
[Production Example Z-7]
The slurry c2 was vacuum-dried using a planetary mixer at a rotation speed of 50 rpm at 40 ° C. to obtain a chemically modified fine cellulose fiber powder Z7.
<測定方法-微細セルロース繊維>
[測定サンプル作製]
 固形分濃度10質量%の微細セルロース繊維又は化学修飾微細セルロース繊維濃縮スラリー4gを用い、実施例Aと同様の手順で測定サンプルを作製した。
 実施例及び比較例中の微細セルロース繊維及び化学修飾微細セルロース繊維の物性を表4に示す。これらの物性は製造例A、B2,C2の水スラリー、及び下記手法で作製された多孔質シートを用いて評価した。なお、製造例B1、C1で得られる微細セルロース繊維/化学修飾微細セルロース繊維は製造例B2、C2で得られるものと同等とみなした。
<Measurement method-fine cellulose fiber>
[Preparation of measurement sample]
A measurement sample was prepared in the same procedure as in Example A using 4 g of a concentrated cellulose fiber or a chemically modified fine cellulose fiber concentrated slurry having a solid content of 10% by mass.
Table 4 shows the physical properties of the fine cellulose fibers and the chemically modified fine cellulose fibers in Examples and Comparative Examples. These physical properties were evaluated using the aqueous slurries of Production Examples A, B2, and C2, and the porous sheet produced by the following method. The fine cellulose fibers / chemically modified fine cellulose fibers obtained in Production Examples B1 and C1 were regarded as equivalent to those obtained in Production Examples B2 and C2.
[繊維径]
 比表面積・細孔分布測定装置(Nova-4200e, カンタクローム・インスツルメンツ社製)にて、多孔質シート試料約0.2gを真空下で120℃、2時間乾燥を行った後、液体窒素の沸点における窒素ガスの吸着量を相対蒸気圧(P/P)が0.05以上0.2以下の範囲にて5点測定した後(多点法)、同装置プログラムによりBET比表面積(m/g)を算出した。そして比表面積より比表面積相当径を下記の式より算出し、微細セルロース繊維の繊維径Dとした。
   D(nm)=2667/比表面積(m2/g)
[Fiber diameter]
After drying about 0.2 g of the porous sheet sample under vacuum at 120 ° C. for 2 hours using a specific surface area / pore distribution measuring apparatus (Nova-4200e, manufactured by Cantachrome Instruments), the boiling point of liquid nitrogen was measured. Was measured at five points in the range where the relative vapor pressure (P / P 0 ) was 0.05 or more and 0.2 or less (multipoint method), and the BET specific surface area (m 2 / G) was calculated. Then, the equivalent diameter of the specific surface area was calculated from the specific surface area by the following formula, and was defined as the fiber diameter D of the fine cellulose fiber.
D (nm) = 2667 / specific surface area (m 2 / g)
[結晶化度]
 実施例Aと同様の手順で評価した。
[Crystallinity]
Evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example A.
[IRインデックス、DS]
 実施例Aと同様の手順で評価した。
[IR index, DS]
Evaluation was performed in the same manner as in Example A.
[熱分解開始温度]
 多孔質シートの熱分析を以下の測定法にて評価した。
 装置:Rigaku社製、Thermo plus EVO2
 サンプル:多孔質シートから円形に切り抜いたものをアルミ試料パン中に10mg分重ねて入れた。
 サンプル量:10mg
 測定条件:窒素フロー100ml/min中で、室温から150℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、150℃で1時間保持した後、30℃になるまで冷却した。つづいて、そのまま30℃から450℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温した。
 TD算出方法:横軸が温度、縦軸が重量残存率%のグラフから求めた。多孔質シートの150℃(水分がほぼ除去された状態)での重量(重量減少量0wt%)を起点としてさらに昇温を続け、1wt%重量減少時の温度と2wt%重量減少時の温度とを通る直線を得た。この直線と、重量減少量0wt%の起点を通る水平線(ベースライン)とが交わる点の温度を熱分解開始温度(TD)とした。
[Thermal decomposition start temperature]
The thermal analysis of the porous sheet was evaluated by the following measurement method.
Equipment: Thermo plus EVO2 manufactured by Rigaku
Sample: A circular sheet cut from a porous sheet was placed in an aluminum sample pan in an amount of 10 mg.
Sample size: 10mg
Measurement conditions: In a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, the temperature was raised from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min, kept at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to 30 ° C. Subsequently, the temperature was raised from 30 ° C. to 450 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min.
T D calculation method: Determined from a graph in which the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents weight retention%. Starting from the weight of the porous sheet at 150 ° C. (in a state where moisture is almost removed) (weight loss: 0 wt%), the temperature is further increased, and the temperature when the weight is reduced by 1 wt% and the temperature when the weight is reduced by 2 wt% To get a straight line. The temperature at the point where this straight line intersected with the horizontal line (base line) passing through the starting point where the weight loss amount was 0 wt% was defined as the thermal decomposition onset temperature (T D ).
[1wt%重量減少温度]
 1wt%重量減少温度算出方法:前記Td算出時に用いた1wt%重量減少時の温度を1wt%重量減少温度とした。
[1 wt% weight loss temperature]
1 wt% weight loss temperature calculation method: The temperature at the time of 1 wt% weight reduction used in the above Td calculation was defined as 1 wt% weight loss temperature.
[250℃重量減少率]
 装置:Rigaku社製、Thermo plus EVO2
 サンプル:多孔質シートから円形に切り抜いたものをアルミ試料パン中に10mg分重ねて入れた。
 サンプル量:10mg
 測定条件:窒素フロー100ml/min中で、室温から150℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、150℃で1時間保持した後、150℃から250℃まで昇温速度:10℃/minで昇温し、そのまま250℃で2時間保持した。
 250℃重量変化率算出方法:250℃に到達した時点での重量W0を起点として、2時間250℃で保持した後の重量をW1とし、下記式より求めた。
 250℃重量変化率(%):(W1-W0)/W0×100
[250 ° C weight loss rate]
Equipment: Thermo plus EVO2 manufactured by Rigaku
Sample: A circular sheet cut from a porous sheet was placed in an aluminum sample pan in an amount of 10 mg.
Sample size: 10mg
Measurement conditions: In a nitrogen flow of 100 ml / min, the temperature was raised from room temperature to 150 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C./min, maintained at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, and then increased from 150 ° C. to 250 ° C. at a rate of 10 ° C. / Min, and kept at 250 ° C. for 2 hours.
Method for calculating weight change rate at 250 ° C .: Starting from the weight W0 at the time when the temperature reached 250 ° C., the weight after holding at 250 ° C. for 2 hours as W1 was determined by the following formula.
250 ° C weight change rate (%): (W1-W0) / W0 × 100
[重合度]
 「第14改正日本薬局方」(廣川書店発行)の結晶セルロース確認試験(3)に規定される銅エチレンジアミン溶液による還元比粘度法により測定した。
[Polymerization degree]
It was measured by the reduced specific viscosity method using a copper ethylenediamine solution specified in the crystalline cellulose confirmation test (3) of “14th Revised Japanese Pharmacopoeia” (published by Hirokawa Shoten).
[重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)]
 多孔質シートを0.88g秤量し、ハサミで小片に切り刻んだ後、軽く攪拌したうえで、純水20mLを加え1日放置した。次に遠心分離によって水と固形分を分離した。続いてアセトン20mLを加え、軽く攪拌したうえで1日放置した。次に遠心分離によってアセトンと固形分を分離した。続いてN、N-ジメチルアセトアミド20mLを加え、軽く攪拌したうえで1日放置した。再度、遠心分離によってN、N-ジメチルアセトアミドと固形分を分離したのち、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド20mLを加え、軽く攪拌したうえで1日放置した。遠心分離によってN,N-ジメチルアセトアミドと固形分を分離し、固形分に塩化リチウムが8質量パーセントになるように調液したN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド溶液を19.2g加え、スターラーで攪拌し、目視で溶解するのを確認した。セルロースを溶解させた溶液を0.45μmフィルターでろ過し、ろ液をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ用の試料として供した。用いた装置と測定条件は下記である。
  装置 :東ソー社 HLC-8120
  カラム:TSKgel SuperAWM-H(6.0mmI.D.×15cm)×2本
  検出器:RI検出器
  溶離液:N、N-ジメチルアセトアミド(塩化リチウム0.2%)
  流速:0.6mL/分
  検量線:プルラン換算
[Weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn)]
0.88 g of the porous sheet was weighed, cut into small pieces with scissors, stirred gently, added with 20 mL of pure water, and allowed to stand for one day. Next, water and solids were separated by centrifugation. Subsequently, 20 mL of acetone was added, and the mixture was stirred gently and allowed to stand for 1 day. Next, acetone and solid content were separated by centrifugation. Subsequently, 20 mL of N, N-dimethylacetamide was added, and the mixture was stirred gently and allowed to stand for 1 day. After N, N-dimethylacetamide and the solid content were separated again by centrifugation, 20 mL of N, N-dimethylacetamide was added, and the mixture was lightly stirred and allowed to stand for 1 day. The N, N-dimethylacetamide and the solid content were separated by centrifugation, and 19.2 g of an N, N-dimethylacetamide solution prepared by adjusting the solid content to 8% by mass of lithium chloride was added, followed by stirring with a stirrer. Dissolution was confirmed visually. The solution in which cellulose was dissolved was filtered through a 0.45 μm filter, and the filtrate was used as a sample for gel permeation chromatography. The equipment used and the measurement conditions are as follows.
Equipment: Tosoh Corporation HLC-8120
Column: TSKgel SuperAWM-H (6.0 mm ID × 15 cm) × 2 Detector: RI detector Eluent: N, N-dimethylacetamide (lithium chloride 0.2%)
Flow rate: 0.6 mL / min Calibration curve: Pullulan conversion
[酸不溶成分平均含有率]
 酸不溶成分の定量は、微細セルロース繊維原料について非特許文献(木質科学実験マニュアル、日本木材学会編、92~97頁、2000年)に記載のクラーソン法で行った。絶乾させた微細セルロース繊維の原料を精秤し、所定の容器に入れて72質量%濃硫酸を加え、内容物が均一になるようにガラス棒で適宜押した後、オートクレーブしてセルロース及びヘミセルロースを酸溶液中に溶解させた。放冷後に内容物をガラスファイバーろ紙で濾過し、酸不溶成分を残渣として得た。この酸不溶成分重量より酸不溶成分含有率を算出し、そして、3サンプルについて算出した酸不溶成分含有率の数平均を酸不溶成分平均含有率とした。
[Average content of acid-insoluble components]
The acid-insoluble component was quantified by the Clerson method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Japan Wood Research Society, pp. 92-97, 2000) for fine cellulose fiber raw materials. The raw material of the absolutely dried fine cellulose fiber is precisely weighed, put in a predetermined container, added with 72% by mass of concentrated sulfuric acid, and appropriately pressed with a glass rod so that the contents become uniform. Was dissolved in the acid solution. After allowing to cool, the content was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper to obtain an acid-insoluble component as a residue. The acid-insoluble component content was calculated from the weight of the acid-insoluble component, and the number average of the acid-insoluble component content calculated for the three samples was defined as the acid-insoluble component average content.
[アルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率]
 アルカリ可溶多糖類含有率は微細セルロース繊維の原料について非特許文献(木質科学実験マニュアル、日本木材学会編、92~97頁、2000年)に記載の手法より、ホロセルロース含有率(Wise法)からαセルロース含有率を差し引くことで求めた。1つのサンプルにつき3回アルカリ可溶多糖類含有率を算出し、算出したアルカリ可溶多糖類含有率の数平均を微細セルロース繊維のアルカリ可溶多糖類平均含有率とした。
[Average alkali-soluble polysaccharide content]
The content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide is determined by the method described in Non-Patent Document (Wood Science Experiment Manual, edited by The Wood Science Society of Japan, pp. 92-97, 2000) for the raw material of fine cellulose fiber (Wise method). From the α-cellulose content. The alkali-soluble polysaccharide content was calculated three times for one sample, and the number average of the calculated alkali-soluble polysaccharide content was defined as the average alkali-soluble polysaccharide content of the fine cellulose fibers.
<測定方法-樹脂組成物>
[引張降伏強度上昇比]
 射出成形機を用いて、ISO294-3に準拠した多目的試験片を成形した。
 ポリプロピレン系材料に関しては、JIS K6921-2に準拠した条件で実施した。
 ポリアミド系材料に関しては、JIS K6920-2に準拠した条件で実施した。
 原料樹脂(すなわち熱可塑性樹脂単独)及び樹脂組成物(すなわち微細セルロース繊維含有樹脂組成物)の各々について、ISO527に準拠して引張降伏強度を測定し、微細セルロース繊維含有樹脂組成物の引張降伏強度を原料樹脂の引張降伏強度で除して、引張降伏強度上昇比を算出した。
 なお、ポリアミド系材料は、吸湿による変化が起きるため、成形直後にアルミ防湿袋に保管し、吸湿を抑制した。
<Measurement method-resin composition>
[Tensile yield strength increase ratio]
A multipurpose test piece based on ISO294-3 was molded using an injection molding machine.
As for the polypropylene-based material, the test was performed under the conditions in accordance with JIS K6821-2.
As for the polyamide-based material, the test was performed under the conditions in accordance with JIS K6920-2.
For each of the raw resin (namely, the thermoplastic resin alone) and the resin composition (namely, the fine cellulose fiber-containing resin composition), the tensile yield strength was measured in accordance with ISO527, and the tensile yield strength of the fine cellulose fiber-containing resin composition was measured. Was divided by the tensile yield strength of the raw resin to calculate a tensile yield strength increase ratio.
In addition, since the polyamide-based material changes due to moisture absorption, it was stored in an aluminum moisture-proof bag immediately after molding to suppress moisture absorption.
[引張破断強度の変動係数]
 ISO294-3に準拠した多目的試験片を用いて、ISO527に準拠して引張破断強度をn数15でそれぞれ測定し、得られた各データをもとに下式に基づき変動係数(CV)を計算した。
  CV=(σ/μ)×100
ここで、σは標準偏差、μは引張破断強度の算術平均を表す。
[Coefficient of variation in tensile breaking strength]
Using a multipurpose test piece conforming to ISO 294-3, the tensile strength at break was measured at number 15 in accordance with ISO 527, and a coefficient of variation (CV) was calculated based on the following data based on the obtained data. did.
CV = (σ / μ) × 100
Here, σ represents a standard deviation, and μ represents an arithmetic mean of tensile breaking strength.
[線膨張係数]
 実施例Aと同様の手順で、測定前アニーリング及び測定を行った。
[Linear expansion coefficient]
Annealing before measurement and measurement were performed in the same procedure as in Example A.
[成形片膨張率]
 実際の成形体の寸法変化に即した評価方法として、成形片膨張率を測定した。
 具体的には、流動性評価の際に成形したフル充填の成形片を用いて、23℃、50%RHの環境下で成形片長さ方向の寸法を測定したのち、試験片を60℃のオーブン中に入れ、30分後に取り出した直後の長さ方向の寸法を実測し、寸法変化率を計算した。測定はn=5で実施しその算術平均をもって、成形片膨張率とした。
[Expansion of molded piece]
As an evaluation method corresponding to the dimensional change of the actual molded body, the expansion coefficient of the molded piece was measured.
Specifically, the length of the molded piece in the environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH was measured using a fully-filled molded piece molded at the time of fluidity evaluation, and then the test piece was placed in an oven at 60 ° C. It was placed in the container, and measured in the length direction immediately after being taken out after 30 minutes, and the dimensional change was calculated. The measurement was carried out at n = 5, and the arithmetic average thereof was defined as a molded piece expansion coefficient.
[フェンダーの欠陥率]
 実施例で得られたペレットを用いて、最大型締圧力4000トンの射出成形機のシリンダー温度を250℃に設定し、図6の概略図に示す形状を有するフェンダーを成形可能な所定の金型(キャビティー容積:約1400cm3、平均厚み:2mm、投影面積:約7000cm2、ゲート数:5点ゲート、ホットランナー:なお、図6中で、成形体のランナー位置を明確にするためにランナー(ホットランナー)の相対的な位置1を図示した。)を用い、金型温度を60℃に設定し、20枚のフェンダーを成形した。
[Fender defect rate]
Using the pellets obtained in the example, the cylinder temperature of an injection molding machine with a maximum clamping pressure of 4000 tons was set to 250 ° C., and a predetermined mold capable of molding a fender having the shape shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. (Cavity volume: about 1400 cm 3 , average thickness: 2 mm, projected area: about 7000 cm 2 , number of gates: 5 gates, hot runner: a runner is shown in FIG. 6 to clarify the runner position of the molded body. (The relative position 1 of the (hot runner) is shown.), The mold temperature was set to 60 ° C., and 20 fenders were formed.
 得られたフェンダーを床に置き、5kgの砂を入れた袋を、約50cmの高さより、フェンダー中心部に落下させ、フェンダーの破壊状況を確認した。20枚中破壊した枚数を数えた。 置 き The obtained fender was placed on the floor, and a bag containing 5 kg of sand was dropped from the height of about 50 cm to the center of the fender, and the state of destruction of the fender was confirmed. The number destroyed out of 20 was counted.
[線膨張係数の変動係数]
 フェンダーの欠陥率の測定で使用したフェンダーを用いて、図7の(1)から(10)の位置よりおおよそ約10mm角に切り出し、縦約10mm、横約10mm、厚さ2mmの10個の小平板試験片を採取した。なお、(1)~(3)は成形体ゲート付近、(4)~(7)は成形体の流動末端部、(8)~(10)は、成形体の中央部である。
 得られた小平板試験片を、さらに精密カットソーにて縦4mm、横2mm、長さ4mmの測定用直方体サンプルに切り出した。この時の直方体サンプルの横部分がフェンダーの厚さ方向となる。
 測定に先立ち、120℃環境下で5時間静置してアニーリングを実施して測定用サンプルを得た。得られたサンプルを、測定温度範囲-10℃~+80℃で、ISO11359-2に準拠して測定し、0℃~60℃の間での膨張係数を算出し、合計10個の測定結果を得た。この10個の測定データをもとに下式に基づき変動係数(CV)を計算した。
  CV=(σ/μ)×100
ここで、σは標準偏差、μは引張破断強度の算術平均を表す。
[Coefficient of linear expansion coefficient variation]
Using the fender used in the measurement of the defect rate of the fender, cut out approximately 10 mm square from the positions of (1) to (10) in FIG. 7 and 10 small pieces of about 10 mm in length, about 10 mm in width, and 2 mm in thickness. Flat specimens were collected. In addition, (1) to (3) are the vicinity of the molded body gate, (4) to (7) are the flow end portions of the molded body, and (8) to (10) are the central part of the molded body.
The obtained small flat plate test piece was further cut into a rectangular parallelepiped sample for measurement having a length of 4 mm, a width of 2 mm, and a length of 4 mm using a precision cut saw. The lateral portion of the rectangular parallelepiped sample at this time is in the thickness direction of the fender.
Prior to the measurement, the sample was left standing at 120 ° C. for 5 hours to perform annealing, thereby obtaining a sample for measurement. The obtained sample was measured in a measurement temperature range of −10 ° C. to + 80 ° C. in accordance with ISO 11359-2, and an expansion coefficient between 0 ° C. and 60 ° C. was calculated, and a total of 10 measurement results were obtained. Was. The coefficient of variation (CV) was calculated based on the following measurement data based on the ten measurement data.
CV = (σ / μ) × 100
Here, σ represents a standard deviation, and μ represents an arithmetic mean of tensile breaking strength.
<実施例B1~B21、比較例B1~B4>
 微細セルロース繊維又は化学修飾微細セルロース繊維、セルロース誘導体、セルロースウィスカー、及びポリアミドが表6~表8に記載の割合になるように、ポリアミドとセルロース誘導体複合体、セルロースウィスカーを混合し、東芝機械(株)製のTEM48SS押出機で、スクリュー回転数350rpm、吐出量140kg/hrで溶融混練し、真空脱揮した後、ダイからストランド状に押出し、水浴で冷却し、ペレタイズした。ペレットは円柱状の形状で、直径が2.3mmで、長さが5mmであった。
 これらを上述した評価方法に準拠して、評価した。
<Examples B1 to B21, Comparative Examples B1 to B4>
The polyamide, the cellulose derivative composite, and the cellulose whisker were mixed such that the fine cellulose fiber or the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber, the cellulose derivative, the cellulose whisker, and the polyamide had the ratios shown in Tables 6 to 8, and were mixed with Toshiba Machine Co., Ltd. ), The mixture was melt-kneaded at a screw rotation speed of 350 rpm and a discharge rate of 140 kg / hr, devolatilized in vacuum, extruded from a die into a strand, cooled in a water bath, and pelletized. The pellet had a columnar shape, a diameter of 2.3 mm and a length of 5 mm.
These were evaluated based on the above-mentioned evaluation method.
 ポリアミド系樹脂中に微細セルロース繊維又は化学修飾微細セルロース繊維だけではなくセルロース誘導体も含まれることでフェンダーの欠陥率、及び成形片の膨張率が大幅に改善していることが判る。また、この傾向はセルロースウィスカーが添加された場合でも確認される。 判 It can be seen that the defect rate of the fender and the expansion rate of the molded piece are significantly improved by the polyamide resin containing not only the fine cellulose fiber or the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber but also the cellulose derivative. This tendency is confirmed even when cellulose whiskers are added.
<実施例B22~B23、比較例B5~B6>
 樹脂をポリプロピレン又は酸変性ポリプロピレンに変更した、或いは、セルロースウィスカーを添加した以外は表9に記載の組成で実施例B1の手法を用い、ペレットを得た。
<Examples B22 to B23, Comparative Examples B5 to B6>
Pellets were obtained using the procedure of Example B1 with the composition shown in Table 9 except that the resin was changed to polypropylene or acid-modified polypropylene, or cellulose whiskers were added.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 ポリプロピレン系樹脂中に微細セルロース繊維又は化学修飾微細セルロース繊維だけではなくセルロース誘導体も含まれることでフェンダーの欠陥率、及び成形片の膨張率が大幅に改善していることが判る。また、酸変性ポリプロピレンを併用することで熱可塑性樹脂と微細セルロース繊維との親和性が向上し、樹脂中での微細セルロース繊維の分散性も向上し全体的に物性は良好になっている。 判 It can be seen that the defect rate of the fender and the expansion rate of the molded piece are greatly improved by the fact that not only the fine cellulose fiber or the chemically modified fine cellulose fiber but also the cellulose derivative is contained in the polypropylene resin. Further, by using the acid-modified polypropylene in combination, the affinity between the thermoplastic resin and the fine cellulose fibers is improved, the dispersibility of the fine cellulose fibers in the resin is also improved, and the physical properties are generally improved.
≪実施例C≫
<評価方法>
[セルロースファイバーの繊維径D、繊維長L/繊維径D]
 セルロースファイバースラリーの一部を純水で洗浄を繰り返し、セルロースファイバー水スラリーを得る。セルロースファイバー水スラリーは、tert-ブタノールで0.01質量%まで希釈し、高剪断ホモジナイザー(IKA製、商品名「ウルトラタラックスT18」)を用い、処理条件:回転数25,000rpm×5分間で分散させ、マイカ上にキャスト、風乾したものを測定サンプルとし、高分解能走査型顕微鏡で計測して求める。具体的には、100本以上の微細セルロースが観測されるように倍率が調整された観察視野にて、無作為に選んだ100本の微細セルロースの径D、長Lを計測する。続いて、得られた100個の径Dの平均値を微細セルロースの数平均径とする。本実施例では、数平均径が20nm以上450nm未満である場合、後述するセルロースナノファイバー(CNF)と定義する。また、100本の微細セルロースのL/Dを算出し、その平均値を微細セルロースの平均L/Dとする。本実施例では、平均L/Dが30以上1000未満である場合、後述するセルロースナノファイバー(CNF)と定義する。セルロースファイバーの繊維径DおよびL/Dは、化学修飾されたセルロースファイバーの繊維径及びL/Dでも保存されており、セルロースファイバーを化学修飾する場合であっても、化学修飾前の微細セルロースを評価すればよい。
<< Example C >>
<Evaluation method>
[Fiber diameter D, fiber length L / fiber diameter D of cellulose fiber]
A part of the cellulose fiber slurry is repeatedly washed with pure water to obtain a cellulose fiber water slurry. The cellulose fiber water slurry was diluted with tert-butanol to 0.01% by mass, and treated with a high shear homogenizer (trade name “Ultra Turrax T18” manufactured by IKA) under the following conditions: 25,000 rpm for 5 minutes. A sample that is dispersed, cast on mica, and air-dried is used as a measurement sample, and measured by a high-resolution scanning microscope. Specifically, the diameter D and the length L of 100 randomly selected microcellulose are measured in an observation visual field whose magnification is adjusted so that 100 or more microcellulose are observed. Subsequently, the average value of the obtained 100 diameters D is defined as the number average diameter of the fine cellulose. In this embodiment, when the number average diameter is 20 nm or more and less than 450 nm, it is defined as a cellulose nanofiber (CNF) described later. The L / D of 100 fine celluloses is calculated, and the average value is defined as the average L / D of the fine cellulose. In this example, when the average L / D is 30 or more and less than 1000, it is defined as a cellulose nanofiber (CNF) described later. The fiber diameter D and L / D of the cellulose fiber are also preserved in the fiber diameter and L / D of the chemically modified cellulose fiber, and even when the cellulose fiber is chemically modified, the fine cellulose before the chemical modification is removed. It should be evaluated.
<押出機の構成及び押出>
[態様1]
 L/Dが60で、シリンダーブロック数が13個あり、シリンダー1を、メインスロートとし、シリンダー4(L/D=17の位置)、シリンダー8(L/D=35の位置)及びシリンダー10(L/D=45の位置)に押出側面より強制押し込み可能なフィーダーを設置可能なスクリュー直径が30mmの二軸押出機を用意し、シリンダー4(L/D=18の位置)に強制押し込み可能なフィーダーを設置し、シリンダー8(L/D=36の位置)及びシリンダー10(L/D=45の位置)は閉とする。また、シリンダー12にはシリンダー上部にベントポートを設置し減圧吸引できるようにし、真空吸引を実施する。
<Structure and extrusion of extruder>
[Aspect 1]
L / D is 60, there are 13 cylinder blocks, cylinder 1 is the main throat, cylinder 4 (L / D = 17 position), cylinder 8 (L / D = 35 position) and cylinder 10 ( A twin-screw extruder with a screw diameter of 30 mm capable of installing a feeder that can be forcibly pushed from the extrusion side at the position of L / D = 45 is prepared, and can be forcibly pushed into the cylinder 4 (the position of L / D = 18). The feeder is installed, and the cylinder 8 (the position of L / D = 36) and the cylinder 10 (the position of L / D = 45) are closed. In addition, a vent port is provided at the upper part of the cylinder 12 so that vacuum suction can be performed, and vacuum suction is performed.
 押出機のスクリュー構成としては、シリンダー1及び2を搬送スクリューのみで構成される搬送ゾーンとし、シリンダー3に上流側より1個の時計回りニーディングディスク(送りタイプニーディングディスク:以下、単にRKDと呼ぶことがある。)、2個のニュートラルニーディングディスク(無搬送タイプニーディングディスク:以下、単にNKDと呼ぶことがある。)、1個の反時計回りスクリュー(逆送りタイプニーディングディスク:以下、単にRKDと呼ぶことがある。)をこの順に配する。シリンダー4~8は搬送ゾーンとし、シリンダー9に2個のNKDと1個のLKDをこの順に配する。続くシリンダー10は搬送ゾーンとし、シリンダー11に2個のNKD、引き続いての1個のLKDをこの順に配し、シリンダー12及び13は搬送ゾーンとする。 The screw configuration of the extruder is such that the cylinders 1 and 2 are transport zones composed of only transport screws, and one clockwise kneading disk (feed type kneading disk: hereinafter simply referred to as RKD) is provided on the cylinder 3 from the upstream side. 2) Neutral kneading disk (non-conveying type kneading disk: hereinafter may be simply referred to as NKD), 1 counterclockwise screw (reverse feed type kneading disk: hereinafter) , May be simply referred to as RKD.). The cylinders 4 to 8 are used as a transport zone, and two NKD and one LKD are arranged in the cylinder 9 in this order. The subsequent cylinder 10 is a transport zone, two NKDs and one LKD are arranged in this order on the cylinder 11, and the cylinders 12 and 13 are transport zones.
 この押出機のシリンダー設定温度を、樹脂がPPの場合は、シリンダー1を水冷、シリンダー2を160℃、シリンダー3~ダイスを200℃に設定する。また、樹脂がPA6の場合は、シリンダー1を水冷、シリンダー2を230℃、シリンダー3~ダイスを250℃に設定する。 シ リ ン ダ ー Cylinder temperature of this extruder is set to 200 ° C. for cylinder 1 with water cooling, cylinder 2 for 160 ° C. and cylinder 3 to die when resin is PP. When the resin is PA6, the cylinder 1 is water-cooled, the cylinder 2 is set at 230 ° C., and the cylinders 3 to dies are set at 250 ° C.
 メインスロートより樹脂を、シリンダー4の添加口より、複合粒子を表10及び11に記載の割合で供給し、押出機のスクリュー回転数250rpmで溶融混練を実施し、ストランド状に押出し、水冷し、ペレタイズする。得られたペレットは、水分低減のため、80℃に設定した真空乾燥機で、12時間真空乾燥を実施する。 From the main throat, a resin is supplied from the addition port of the cylinder 4 to the composite particles at a ratio shown in Tables 10 and 11, melt kneading is performed at a screw rotation speed of the extruder of 250 rpm, extruded into a strand, and water-cooled. Pelletize. The obtained pellets are subjected to vacuum drying for 12 hours using a vacuum dryer set at 80 ° C. in order to reduce moisture.
[態様2]
 シリンダー8(L/D=35の位置)に強制押し込み可能なフィーダーを設置し、シリンダー4(L/D=17の位置)及びシリンダー10(L/D=45の位置)は閉とし、シリンダー8から複合粒子を供給した以外は、すべて態様1と同様に準備する。
[Aspect 2]
A feeder that can be forcibly pushed is installed in the cylinder 8 (L / D = 35), the cylinder 4 (L / D = 17) and the cylinder 10 (L / D = 45) are closed, and the cylinder 8 is closed. Preparations were made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that the composite particles were supplied from.
[態様3]
 シリンダー10(L/D=45の位置)に強制押し込み可能なフィーダーを設置し、シリンダー4(L/D=17の位置)及びシリンダー8(L/D=35の位置)は閉とし、シリンダー10から複合粒子を供給した以外は、すべて態様1と同様に準備する。
[Aspect 3]
A feeder that can be forcibly pushed is installed in the cylinder 10 (L / D = 45), the cylinder 4 (L / D = 17) and the cylinder 8 (L / D = 35) are closed, and the cylinder 10 (L / D = 35) is closed. Preparations were made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that the composite particles were supplied from.
[態様4]
 態様1の押出機のシリンダー4、8、10の押出側面より強制押し込み口を閉とし、スクリュー構成としては、シリンダー1~8までを搬送スクリューのみで構成される搬送ゾーンとし、シリンダー9に2個のNKDと1個のLKDをこの順に配する。続くシリンダー10は搬送ゾーンとし、シリンダー11に2個のNKD、引き続いての1個のLKDをこの順に配し、シリンダー12及び13は搬送ゾーンとする。また、シリンダー12にはシリンダー上部にベントポートを設置し減圧吸引できるようにし、真空吸引を実施する。可能なフィーダーを設置可能とした以外は、すべて、態様1と同様に準備する。
[Aspect 4]
In the extruder of the first embodiment, the forcible push-in port is closed from the extrusion side of the cylinders 4, 8, and 10, and the screw configuration is such that the cylinders 1 to 8 are formed as a conveyance zone composed of only conveyance screws, and two cylinders are provided in the cylinder 9. NKD and one LKD are arranged in this order. The subsequent cylinder 10 serves as a transfer zone, two NKDs and one subsequent LKD are arranged on the cylinder 11 in this order, and the cylinders 12 and 13 serve as transfer zones. Further, a vent port is provided in the upper portion of the cylinder 12 so that vacuum suction can be performed, and vacuum suction is performed. All preparations are made in the same manner as in Embodiment 1, except that a possible feeder can be installed.
 樹脂、複合粒子とも、表10及び11に記載の割合でメインスロートより供給し、押出機のスクリュー回転数250rpmで溶融混練を実施し、ストランド状に押出し、水冷し、ペレタイズする。得られたペレットは、水分低減のため、80℃に設定した真空乾燥機で、12時間真空乾燥を実施する。この際、メインスロートからは、樹脂と複合粒子をそれぞれ異なる供給装置より供給する。 Both the resin and the composite particles are supplied from the main throat at the ratios shown in Tables 10 and 11, melt-kneaded at a screw rotation speed of the extruder of 250 rpm, extruded into strands, water-cooled, and pelletized. The obtained pellets are subjected to vacuum drying for 12 hours using a vacuum dryer set at 80 ° C. in order to reduce moisture. At this time, the resin and the composite particles are supplied from different supply devices from the main throat.
<セルロースウィスカー>
 実施例Aと同じものを用いる。
<Cellulose whisker>
The same as in Example A is used.
<セルロースナノファイバー(CNF)スラリーの製造>
 コットンリンターパルプ1質量部を、一軸撹拌機(アイメックス社製 DKV-1 φ125mmディゾルバー)を用いジメチルスルホキサイド(DMSO)10~50質量部中で200~700rpmにて0.5~2時間、常温で攪拌する。続いて、ホースポンプでビーズミル(アイメックス社製 NVM-1.5)にフィードし、DMSOのみで1~3時間循環運転させ、微細セルロース繊維スラリーを得る。
<Production of cellulose nanofiber (CNF) slurry>
1 part by weight of cotton linter pulp is mixed with 10 to 50 parts by weight of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at 200 to 700 rpm for 0.5 to 2 hours at room temperature using a uniaxial stirrer (DKV-1 φ125 mm dissolver manufactured by Imex). And stir. Subsequently, the mixture is fed to a bead mill (NVM-1.5, manufactured by IMEX Co., Ltd.) using a hose pump, and circulated for 1 to 3 hours with only DMSO to obtain a fine cellulose fiber slurry.
<化学修飾された微細セルローススラリーの製造>
 得られた微細セルロース繊維スラリーをディスパーザータンクに投入した後、グルコースの水酸基を十分にアセチル化し得る質量比において酢酸ビニル(VA)、炭酸水素ナトリウムを加え、タンク内温度を30~60℃とし、60~180分間攪拌を行い、化学修飾された微細セルローススラリーを得る。なお、セルロースウィスカーを添加する場合は、この段階で投入し、同時にアセチル化を行う。以上の手順で、化学修飾された微細セルローススラリーを得る。
<Production of chemically modified fine cellulose slurry>
After introducing the obtained fine cellulose fiber slurry into a disperser tank, vinyl acetate (VA) and sodium bicarbonate are added at a mass ratio capable of sufficiently acetylating hydroxyl groups of glucose, and the temperature in the tank is adjusted to 30 to 60 ° C. Stirring is performed for 60 to 180 minutes to obtain a chemically modified fine cellulose slurry. When cellulose whiskers are added, they are added at this stage, and acetylation is performed at the same time. By the above procedure, a chemically modified fine cellulose slurry is obtained.
<複合粒子の製造>
 得られた化学修飾された微細セルローススラリーを、再度ディスパーザータンクに投入した後、セルロース誘導体粉末CAB又はCAPを所定量加え、常温で撹拌してセルロース誘導体を完全に溶解させる。続いて、別の防爆型ディスパーザータンクに入れた純水中に該スラリーを一定速度で全量滴下し、セルロース誘導体を析出させる(析出工程)。得られた析出分を純水で洗浄を繰り返すことにより複合粒子の水スラリーを得る。最後に、複合粒子水スラリーを、プラネタリーミキサー(ハイビスミックス2P-1)を用いて真空乾燥させることにより、乾燥複合粒子を得る。
<Production of composite particles>
After the obtained chemically modified fine cellulose slurry is again put into the disperser tank, a predetermined amount of the cellulose derivative powder CAB or CAP is added and stirred at room temperature to completely dissolve the cellulose derivative. Subsequently, the entire slurry is dropped at a constant rate into pure water placed in another explosion-proof disperser tank to precipitate a cellulose derivative (precipitation step). The obtained precipitate is repeatedly washed with pure water to obtain a water slurry of the composite particles. Finally, the composite particle water slurry is vacuum-dried using a planetary mixer (Hibismix 2P-1) to obtain dry composite particles.
<測定方法>
[化学修飾微細セルロースの測定サンプル作製]
 化学修飾微細セルローススラリーの一部を純水で洗浄を繰り返し、化学修飾微細セルロース水スラリーを得る。続いて、該水スラリーをtert-ブタノール中に分散させ(固形分率0.4質量%、水分率5質量%未満)、さらにホモジナイザーで凝集物が無い状態まで分散処理する。得られたtert-ブタノール分散液をろ紙(5C,アドバンテック,直径90mm)上で濾過し、得られた湿紙を加熱乾燥してシートを得る。シートの透気抵抗度がシート目付10g/m2当たり100sec/100ml以下のものを多孔質シートとし、測定サンプルとして使用する。
<Measurement method>
[Preparation of measurement sample of chemically modified fine cellulose]
A part of the chemically modified fine cellulose slurry is repeatedly washed with pure water to obtain a chemically modified fine cellulose water slurry. Subsequently, the water slurry is dispersed in tert-butanol (solid content: less than 0.4% by mass and moisture content: less than 5% by mass), and further subjected to dispersion treatment with a homogenizer until no aggregates are present. The obtained tert-butanol dispersion is filtered on filter paper (5C, Advantech, diameter 90 mm), and the obtained wet paper is dried by heating to obtain a sheet. A sheet having an air resistance of 100 sec / 100 ml or less per 10 g / m 2 of sheet weight is defined as a porous sheet and used as a measurement sample.
[化学修飾微細セルロースの結晶化度]
 実施例Aと同様の手順で、多孔質シートのX線回折測定を行い結晶化度を算出する。結晶化度が55%以上ものは、フィラーとして良好な力学物性を発揮し得るため、本実施例では要件を満たすものと評価する。
[Crystallinity of chemically modified fine cellulose]
In the same procedure as in Example A, the X-ray diffraction measurement of the porous sheet is performed to calculate the crystallinity. A material having a crystallinity of 55% or more can exhibit good mechanical properties as a filler, and is evaluated as satisfying the requirements in this example.
[化学修飾の度合の評価]
 微細セルロースの化学修飾の度合について、実施例Aと同様の手順で、多孔質シートのATR-IR法による赤外分光スペクトル測定及びIRインデックスの算出を行う。
 DSが0.1以上1.6未満のものは、十分な化学修飾が行われており、本実施例では要件を満たすものと評価する。
[Evaluation of degree of chemical modification]
Regarding the degree of chemical modification of the fine cellulose, measurement of an infrared spectrum of the porous sheet by the ATR-IR method and calculation of an IR index are performed in the same procedure as in Example A.
Those having a DS of 0.1 or more and less than 1.6 have been subjected to sufficient chemical modification, and are evaluated as satisfying the requirements in this example.
[複合粒子のメジアン粒子径]
 実施例Aと同様の手順で測定する。粒径が1μm以上5000μm未満のものは樹脂との混練時にフィラーとして安定した挙動を示すため、本実施例では要件を満たすものと評価する。
[Median particle diameter of composite particles]
The measurement is performed in the same procedure as in Example A. Particles having a particle size of 1 μm or more and less than 5000 μm exhibit a stable behavior as a filler when kneaded with a resin, and are evaluated as satisfying the requirements in this example.
[流動性(最小充填圧力)]
 実成形に近い流動性の指標として、最小充填圧力を測定する。
 具体的には、型締圧力200トンの射出成形機に、フィルムゲートを幅方向に有する、長さ200mm、幅150mmで、厚みが平板中央部で3mmから1.5mmに変化する平板金型を取り付け、シリンダー温度と金型温度を以下のように設定し、試験片が充填するギリギリの圧力を測定する。この際、保圧切り替えは行わず、射出圧力、速度は1段のみとする。また、20ショット連続でフル充填で成形した後に、徐々に射出圧力を落としていき、未充填が生じる直前若しくは、ヒケが生じる直前の射出圧力を最小充填圧力とする。
[Fluidity (minimum filling pressure)]
The minimum filling pressure is measured as an index of fluidity close to actual molding.
Specifically, an injection molding machine with a mold clamping pressure of 200 tons, a flat plate mold having a film gate in the width direction, a length of 200 mm, a width of 150 mm, and a thickness varying from 3 mm to 1.5 mm at the center of the plate. Attach, set the cylinder temperature and the mold temperature as follows, and measure the bare pressure of the test piece. At this time, the holding pressure is not switched, and the injection pressure and the speed are set to only one stage. Further, after molding by full filling for 20 consecutive shots, the injection pressure is gradually lowered, and the injection pressure immediately before unfilling occurs or immediately before sink occurs is defined as the minimum filling pressure.
  シリンダー温度
     ポリプロピレン系材料  210℃
     ポリアミド系材料    260℃
  金型温度
     ポリプロピレン系材料   40℃
     ポリアミド系材料     70℃
Cylinder temperature Polypropylene material 210 ° C
Polyamide material 260 ° C
Mold temperature Polypropylene material 40 ℃
Polyamide material 70 ℃
[樹脂組成物の評価]
1.着色性
 着色しやすさの指標として着色性を評価する。一般的に樹脂に着色する際は、一度白色にした後、所望の色に必要な染顔料を添加して調色する作業が行われる。白色へのしやすさは、着色性を大きく左右することとなる。ここでは所定量の酸化チタンを添加した際の白さを測定することにより着色性を評価する。
[Evaluation of resin composition]
1. Colorability Colorability is evaluated as an index of the ease of coloring. In general, when coloring a resin, an operation of adding a dye and pigment necessary for a desired color and then toning is performed after whitening the resin once. The easiness of turning to white greatly affects the colorability. Here, the coloring property is evaluated by measuring the whiteness when a predetermined amount of titanium oxide is added.
 実施例で作製した、微細セルロースを配合したペレット100質量部に対して、酸化チタンを50質量部含むマスターバッチを3質量部の割合でドライブレンドし、型締圧力200トンの射出成形機を用いて、流動性(最小充填圧力)で用いたものと同じ平板金型を用い、シリンダー温度と金型温度を以下のように設定し、試験片が充分に充填する圧力で成形を行う。なお、この時使用したマスターバッチは、ポリプロピレン系材料に関してはポリプロピレンをベース樹脂とし、ポリアミド系材料に関してはポリアミドをベース樹脂とするマスターバッチを用いる。
  シリンダー温度/金型温度
     ポリプロピレン系材料  210℃/40℃
     ポリアミド系材料    260℃/70℃
A master batch containing 50 parts by mass of titanium oxide was dry-blended at a ratio of 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of pellets containing fine cellulose prepared in the example, and an injection molding machine with a mold clamping pressure of 200 tons was used. Then, using the same flat mold as that used for fluidity (minimum filling pressure), the cylinder temperature and the mold temperature are set as follows, and molding is performed at a pressure sufficient for filling the test piece. As the masterbatch used at this time, a masterbatch using polypropylene as a base resin for a polypropylene material and a polyamide as a base resin for a polyamide material is used.
Cylinder temperature / Mold temperature Polypropylene material 210 ℃ / 40 ℃
Polyamide material 260 ° C / 70 ° C
 得られた試験片の平板部を用いて、色差計(コニカミノルタ社製 CM-2002)を用いて、D65光、10°視野にてL*値を測定し、以下の評価基準により着色性の評価を行う。
  平板のL*値      着色性
   85以上       優
   80以上85未満   良
   75以上80未満   可
   75未満       不良
Using the flat plate portion of the obtained test piece, the L * value was measured with a color difference meter (CM-2002, manufactured by Konica Minolta) under a D65 light and a 10 ° visual field, and the coloring property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Perform an evaluation.
L * value of flat plate Colorability 85 or more Excellent 80 or more and less than 85 Good 75 or more and less than 80 Acceptable Less than 75 Poor
2.成形片外観
 流動性評価の際に成形したフル充填の成形片の外観を以下の指標で評価する。
  点数     状況
   5     成形片全面に光沢がある
   4     成形片の流動末端部に光沢がない
   3     成形片の薄肉部に光沢がない
   2     成形片全面に光沢がなく、若干の変色が確認できる。
   1     成形片全面に光沢がなく、かなりの変色が確認できる。
2. Appearance of molded piece The appearance of a fully filled molded piece molded at the time of fluidity evaluation is evaluated by the following index.
Points Situation 5 The entire surface of the molded piece is glossy 4 The glossy end of the molded piece is not glossy 3 The thin part of the molded piece is not glossy 2 The entire surface of the molded piece is not glossy and slight discoloration can be confirmed.
1 The entire surface of the molded piece is not glossy and considerable discoloration can be confirmed.
3.臭気
 臭気は、官能試験を行い、以下の3段階で評価する。
  A:臭気なし。
  B:やや糖臭(甘いにおい)がある。
  C:強い糖臭がある。
  D:糖臭とともに、焦げ臭いにおいがある。
3. Odor The odor is evaluated by a sensory test and the following three levels.
A: No odor.
B: There is a slight sugar smell (sweet smell).
C: There is a strong sugar odor.
D: There is a burning smell together with a sugar smell.
 臭気試験は、次の各段階で実施する。(1)押出直後の樹脂組成物ペレット、(2)射出成形時の雰囲気、(3)射出成形直後の成形体、(4)射出成形1時間後の成形体 The odor test is performed at each of the following stages. (1) resin composition pellets immediately after extrusion, (2) atmosphere during injection molding, (3) molded body immediately after injection molding, (4) molded body one hour after injection molding
4.線膨張係数
 実施例Aと同様の手順で、測定前アニーリング及び測定を行う。
  線膨張係数(ppm/K)  寸法安定性の度合い
   30以下          優
   40以下          良
   50以下          可
   50超           不良
4. Linear expansion coefficient Annealing and measurement before measurement are performed in the same procedure as in Example A.
Linear expansion coefficient (ppm / K) Degree of dimensional stability 30 or less Excellent 40 or less Good 50 or less Acceptable More than 50 Poor
5.引張降伏強度上昇比
 実施例Bと同様の手順で、試料片の成形、測定、引張降伏強度上昇比の算出を行う。なお、ポリアミド系材料は、吸湿による変化が起きるため、成形直後にアルミ防湿袋に保管し、吸湿を抑制する。
  引張降伏強度の上昇比       樹脂物性の向上の度合い
    1.2以上            優
    1.1以上            良
    1.0以上            可
    1.0未満            不良
5. Tensile yield strength increase ratio In the same procedure as in Example B, molding, measurement, and calculation of the tensile yield strength increase ratio are performed. In addition, since the polyamide-based material changes due to moisture absorption, it is stored in an aluminum moisture-proof bag immediately after molding to suppress moisture absorption.
Increase ratio of tensile yield strength Degree of improvement in resin properties 1.2 or more Excellent 1.1 or more Good 1.0 or more Possible Less than 1.0 Bad
6.成形片膨張率
 実施例Bと同様の手順で、試験片の成形、測定、成形片膨張率の算出を行う。
  成型片膨張率         膨張抑制の度合い
   0.2%以下          優
   0.3%以下          良
   0.4%以下          可
   0.4%超           不良
6. Molding piece expansion rate In the same procedure as in Example B, molding, measurement, and calculation of the molding piece expansion rate are performed.
Mold piece expansion rate Degree of expansion suppression 0.2% or less Excellent 0.3% or less Good 0.4% or less Acceptable More than 0.4% Poor
[実施例C1~C14、比較例C1~C2]
 表10に各成分の組成比及び評価結果を示す。
 実施例C1~C14において、アセチル化された微細セルロースは、繊維径D、繊維長L/繊維径Dが上述したセルロースナノファイバーの定義に入る(但し、実施例C13で使用したセルロースウィスカーは除く)。結晶化度および平均置換度(DS)は、上記要件を満たしている。また、セルロース誘導体との複合粒子のメジアン粒径もまた、上記要件を満たしている。
[Examples C1 to C14, Comparative Examples C1 and C2]
Table 10 shows the composition ratio of each component and the evaluation results.
In Examples C1 to C14, the acetylated microcellulose has a fiber diameter D and a fiber length L / fiber diameter D falling under the definition of the cellulose nanofiber described above (excluding the cellulose whiskers used in Example C13). . The crystallinity and average degree of substitution (DS) satisfy the above requirements. The median particle size of the composite particles with the cellulose derivative also satisfies the above requirements.
 実施例C5、C9、C14は、複合粒子を押出機のシリンダー1に設置されたメインスロートより供給し、比較例C1およびC2は、微細セルロースをセルロース誘導体で複合粒子化していない。 In Examples C5, C9 and C14, composite particles were supplied from the main throat provided in the cylinder 1 of the extruder, and in Comparative Examples C1 and C2, fine cellulose was not formed into a composite particle with a cellulose derivative.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、例えば、高い強度及び低い線膨張性とともに安定した性能が求められる大型部品である、自動車の外装材料用途等の分野で好適に利用できる。 樹脂 The resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used, for example, in the field of exterior materials for automobiles, which are large parts requiring high strength and low linear expansion and stable performance.
 1  ランナー(ホットランナー)の相対的な位置
 (1)~(10)  線膨張係数の変動係数を測定するための試験片を採取した位置
1 Relative positions of runners (hot runners) (1) to (10) Positions where test pieces for measuring the coefficient of variation of linear expansion coefficient were collected

Claims (50)

  1.  微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子であって、
     前記複合粒子中の微細セルロースの比率が10質量%以上95質量%以下であり、
     分散液中の微細セルロース濃度が1質量%となるように前記複合粒子をジメチルスルホキシド中に分散させて得た分散液の、液温25℃及び剪断速度10s-1における粘度η10が、10mPa・s以上である、複合粒子。
    Composite particles comprising fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin,
    The ratio of fine cellulose in the composite particles is 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less,
    The viscosity η 10 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C. and a shear rate of 10 s −1 of a dispersion obtained by dispersing the composite particles in dimethyl sulfoxide so that the concentration of fine cellulose in the dispersion is 1% by mass is 10 mPa · s. s or more.
  2.  前記分散液の、液温25℃における、剪断速度100s-1での粘度η100に対する剪断速度10s-1での粘度η10の比η10/η100であるチキソトロピーインデックス(TI)が、2以上である、請求項1に記載の複合粒子。 A thixotropic index (TI), which is a ratio η 10 / η 100 of a viscosity η 10 at a shear rate of 10 s −1 to a viscosity η 100 at a shear rate of 100 s −1 at a liquid temperature of 25 ° C., is 2 or more. The composite particle according to claim 1, which is:
  3.  メジアン粒径が1μm以上5000μm以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the median particle size is 1 µm or more and 5000 µm or less.
  4.  前記熱可塑性樹脂がジメチルスルホキシドに可溶である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the thermoplastic resin is soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide.
  5.  前記熱可塑性樹脂がセルロース誘導体である、請求項4に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to claim 4, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a cellulose derivative.
  6.  前記セルロース誘導体の重量平均分子量Mwが10万以下である、請求項5に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to claim 5, wherein the weight average molecular weight Mw of the cellulose derivative is 100,000 or less.
  7.  前記微細セルロースが、数平均径2nm以上1000nm未満を有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 複合 The composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 1000 nm.
  8.  前記微細セルロースが、数平均径2nm以上500nm未満を有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 複合 The composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 2 nm or more and less than 500 nm.
  9.  前記微細セルロースが、数平均径10nm以上100nm未満を有する、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 複合 The composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the fine cellulose has a number average diameter of 10 nm or more and less than 100 nm.
  10.  前記微細セルロースが、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 10. The method according to claim 1, wherein the fine cellulose has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. 12. The composite particles according to item.
  11.  前記微細セルロースが、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び結晶化度60%以上を有する、請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
  12.  前記微細セルロースのアルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率が8質量パーセント以下である、請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 8% by mass or less.
  13.  前記微細セルロースの一部が化学修飾されており、かつ前記微細セルロースがI型結晶構造を有する、請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particles according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein a part of the fine cellulose is chemically modified, and the fine cellulose has an I-type crystal structure.
  14.  前記化学修飾がアセチル化である、請求項13に記載の複合粒子。 The composite particle according to claim 13, wherein the chemical modification is acetylation.
  15.  請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
     微細セルロースの水分散体と熱可塑性樹脂の粒子とを混合し、次いで乾燥させて、複合粒子を回収する、粉末化工程を含む、方法。
    A method for producing a composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 14,
    A method comprising a powdering step of mixing an aqueous dispersion of fine cellulose and particles of a thermoplastic resin and then drying to collect the composite particles.
  16.  前記微細セルロースの水分散体を、
     有機溶媒中でセルロースの解繊処理を行って微細セルロース分散体を得る解繊工程、及び
     前記微細セルロース分散体中の有機溶媒を水に置換する精製工程、
    によって調製する、請求項15に記載の製造方法。
    The aqueous dispersion of the fine cellulose,
    Fibrillation step of performing a fibrillation treatment of cellulose in an organic solvent to obtain a fine cellulose dispersion, and a purification step of substituting water for the organic solvent in the fine cellulose dispersion,
    The production method according to claim 15, which is prepared by:
  17.  前記解繊工程と同時に、又は前記解繊工程の後かつ前記精製工程の前に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、請求項16に記載の方法。 17. The method according to claim 16, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with the defibration step or after the defibration step and before the refining step.
  18.  請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子の製造方法であって、
     微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体中に熱可塑性樹脂を添加して、有機溶媒中に微細セルロースが分散しかつ熱可塑性樹脂が溶解している微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を得る微細セルロース/樹脂分散体調製工程、
     前記微細セルロース/樹脂分散体を前記熱可塑性樹脂の貧溶媒と混合し、微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子を析出させることによって、複合粒子分散体を得る析出工程、
     前記複合粒子分散体中の前記有機溶媒を水に置換して水分散体を得る精製工程、及び
     前記水分散体を乾燥させて複合粒子を回収する粉末化工程、
    を含む、方法。
    A method for producing a composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 14,
    Preparation of fine cellulose / resin dispersion by adding thermoplastic resin to organic solvent dispersion of fine cellulose to obtain fine cellulose / resin dispersion in which fine cellulose is dispersed in organic solvent and thermoplastic resin is dissolved Process,
    A precipitation step of obtaining a composite particle dispersion by mixing the fine cellulose / resin dispersion with a poor solvent for the thermoplastic resin and precipitating composite particles containing the fine cellulose and the thermoplastic resin;
    A purification step of replacing the organic solvent in the composite particle dispersion with water to obtain an aqueous dispersion, and a powdering step of drying the aqueous dispersion to collect composite particles,
    Including, methods.
  19.  前記微細セルロースの有機溶媒分散体を、有機溶媒中でセルロースを解繊処理する解繊工程によって調製する、請求項18に記載の複合粒子の製造方法。 19. The method for producing composite particles according to claim 18, wherein the organic solvent dispersion of the fine cellulose is prepared by a defibration step of defibrating cellulose in an organic solvent.
  20.  前記解繊工程と同時又は前記解繊工程の後に、微細セルロースの化学修飾を行う化学修飾工程を更に含む、請求項19に記載の方法。 20. The method according to claim 19, further comprising a chemical modification step of performing a chemical modification of the fine cellulose simultaneously with or after the defibration step.
  21.  微細セルロースと熱可塑性樹脂とを含む複合粒子、及び、前記複合粒子中の熱可塑性樹脂とは異なる熱可塑性樹脂、を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
     請求項15~20のいずれか一項に記載の方法で複合粒子を形成する工程、及び
     前記複合粒子と、前記複合粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂とは異なる熱可塑性樹脂と、を混練する工程、
    を含む、方法。
    Composite particles comprising fine cellulose and a thermoplastic resin, and a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin in the composite particles, a method for producing a resin composition comprising:
    A step of forming composite particles by the method according to any one of claims 15 to 20, and a step of kneading the composite particles and a thermoplastic resin different from the thermoplastic resin contained in the composite particles,
    Including, methods.
  22.  請求項1~14のいずれか一項に記載の複合粒子とベース樹脂とを含む、樹脂組成物。 A resin composition comprising the composite particle according to any one of claims 1 to 14 and a base resin.
  23.  熱可塑性樹脂、
     前記熱可塑性樹脂100質量部に対して0.1~40質量部の、繊維径が2nm以上1000nm未満である微細セルロース繊維、及び
     前記微細セルロース繊維100質量部に対して1質量部~500質量部の、セルロース誘導体、
    を含む、樹脂組成物。
    Thermoplastic resin,
    0.1 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the thermoplastic resin, fine cellulose fibers having a fiber diameter of 2 nm to less than 1000 nm, and 1 part by mass to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the fine cellulose fibers. Of a cellulose derivative,
    A resin composition comprising:
  24.  前記微細セルロース繊維が、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、請求項23に記載の樹脂組成物。 24. The resin composition according to claim 23, wherein the fine cellulose fibers have a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more, and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less. object.
  25.  前記微細セルロース繊維が、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び結晶化度60%以上を有する、請求項23又は24に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the fine cellulose fibers have an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
  26.  前記ベース樹脂が、熱可塑性樹脂である、請求項22に記載の樹脂組成物。 23. The resin composition according to claim 22, wherein the base resin is a thermoplastic resin.
  27.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド系樹脂及びこれらのいずれか2種以上の混合物からなる群より選択される、請求項23~26のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The thermoplastic resin is selected from the group consisting of polyolefin resins, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyphenylene ether resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, and mixtures of any two or more of these. Item 27. The resin composition according to any one of items 23 to 26.
  28.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリプロピレンであり、該ポリプロピレンのISO1133に準拠して230℃で測定されたメルトマスフローレイト(MFR)が、3g/10分以上30g/10分以下である、請求項27に記載の樹脂組成物。 The said thermoplastic resin is polypropylene, The melt mass flow rate (MFR) measured at 230 degreeC based on ISO1133 of this polypropylene is 3 g / 10 minutes or more and 30 g / 10 minutes or less. Resin composition.
  29.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアミド系樹脂であり、該ポリアミド系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、請求項27に記載の樹脂組成物。 The thermoplastic resin is a polyamide resin, and a ratio of carboxyl terminal groups to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [total terminal groups]) of the polyamide resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28. The resin composition according to 27.
  30.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリエステル系樹脂であり、該ポリエステル系樹脂の全末端基に対するカルボキシル末端基比率([COOH]/[全末端基])が、0.30~0.95である、請求項27に記載の樹脂組成物。 The thermoplastic resin is a polyester resin, and a ratio of a carboxyl terminal group to all terminal groups ([COOH] / [all terminal groups]) of the polyester resin is 0.30 to 0.95. 28. The resin composition according to 27.
  31.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリアセタール系樹脂であり、該ポリアセタール系樹脂が、0.01~4モル%のコモノマー由来構造を含有するコポリアセタールである、請求項27に記載の樹脂組成物。 28. The resin composition according to claim 27, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a polyacetal-based resin, and the polyacetal-based resin is a copolyacetal containing a comonomer-derived structure in an amount of 0.01 to 4 mol%.
  32.  前記熱可塑性樹脂が、融点140℃以上を有する結晶性熱可塑性樹脂である、請求項23~31のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物。 樹脂 The resin composition according to any one of claims 23 to 31, wherein the thermoplastic resin is a crystalline thermoplastic resin having a melting point of 140 ° C or higher.
  33.  前記ベース樹脂が、熱硬化性樹脂又は光硬化性樹脂である、請求項22に記載の樹脂組成物。 23. The resin composition according to claim 22, wherein the base resin is a thermosetting resin or a photocurable resin.
  34.  前記ベース樹脂が、ゴムである、請求項22に記載の樹脂組成物。 23. The resin composition according to claim 22, wherein the base resin is a rubber.
  35.  請求項22~32のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
     請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の前記複合粒子を、乾燥粉末又は水分散体の形態で、熱可塑性樹脂と溶融混練成型機の内部で混練し、次いで成形する工程を含む、方法。
    A method for producing a resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 32,
    A method comprising: kneading the composite particles according to any one of claims 1 to 12 in the form of a dry powder or an aqueous dispersion with a thermoplastic resin inside a melt kneading molding machine, and then molding. .
  36.  熱可塑性樹脂と、
     微細セルロースとセルロース誘導体で構成された複合粒子と、
    を含む樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
     押出機において前記熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
     第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に前記複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
    を含む、方法。
    A thermoplastic resin,
    Composite particles composed of fine cellulose and a cellulose derivative,
    A method for producing a resin composition comprising:
    A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
    A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
    Including, methods.
  37.  前記微細セルロースが、重量平均分子量(Mw)100000以上、及び重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)6以下を有する、請求項36に記載の方法。 37. The method according to claim 36, wherein the fine cellulose has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 100,000 or more and a ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of 6 or less.
  38.  前記微細セルロースが、アルカリ可溶多糖類の平均含有率12質量%以下、及び結晶化度60%以上を有する、請求項36又は37に記載の方法。 38. The method according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the fine cellulose has an average content of alkali-soluble polysaccharide of 12% by mass or less and a crystallinity of 60% or more.
  39.  前記方法が、
     押出機において前記熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する第1の工程と、
     第1の工程の溶融された樹脂に前記複合粒子を添加する第2の工程と、
    を含む、請求項35に記載の方法。
    The method comprises:
    A first step of melt-kneading the thermoplastic resin in an extruder;
    A second step of adding the composite particles to the molten resin of the first step;
    36. The method of claim 35, comprising:
  40.  前記第1の工程は、押出機が備えるシリンダー内の溶融混練ゾーンで行われ、
     前記第2の工程は、前記シリンダーに設けられた添加口から前記複合粒子を供給することにより行われる、請求項36~39のいずれか一項に記載の方法。
    The first step is performed in a melt-kneading zone in a cylinder provided in the extruder,
    The method according to any one of claims 36 to 39, wherein the second step is performed by supplying the composite particles from an addition port provided in the cylinder.
  41.  前記添加口は、前記溶融混練ゾーンよりも下流に配置される、請求項40に記載の方法。 41. The method according to claim 40, wherein the addition port is disposed downstream of the melt-kneading zone.
  42.  前記シリンダーの全長(L1)に対し、前記シリンダーの出口から前記添加口までの長さ(L2)が1/2以下である、請求項40又は41に記載の方法。 42. The method according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the length (L2) from the outlet of the cylinder to the addition port is 1/2 or less of the total length (L1) of the cylinder.
  43.  前記添加口よりも下流側のシリンダー内に、前記複合粒子を前記熱可塑性樹脂中で混練分散させるための反時計回りスクリューが1箇所以上設けられている、請求項40~42のいずれか一項に記載の方法。 The counterclockwise screw for kneading and dispersing the composite particles in the thermoplastic resin is provided at one or more locations in a cylinder downstream of the addition port. The method described in.
  44.  請求項33に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
     複合粒子を熱硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで熱硬化処理を行う工程、又は
     複合粒子を光硬化性樹脂と混合し、次いで成形し、次いで光硬化処理を行う工程、
    を含む、方法。
    A method for producing a resin composition according to claim 33,
    Mixing the composite particles with a thermosetting resin and then molding and then performing a thermosetting process; or mixing the composite particles with a photocurable resin and then molding and then performing a photocuring process,
    Including, methods.
  45.  請求項34に記載の樹脂組成物の製造方法であって、
     複合粒子をゴムと混合し、次いで成形し、次いで加硫を行う工程を含む、方法。
    A method for producing a resin composition according to claim 34,
    Mixing the composite particles with rubber, then molding and then vulcanizing.
  46.  前記樹脂組成物の引張破断強度の変動係数(標準偏差/算術平均値)が、15%以下である、請求項22~34のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物。 35. The resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 34, wherein a coefficient of variation (standard deviation / arithmetic mean value) of tensile rupture strength of the resin composition is 15% or less.
  47.  前記樹脂組成物の引張降伏強度が、前記熱可塑性樹脂の引張降伏強度の1.05倍以上である、請求項22~34及び46のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 34 and 46, wherein the tensile yield strength of the resin composition is at least 1.05 times the tensile yield strength of the thermoplastic resin.
  48.  前記樹脂組成物の0℃~60℃の範囲での線膨張係数が80ppm/k以下である、請求項22~34、46及び47のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物。 樹脂 The resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 34, 46, and 47, wherein the resin composition has a linear expansion coefficient in a range of 0 ° C to 60 ° C of 80 ppm / k or less.
  49.  請求項22~34及び46~48のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂ペレット。 樹脂 Resin pellets formed from the resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 34 and 46 to 48.
  50.  請求項22~34及び46~48のいずれか一項に記載の樹脂組成物より形成される、樹脂成形体。 樹脂 A resin molded article formed from the resin composition according to any one of claims 22 to 34 and 46 to 48.
PCT/JP2019/034666 2018-09-03 2019-09-03 Composite particles and resin composition WO2020050286A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020541249A JP6896946B2 (en) 2018-09-03 2019-09-03 Composite particles and resin composition

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-164610 2018-09-03
JP2018164610 2018-09-03
JP2018164590 2018-09-03
JP2018-164630 2018-09-03
JP2018164630 2018-09-03
JP2018-164590 2018-09-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020050286A1 true WO2020050286A1 (en) 2020-03-12

Family

ID=69722365

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/034666 WO2020050286A1 (en) 2018-09-03 2019-09-03 Composite particles and resin composition

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6896946B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2020050286A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020079356A (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-28 凸版印刷株式会社 Composition for coating
CN114479389A (en) * 2022-03-28 2022-05-13 金发科技股份有限公司 Nanofiber modified PBT (polybutylene terephthalate) composite material as well as preparation method and application thereof
EP4011955A4 (en) * 2020-05-29 2022-12-14 LG Chem, Ltd. Polymer complex
JP7444669B2 (en) 2020-03-25 2024-03-06 旭化成株式会社 Composite particles containing fine cellulose fibers and resin compositions containing composite particles

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6026042A (en) * 1983-07-20 1985-02-08 Sekisui Plastics Co Ltd Expandable thermoplastic resin particle composition
JPH1170535A (en) * 1997-08-28 1999-03-16 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of cellulose molded piece
JP2005281470A (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-10-13 Sekisui Plastics Co Ltd Method for producing porous resin particle
JP2009107155A (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-05-21 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Mfc/resin composite material, manufacturing method therefor, and molding
JP2012092203A (en) * 2010-10-26 2012-05-17 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Mixture and cellulose fiber dispersion composition and methods for producing them
JP2015522095A (en) * 2012-07-03 2015-08-03 ハーキュリーズ・インコーポレーテッド Water-soluble polymer powder with improved dispersibility
JP2019038949A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-14 国立研究開発法人森林研究・整備機構 Method for producing composite particle and composite particle obtained by production method

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3874560B2 (en) * 1998-01-09 2007-01-31 旭化成ケミカルズ株式会社 Fine cellulose-containing composite
JP2005270891A (en) 2004-03-26 2005-10-06 Tetsuo Kondo Wet crushing method of polysaccharide
JP5030667B2 (en) 2007-05-29 2012-09-19 国立大学法人京都大学 Microfibrillated cellulose composite resin and method for producing the same
JP5923370B2 (en) 2011-06-07 2016-05-24 花王株式会社 Additive for resin modification and method for producing the same
US11752690B2 (en) 2017-01-12 2023-09-12 Konica Minolta, Inc. Resin composition and method for producing three-dimensionally shaped object using same

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6026042A (en) * 1983-07-20 1985-02-08 Sekisui Plastics Co Ltd Expandable thermoplastic resin particle composition
JPH1170535A (en) * 1997-08-28 1999-03-16 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of cellulose molded piece
JP2005281470A (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-10-13 Sekisui Plastics Co Ltd Method for producing porous resin particle
JP2009107155A (en) * 2007-10-26 2009-05-21 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Mfc/resin composite material, manufacturing method therefor, and molding
JP2012092203A (en) * 2010-10-26 2012-05-17 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Mixture and cellulose fiber dispersion composition and methods for producing them
JP2015522095A (en) * 2012-07-03 2015-08-03 ハーキュリーズ・インコーポレーテッド Water-soluble polymer powder with improved dispersibility
JP2019038949A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-14 国立研究開発法人森林研究・整備機構 Method for producing composite particle and composite particle obtained by production method

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FUJISAWA, SHUJI ET AL.: "Synthesis of polymeric microparticle covered with nanocellulose", LECTURE ABSTRACTS OF THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE CELLULOSE SOCIETY OF JAPAN , LECTURE NO. K08, pages 17 - 18 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020079356A (en) * 2018-11-13 2020-05-28 凸版印刷株式会社 Composition for coating
JP7234590B2 (en) 2018-11-13 2023-03-08 凸版印刷株式会社 Coating composition
JP7444669B2 (en) 2020-03-25 2024-03-06 旭化成株式会社 Composite particles containing fine cellulose fibers and resin compositions containing composite particles
EP4011955A4 (en) * 2020-05-29 2022-12-14 LG Chem, Ltd. Polymer complex
CN114479389A (en) * 2022-03-28 2022-05-13 金发科技股份有限公司 Nanofiber modified PBT (polybutylene terephthalate) composite material as well as preparation method and application thereof
CN114479389B (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-05-23 金发科技股份有限公司 Nanofiber modified PBT composite material and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020050286A1 (en) 2021-02-15
JP2021155750A (en) 2021-10-07
JP7385625B2 (en) 2023-11-22
JP6896946B2 (en) 2021-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020050286A1 (en) Composite particles and resin composition
JP6688438B1 (en) High heat resistant resin composite containing chemically modified cellulose fine fibers
WO2021080010A1 (en) Polyamide-cellulose resin composition
JP7411378B2 (en) Cellulose resin composition
JP6678698B2 (en) Fine cellulose-containing resin composition
JP2021169579A (en) Dried cellulose fiber and method for producing the same, and method for producing resin composite
JP2021138971A (en) High-toughness polyamide-cellulose resin composition
WO2022168928A1 (en) Method for producing resin composition
JP7444669B2 (en) Composite particles containing fine cellulose fibers and resin compositions containing composite particles
JP2021187885A (en) Cellulose resin composition and method for producing the same
JP2022003120A (en) Cellulose resin composition and method for producing the same
JP2021127383A (en) Cellulose nanofiber dried solid body and manufacturing method of cellulose nanofiber redispersion liquid
JP2021169578A (en) Method for producing dried cellulose fiber and method for producing resin composite
JP6915107B2 (en) Fine cellulose-containing resin composition
JP7333510B2 (en) Fiber-reinforced resin composition, method for producing the same, and molded article
JP2022001631A (en) Manufacturing method of dry powder of cellulose fiber
JP6937817B2 (en) Cellulose composition
JP7342142B2 (en) Cellulose resin composition
JP2021066780A (en) Fibrous substance fluid dispersion, and fiber-reinforced resin composition
JP2020204112A (en) Chemically-modified cellulose fiber
JP2024077608A (en) Resin composition and method for producing same
JP2021070747A (en) Cellulose nanofiber powder and method for producing the same
WO2022260175A1 (en) Resin composition and method for producing same
JP2023177265A (en) Resin composition and molded body
JP2021066779A (en) Fine cellulose fiber and fiber composite body

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19857841

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020541249

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19857841

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1